Home

SL1400 ScopeCoder LITE Communication Interface User`s Manual

1. Whemote Remote Cnti Remote CntT Device Device System Conf ig GP IB 5232 5232 Mp nace Baud Rate TRIGGER Remote RS232 38400 38400 hi Format Format Network USB 8 1 8 1 PRINT INITIAL IZE CAL Netuork NO NO NO NO Terminator Terminator Terminator IMAGE gt Self Test p gt gt CR LF CR LF CR LF Setting Data Others Store Recall Next Next 1 2 2 2 When using the controller to set the items which be set locally using the keys on the instrument or when outputting the setup data or the waveform data to the controller set the following items Baud Rate eae ge net Select from the following choices 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Data Format Select the combination of the data length and the stop bit from the following choices 8 NO 1 7 EVEN 1 7 ODD 1 7 NO 2 Handshaking Method Select the transmit data control and the receive data control from the following choices NO NO XON XON CTS RTS Terminator Select from the following choices The terminator used when sending the data from this instrument is selected on the menu Use either LF or CR LF for the terminator in receiving the data CR LF CR LF IM 701240 17E 3 1 Names of the Parts and their Function Chapter 3 US
2. GROUP 6 21 calibration 6 21 6 151 CCITT standard orisni rire mih 2 4 OPC command center frequency m OPC quely ici nist ud ae nea ER E WAI command CEAN nelgrollp es auo rr Enim RR channel label A character code table LLL Page character data A gt B n trigger 6 131 character string data A Delay B trigger 6 132 Chart Recorder mode abbreviated 5 4 chart recording abbreviation 22222 2 00 000 0 nemen enne 6 46 chart speed acceleration enne 6 29 chatter elimination accumulated display CLEar group ACQuire group clear trace action count click sound color tone a Eto o LESS command T address command commands alist of as edet nca anole CORSON ehe cro Secon common command group E E common command header 22 2 ASCII character code ASCII character codes COMMunicate OVERIap command tta
3. DIRectory DRIVe eene DIRectory FILTer EBIRectoty FREE inii en reiten 6 65 DIRectory MDlIRectory 6 65 DIRectory PATE siii tiet eniro 6 65 HCOPy Group ABORU 6 71 COMMA iniit tee rn eredi eats 6 71 Blu 6 71 EXECUTE E M 6 71 EXTPrintet PRINter ntt neret 6 72 EXTPrintet SELaCct irent rene 6 72 7EXT Printers ONE 5 rire cr ei 6 72 EXT Printer TYPE nter 6 72 iEXTPrinter it atit eite 6 71 dass c 6 71 INETPrint TONE tatit teni tern teet 6 72 6 72 cisci cerit o eset eri eter eese 6 72 Hp T THOM gt 6 72 BDE COLOE inciter tiere ct cie 6 72 PDF COMPression rici t tree ie IPDFIKEY Word sis inis ics rni rni diat c PDF ORlentation 6 eic eet edt tree PDF SAVE ANAMing PDF SAVE CDIRectory PDF SAVE DRIVO ci PDF SAVE NAME 00 PDF SAVE PATH IPDE ISAVE ien essi en hc 6 73 PDFE SUBTILUG estere e 6 73 PDF TITLe 6 72
4. 5 7 Commands 6 1 A Listof Commands sense ARES alae e 6 1 6 2 AG Quine Group mit nien RID Heute imis 6 18 6 3 ASETUD GIOUD 5 net eta iterat m D dr DER 6 20 6 4 GAlibrate amete niue niente s 6 21 6 5 GHANnel Group ii or OECD RES CREER Ren 6 22 6 6 GL EAE ct A REPRE IG RD 6 44 6 7 COMMuriicate GOUD ssia E HIR ERE ERR RE ER ED 6 45 6 8 n Lt D e acr OE Rer ilo ud 6 47 6 9 DISPlay Group 6 56 6 10 Em 6 61 6 11 etoile E rte 6 67 IM 701240 17E Contents 6 12 6 13 6 14 6 15 6 16 6 17 6 18 6 19 6 20 6 21 6 22 6 23 6 24 6 25 6 26 6 27 6 28 6 29 6 30 6 31 6 32 6 33 FAIS TOP Y EIKO mS 6 77 GrOUp EE 6 82 m 6 84 6 85 5 6 87 KC EE 6 88 MEASUre GrOUp pM 6 92 MONitOr ARR 6 105 MTBIGger GrOUp seiso 6 108 RECorder 6 109 SNAR GOUD 6 115 6 115 SD PAA CAN OUP 6 116 m 6 116 SIOP Y GIOUD 6 117
5. 6 134 lt gt OR CHANnel lt x gt OR IPODAJPODDB 6 135 SOR 6 134 Heim 6 135 Mele 6 135 51 iuit des 6 136 0 lt gt 6 136 SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis 6 136 0 lt gt _ 6 136 SOURce CHANnel x WIDTh 6 137 SOURce CHANnel x WWIDth 6 137 SOURce CHANnel x 6 136 0 1 8 1 8 6 137 5 0 0 6 136 6 137 STGTIImQ cies eei ite 6 137 AT IMGE DATE iiir cn itti canc ta feda HHgm 6 137 SOURce SRATe STETimie TIME SRATe eL 7 5 natania lt gt G
6. 6 60 55 group m p 6 116 STARt group ro eee tet te 6 116 START STOP key response time Statistical value 2 erret en 6 100 Status 2 245 ends status byte status byte STATUS STATus CONDition query STOD STOP Qroup t tete pede c pe tuts Stop prediction Storage 6 64 SUAINMOGUIG 6 36 sub unit 6 38 6 42 sub waveform 6 59 6 73 M iii synchronization ES System App 3 SYSTem group 6 118 System information sss 6 121 T Page Tes Time trigg n neniani en rennen 6 137 T amp T 1 2 lt trigger a NA 6 138 T gt Time trigger TILTI trlggar nennen erre ences 6 137 talker function 1 3 target record M TCP IP Setting Been ens 4 6 m 1 7 Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module 6 39 threshold level time base teer netten ien dti time print interval 6 76 time unit time WIDOW airs oot ena
7. 6 10 FILE Group ABORt EED lt Space gt lt Filename gt EED lt Space gt lt Filename gt C O EED lt Space gt lt Filename gt ABORt 1 EXECute REALtime lt Space gt lt Filename gt DATE NUMBering 40 O CEO HISTory lt Space gt ANAMing lt Space gt i ALL AVE INTerval lt Space gt lt NRf gt 6 62 701240 17 6 10 FILE Group lt Space gt lt Space gt PODB OX EXECute HISTory Space ONE lt gt ALL PODB TRACe lt Space gt 1 USB can be specified only on models supporting USB storage devices see section 13 3 in the SL1400 User s Manual IM 701240 17E 6 63 6 10 FILE Group FILE Function Queries all settings related to the storage medium Syntax FILE Example FILE gt FILE DIRECTORY FILTER ITEM FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE ALL RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE COMPRESSION 0 FILE SAVE ASCII TRACE ALL RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE INTERVAL OFF FILE SAVE FLOAT TRACE ALL RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE FILE SAVE ANAMING NUMBERING NAME COMMENT FILE FORMAT TYPE HD14 PARTITION 1 FILE BACKup Function Queries all se
8. 6 34 measurement range 6 104 measurement range of the automated measurement of 6 104 menu 6 121 6 102 message 5 1 6 76 message 2 00 5 000 6 120 minimum record number Index 2 IM 701240 17E most recent point i 6 113 motor ON OFF of 6 120 moving average OAO 8 34 range over which to perform the parameter search 6 80 MTRigger group 6 108 range Valle messag ad tnnc 5 5 realtime recording receiving FUNCTION N reception buffer 4 ecc itecto tecnici record start number m network A recusa network interface connection via RECOorder GIOUD s a cicciraeeriiscio reet iria parenti Fortran network printer B RIXSZRERRURREMARNISARNSRAERA recorder mode IRE ETE iii recording interval aider retirer veda ende expect eas as reference cycle number of divisions per p
9. lt NRf gt LIPS PCL5 QO T 9 lt NRf gt NETPrint 4 Space OFF 701240 17 6 67 6 11 Group Cm eame KEYWord ORlentation lt Space gt lt String gt SUBTitle lt Space gt lt String gt NAME lt Space gt lt Filename gt PATH lt 2 J 6 68 701240 17 6 11 Group O mem aw J Q lt Space gt lt NRf gt C a H m 24 J ONG A4PRint FLEXiblezone lt Space gt UPPer I Space 4 lt NRf gt lt Space gt IM 701240 17E 6 69 6 11 Group GDLight lt Space gt SCALe lt Space gt OFF CHLabel lt Space gt OFF TIME ANNotation lt Space gt OFF 42 lt gt O MESSage y lt Space gt _CHANnel 1 O MESSage 4 lt Space gt lt string gt 6 70 701240 17 6 15 Group HCOPy H
10. FORMat ORDer lt Space gt E A1 B8 B8 A1 IM 701240 17E 6 47 6 8 CURSor Group ee 2 lt Space gt OFF Mc E HAVertical VERTical Cres e ALL MATH lt gt HORizontal lt Space gt 4 lt NRf gt 6 48 IM 701240 17E 6 8 CURSor Group POSition STRAce lt Space gt VERTical lt Space gt 2 VERTical 3 MARKer HAVertical POSition Gre 2 TRACe Space IM 701240 17E 6 49 6 8 CURSor Group CURSor Function Queries all settings related to cursor measurements Syntax CURSor Example CURSOR gt CURSOR TY TYPE HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE 1 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M2 TRACE 2 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M3 TRACE 3 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M4 TRACE 4 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSOR DEGREE TRACE 1 POSITION1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 REFERE
11. d eee Rer KE 6 54 SY MARKOer Y oeste ce tete tts 6 54 xXY MARKer EEE 6 55 IXY VERTical POSItION lt X gt 6 55 STRACE P 6 55 IXY VER ask sees ares cases iXY VERTical X lt x gt XY 0 6 55 e ORO POS PO RO 6 53 TY DEGRee DX 6 50 TY DEGRee JUMP TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt 6 50 TY DEGRee TRACe TY DEGRee X x 6 51 lt gt 22 6 00 6 51 6 50 TY HORIZontal DY 6 51 TY HORizontal POSition xs 6 51 2 6 51 2 2 6 51 SPY 6 51 LOGICIRORMab se 6 51 TYELOGic ORDoer ttes 6 51 TY LOGic 6 51 TY MARKer DX lt x gt 6 52 TY MARKer DY lt x gt 6 52 TY MARKer M lt x gt JUMP 6 52 TY MAR
12. iae rede een ene 6 73 PRINter MAG PRINtTeERANGO uiii itti rore coepere 6 74 niae 6 74 6 74 PRINTET iiie ieri aere p ette tas 6 73 PSETup CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt MESSage 6 76 PSETup ANNotation 6 76 PSETUp ANTYp6 iere ences 6 76 t ee tont 6 76 PSETUp EAHBGR 6 75 PSETup FLEXiblezone CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Be 6 75 PSETup FLEXiblezone CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt 6 75 PSETup FLEXiblezone MODE 6 75 PSETup FLEXiblezone 6 75 PSETup GAUGe 6 76 PSETup GDLight 6 75 PSETup GWIDbth 6 76 PSETup SCALe 6 76 PSETup TIME 6 76 IPSETUp 3 iii eie te repetere eis 6 74 HISTory Group ABORT m DISPlay DMODe m EXECUTE M 6 79 HISTON e 6 79 PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition PARameter ITEM lt x gt SOURce PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt PARameter ITEM x VALue lt 6 79 PARameter LOGic PARameter TLINkage iss PARameter TRANge esee ciiin cte tedesco een d e ya ras 6 79 RECO ian
13. 5 ciere es sad erret er eo ertet tees EY protocol zs sequential command 2 Serial lterfaee ura re Ea En mc serial interface connection via 2 3 pulse average serial poll pulse count service request enable register pulse integration settings initialization pulse Wigth setup data saving to the 511400 2 COMPULALIOMN s ce eode 701240 17 Index 3 Index shot recording cere etes 6 112 shunt calibration 6 39 sign existence of Signal direction 2 3 signal line connection 40222 4 2 4 signals table OF rennes 2 4 simple header eene nennen 5 8 simple trigger 6 135 single quotation 5 6 single start F 510 M ees SNAP group is 61 n neenon pen mere SINT DAS cn IT IE E E SPD Serial Poll Disable SPE Serial Poll Enable sene 1 6 split format
14. and the error message are stored in the error queue when the error is displayed The contents of the error queue can be read using the STATus ERRor query As with the output queue messages are read oldest first newest last refer to the previous page If the error queue becomes full the final message will be replaced by message 350 Queue overflow The error queue is emptied in the following cases in addition to when read out is performed When the CLS command is received When power is turned ON again To see whether the error queue is empty or not check bit 2 EAV of the status byte IM 701240 17E snijeis 5 8 1 Before Programming Chapter 8 Sample Program Notes on Use of the Sample Program Yokogawa shall accept no responsibility whatsoever for any problems occurring as a result of use of the sample program 8 1 Before Programming Environment Model MS DOS V Computer Language Visual Basic Version 6 0 Professional Edition or higher GP IB board PCI GPIB IEEE 488 2 board from National Instruments Setting up the Visual Basic Compornent MSComm Standardmodule Niglobal bas Vbib 32 bas Setting up the SL1400 GP IB All the sample programs given in this chapter use address 1 for the SL1400 so be sure to assign the instrument to address 1 as described on page 1 6 Serial RS 232 All the sample programs in this chapter assume the below settings so be sure to set para
15. 6 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 XYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH6 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE MATH2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH6 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 MEASURE MATH6 METHOD AUTO MEASURE MATH7 AMPLITUDE 5 0 MEASURE MATH7 AVERAGE STATE 0 7 AVGFREQ STATE 0 7 AVGPERIOD STATE MEASURE MATH7 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 7 FALL STATE 0 7 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 LOW Se ose STATE 0 7 STATE 0 7 1 STATE 0 7 MINIMUM STATE 0 7 STATE 0 7 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 PERIOD STATE 0 7 PNUMBER STATE 0 MATH7 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 7
16. PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL3 UPPER gt HCOPY FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL3 UPPER 50 Example The value can only be set up to a value that is 2 greater than Lower Example FLEXiblezone 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt LOWer Function Sets the lower limit of the flexible zone area of the channel when printing with the display format set to Single or queries the current setting Syntax PSETup FLEXiblezone 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt LOWer lt NRf gt HCOPy PSETup FLEXiblezone 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt LOWer lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 0 to 98 PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL3 LOWER 10 PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL3 LOWER gt PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL3 LOWER 10 Description The value can only be set down to a value that is 2 less than Higher Example PSETup GDLight Function Sets the density of the print graticule or queries the current setting Syntax PSETup GDLight DARK LIGHt PSETup GDLight HCOPY PSETUP GDLIGHT DARK HCOPY PSETUP GDLIGHT gt HCOPY PSETUP GDLIGHT DARK Example IM 701240 17E 6 75 spuewwog 6 11 Group HCOPy PSETup GWIDth Function Sets the print graticule width of the ve
17. GRID SNAP WAVeform MARKer CAPTure BACK lt NRf gt 1 to 15 Example DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR 6 DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR gt DISPLAY INTENSITY CURSOR 6 IM 701240 17E 6 59 spuewwog 6 9 DISPlay Group DISPlay INTerpolate Function Sets the interpolation method or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay INTerpolate LINE OFF SINE DISPlay INTerpolate Example DISPLAY INTERPOLATE LINE DISPLAY INTERPOLATE gt DISPLAY INTERPOLATE LINE DISPlay LEVel Function Sets the level indicator display or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay LEVel Boolean DISPlay LEVel Example DISPLAY LEVEL ON DISPLAY LEVEL DISPLAY LEVEL 1 DISPlay MAPPing Function Sets the mode of the waveform mapping to the split screen or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay MAPPing AUTO FIXed USERdefine DISPlay MAPPing Example DISPLAY MAPPING AUTO DISPLAY MAPPING DISPLAY MAPPING AUTO DISPlay SMAPping Function Queries all settings related to the waveform mapping to the split screen Syntax DISPlay SMAPping Example DISPLAY SMAPPING DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 0 CHANNEL2 1 CHANNEL3 2 CHANNEL4 3 5 4 CHANNEL6 5 CHANNEL7 6 CHANNEL8 7 CHANNEL9 0 CHANNEL10 1 CHANNEL11 2 CHANNEL12 1 6 2 7 MATH3 0 4 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8 5 PODA 6 PODB 7 DISPlay SMAPping
18. 1 lt gt FREQ INPut COUPling Function Sets the input coupling on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ INPut COUPling AC DC lt gt FREQ INPut COUPling lt gt 1 10 16 Example 1 5 FREQ INPUT COUPLING DC CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT COUPLING gt 1 5 FREQ INPUT COUPLING DC Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ INPut HYSTeresis HIGH LOW MIDDle 1 lt gt INPut HYSTeresis lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT HYSTERESIS LOW CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT HYSTERESIS gt CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT HYSTERESIS LOW Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANne1l lt x gt FREQ INPut PRESet Function Sets the preset on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut PRESet AC100v AC200v EMPichup LOG12v LOG24v LOG3v LOG5v PULLup USER ZERO CHANnel x FREQ INPut PRESet lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT PRESET USER CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT PRESET gt CHANNEL15 FREQ INP
19. 2 6 bias current 6 29 6 53 binary computation essere 6 90 CURSor group 6 47 bit 6 86 cursor measurements 6 50 bit display position 6 86 EYE ld cl ee ike oe cyclic statistical processing 6 103 bit length block data ceno cipis erc cc ate und D BOOl AN ER bridge voltage pr brightness data byte string 0 data COMPIFOSSION 6 66 buffer data compression of screen data 6 83 builtin printe Ens data format cci he D MEAN Data Er e data transfer 1 4 4 2 IM 701240 17E Index 1 Index date time 6 120 DCL Device 1 6 8121219 5 2 deceleration prediction 6 33 5 5 decimal place 6 38 6 42 decimation 6 66 delay enn 6 100 6 134 delay between channels 6 100 occu eti tt 6 75 device 1 5 2 8 3 4 4 5 E R 6 65 display rrt nre teer nee 6 59 display 00400 6 59 6 101 DISPIay group
20. 28 096 29 0 962083333333333 85 232 A Sample Program 2 0 927083333333333 13 0 930208333333333 14 0 9325 150935 160 9375 170939375 24 0954583333333333 25 0 955833333333333 26 0 9575 270959375 280 96 29 0 962083333333333 MAME ajdwes IM 701240 17E 8 13 8 6 Sets Queries Measure Value 8 6 Sets Queries Measure Value Sample3 GPIB Get Measure value Private Dim Dim Dim Dim Function GpibGetMeasure As Integer msg As String qry As String sts As Integer stp As Integer Query buffer msg qry Space 100 Space 100 sts InitGpib If sts lt gt 0 Then GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg STOP term Acquisition sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg COMMUNICATE HEADER OFF term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE MODE OFF term Measure Off sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function Command buffer Initialize GPIB Stop Query Header Off for Get V div End If msg CHANNEL DISPLAY ON term 1 On sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit
21. lt gt 6 90 BINAY siete rr 6 90 DIS Play irent eee 6 90 lt gt lt gt nsee 6 90 EXECUTE issiro neia e nna eg end 6 90 SEETSPOINt2 6 90 TFET WINDOW ntt 6 90 6 90 6 90 MATHEX S P 6 89 emt eer ere Det 6 90 gt 6 90 OPERation eio tet poete oed peg SCALe VALue essen nennen SCALe 22 01 SHIFE CHANnel x MATHx e MEASure Group CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt COUNt 6 103 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt STATe 6 103 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt 6 101 6 103 lt gt lt gt lt gt 6 102 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt ALL 6 100 lt gt lt gt 6 100 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay MAXimum 6 100 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay COUNt 6 100 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt 6 100 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay M
22. 1 lt gt lt gt PodA PodB Function Sets the color of the waveform or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay COLor CHANnel x MATH lt x gt PodA PodB YELLow GREen MAGenta CYAN RED ORANge LBLue PURP1e BLUE PINK LGReen DBLue GRAY BGReen DISPlay COLor COLor 1 lt gt lt gt PodA PodB lt gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 MAGENTA DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 gt DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 MAGENTA Example DISPlay COLor BACK CAPTure Function Sets the color of the background or the sub waveform window or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay COLor BACK CAPTure BLACk BLUE RED GREen WHITe DISPlay COLor BACK CAPTure DISPLAY COLOR BACK WHITE DISPLAY COLOR BACK gt DISPLAY COLOR BACK WHITE Example DISPlay COLor BASecolor Function Sets the basic color of the menu or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay COLor BASecolor lt gt DISPlay COLor BASecolor lt NRf gt 1 to 3 Example DISPLAY COLOR BASECOLOR 2 DISPLAY COLOR BASECOLOR gt DISPLAY COLOR BASECOLOR 2 DISPlay ESIZe Function Sets the extra window size or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay ESIZe lt NRf gt DISPlay ESIZe lt NRf gt 0 to 8 Example DISPLAY ESIZE 8 DISPLAY ESIZE gt DISPLAY E
23. PSETup GWIDth Sets the print graticule width of the vertical axis or queries the current setting 6 76 PSETup SCALe Sets the scale print interval for waveform printing or queries the current setting 6 76 PSETup CHLabel Sets the channel label print interval for waveform printing or queries the current setting 6 76 HCOPy PSETup TIME Sets the time print interval for waveform printing or queries the current setting 6 76 HCOPy PSETup GAUGe Sets the gauge printing for waveform printing or queries the current setting 6 76 HCOPy PSETup ANNotation Sets the annotation print interval for waveform printing or queries the current setting 6 76 PSETup ANTYpe Sets the annotation content for waveform printing or queries the current setting 6 76 HCOPy PSETup 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt MESSage Sets the message of the channel for waveform printing or queries the current setting 6 76 IM 701240 17E 6 1 List of Commands Command Function Page HISTory Group HISTory Queries all settings related to the history memory function 6 79 HISTory ABORt Aborts the history search 6 79 HISTory CLEar Executes history clear 6 79 HISTory DISPlay Sets the start number or end number of the display record or queries the current setting 6 79 HISTory DMODe Sets the waveform display format one waveform all waveforms or average or queries the current setting
24. STATE 0 5 NWIDTH STATE 0 5 PERIOD STATE 0 5 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 TYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 XYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH5 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE MATH2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH5 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 5 METHOD AUTO MEASURE MATH6 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 6 98 IM 701240 17E 6 18 MEASure Group FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE MATH6 POVERSHOOT STATE 0
25. or workstation ls 511400 910010 000 Gees UTP cable or STP cable straight cable Ethernet port Connection Precautions You must use a straight cable when connecting the unit to a controller or a work station We cannot guarantee results using a cross cable When using a UTP cable straight cable be sure to use only a category 5 cable 4 4 701240 17 4 4 Setting up this Instrument Network 4 4 Setting up this Instrument Network Operating Procedure lecting th mmunication Interf 1 Press MENU 2 Press the Next 1 2 soft key 3 Press the Remote soft key 4 Press the Device soft key and select Network Remote Renote Device AQ System Conf ig GP IB Netuork 4 TRIGGER Remote User RS232 Account Network USB jo PRINT IINITIALIZE CAL Netuork IMAGE gt Self Test gt 7 Setting Bata Others Store Recall Next Next 1 2 2 2 Note Only the communications interfaces selected under Device are available If commands are sent using an unselected communications interface the command will not be received tting th r Name Password and Timeout Tim 4 User Acco
26. VERTical PERDt Function Queries the 1 AT value between V cursors of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY VERTical PERDt Example TY VERTICAL PERDT gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL PERDT 500 00000E 00 Description When the target trace is in the frequency domain NAN Not A Number is returned VERTical POSition lt x gt Function Sets the V cursor position of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor VERTical POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY VERTical POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions 10 divisions record length steps Example 1 2 TY 1 gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL POSITION1 2 0000000 CURSor TY VERTical TRACe Function Sets the target waveform of the V cursor of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY VERTical TRACe lt NR gt lt gt ALL PODA PODB PODA_PODB CURSor TY 1 1 TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 VERTical X lt x gt Function Queries the X axis value at the V cursor position of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY VERTical X lt x gt
27. STATE 0 7 PWIDTH STATE 0 7 5 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE 7 SDEVIATION STATE 2 MEASURE MATH7 TYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 XYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH7 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE 7 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE MATH2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE 7 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 MEASURE MATH7 METHOD AUTO 8 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 AVGFREQ STATE 0 AVGPERIOD STATE MEASURE MATH8 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 5 0 MEASURE MATH8 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 MAXIMUM STATE 0 STATE 0 8 MINIMUM STATE 0 8 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 STATE 0 8 PERIOD STATE 0 8 PNUMBER STATE 0 8 STATE 0 8 PWIDTH 0 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 RISE STA
28. p 3 3 5 o A A I VERBose Space NON Space _ lt Register gt COMMunicate Function Queries all settings related to communications Syntax COMMunicate Example COMMUNICATE gt COMMUNICATE HEADER 1 OPSE 352 352 VERBOSE 1 COMMunicate HEADer Function Sets whether to add a header to the response to a query example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 or not add the header example 10 Syntax COMMunicate HEADer lt Boolean gt COMMunicate HEADer Example COMMUNICATE HEADER ON COMMUNICATE HEADER gt COMMUNICATE HEADER 1 Vm COMMunicate LOCKout Function Sets or clears local lockout Syntax COMMunicate LOCKout Boolean COMMunicate LOCKout Example COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT gt COMMUNICATE LOCKOUT 1 Description This command is for the serial RS 232 USB or Ethernet interface For GP IB this function is provided as an interface message IM 701240 17E 6 45 6 7 COMMunicate Group COMMunicate OPSE Operation Pending Status Enable register Function Sets the overlap command that is to used by the OPC OPC and WAI commands or queries the current setting Syntax COMMunicate OPSE lt Register gt COMMunicate OPSE lt Register gt 0 to 65535 COMMunicate WAIT See the command diagram COMMUNICATE OPSE 65535 COMMUNICATE OPSE
29. 6 80 RECord MlINimum 6 80 DE E E 6 80 ZONE EDIT lt x gt CONDition 6 81 ZONE EDIT lt x gt HORizontal 6 81 ZONE EDIT lt x gt SOURCe 6 81 ZONE EDIT lt x gt VERTical 6 81 ZONE EDIT lt x gt 6 81 ZONE LOGic 6 81 6 81 IMAGe Group ABORI E 6 83 Hole ttm M 6 83 cec ctt 6 83 6 83 SAVE CDIRGCIOry scsi etic naira ehe 6 83 SAVE DRIVO iicet 6 83 SAVE NAME t SAVE PATH P aiii tuin user 6 83 6 83 SEND INITialize Group d ze O 6 84 6 84 LOGic Group PA PB B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 DISPlay 6 86 PA PB B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 LABel 6 86 015 6 86 PODA PODB BMAPPing PODA PODB DISPlay PODA PODB INPut PODA PODB LABel PODA PODB POSition PODA PODB PROBe PODA PODB ZOOM tn IM 701240 17E Index 7 Index PODA PODB te dae 6 86 Em 6 86 LSTart Group LS Tat i E en eps 6 87 ES cto erede ecd 6 87 MATH Group lt gt
30. Bit 0 OPC Operation Complete Set to 1 when the operation designated by the OPC command has been completed Refer to Chapter 6 snijeis Bit Masking To mask a bit in the standard event register so that it does not cause bit 5 ESB of the status byte to change set the corresponding bit in the standard event enable register to 0 For example to mask bit 2 QYE so that ESB will not be set to 1 even if a query error occurs set bit 2 of the standard event enable register to 0 This can be done using the ESE command To inquire whether each bit of the standard event enable register is 1 or 0 use the ESE For details of the ESE command refer to Chapter 6 IM 701240 17E 7 3 Standard Event Register 7 4 Extended Event Register Operation of the Standard Event Register The standard event register is provided for eight different kinds of event which can occur inside the instrument Bit 5 ESB of the status byte is set to 1 when any of the bits in this register becomes 1 or when the corresponding bit of the standard event enable register becomes 1 Examples 1 A query error occurs 2 Bit 2 QYE is set to 1 3 Bit 5 ESB of the status byte is set to 1 if bit 2 of the standard event enable register is 1 It is also possible to check what type of event has occurred inside the instrument by reading the contents of the standard event register 7 4 Extended Event Reg
31. Extended event register Sets bit 3 EES of status byte to 1 or Sets bit 2 EAV of status byte to 1 or Output queue Error queue Enable Registers Registers which mask a bit so that the bit does not affect the status byte even if the bit is set to 1 are shown below Status byte Masks bits using the service request enable register Standard event register Masks bits using the standard event enable register Extended event register Masks bits using the extended event enable register Writing Reading from Registers The ESE command is used to set bits in the standard event enable register to 1 or 0 and the query is used to check whether bits in that register are setto 1 or 0 For details of these commands refer to Chapter 6 7 2 Status Byte Overview of Status Byte RQS 7 6 1 0 55 Bits 0 1 and 7 Not used always 0 Bit 2 EAV Error Available Set to 1 when the error queue is not empty i e when an error occurs For details refer to page 7 5 Bit 3 EES Extended Event Summary Bit Sets to 1 when the logical AND of an Extended Event Register bit and the corresponding Enable Register bit is equal to 1 that is when an event takes place in the instrument Refer to page 7 4 Bit 4 MAV Message Available Set to 1 when the output queue is not empty i e when there is data whi
32. gt L 1L 1 Label 8 characters Measured value 8 characters MONitor BYTeorder Function Sets the transmission order when using word format of two bytes or more or queries the current setting Syntax MONitor BYTeorder LSBFirst MSBFirst MONitor BYTeorder MONITOR BYTEORDER LSBFIRST MONITOR BYTEORDER MONITOR BYTEORDER LSBFIRST Example MONitor EXECute Function Executes the switching of the screen display Syntax MONitor EXECute lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 0 trace information screen 1 wide screen 2 numeric monitor Example MONITOR EXECUTE 0 MONitor FORMat Function Sets the format of the data to be transmitted or queries the current setting Syntax MONitor FORMat BYTE WORD MONitor FORMat MONITOR FORMAT BYTE MONITOR FORMAT MONITOR FORMAT BYTE Example MONitor OFFSet CHANnel lt x gt Function Queries the offset value used to convert the numeric monitor data of the specified trace into physical values Syntax MONitor OFFSet CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 MONITOR OFFSET CHANNEL1 gt MONITOR OFFSET CHANNEL1 0 0000000E 00 Example MONitor RANGe CHANnel lt x gt Function Queries the range value used to convert the numeric monitor data of the specified trace into physical values Syntax MONitor RANGe 1 lt gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1
33. sts InitSerial Initialize RS232 If sts lt gt 0 Then IM 701240 17E 8 9 8 5 Data Output in Word Format 2 bytes Exit Function End If MSComml InputLen 0 MSComml InputMode comInputModeText MSComml PortOpen True MSComml OutBufferCount 0 MSComml InBufferCount 0 Timerl Interval 1000 If CtsFlag 1 Then TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Receive All Data Text Mode Port Open Out Buffer Clear In Buffer Clear If CTS FALSE Wait until CTS TRUE Call DIsplayRS232Error CTS Timeout RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml CTSHolding End If True msg STOP term MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 msg COMMUNICATE HEADER OFF 4 term MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 msg WAVEFORM TRACE 1 4 term MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 msg WAVEFORM RECORD 0 term MSComml Output
34. 1 P2X P2Y lt gt CHANnel x STRain LSCale P1X P1Y P2X P2Y lt x gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt of P1X and P2X 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 lt NRf gt of P1Y and P2Y 9 9999E 25 to 9 9999E 25 Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE P1X 10 CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE P1X gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE P1X 10 0000E 00 Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale SHUNt Function Executes the shunt calibration on the channel with the strain module installed only on the Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal Syntax CHANnel x STRain LSCale SHUNt lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE SHUNT Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale UNIT lt String gt Function Sets the unit to be added to the result of linear scaling on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale UNIT lt String gt CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale UNIT lt gt 1 to 16 lt String gt Up to 4 characters CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE UNIT X CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE UNIT gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE UNIT X Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed Syntax Example 1 lt gt 5 lt gt Function Sets the measurement range on the channel with the strain mod
35. 1 8 B1 B8 DONTcare HIGH LOW TRIGger BTRigger LOGic 1 8 B1 B8 TRIGGER BTRIGGER 1 HIGH TRIGGER BTRIGGER LOGIC B1 gt TRIGGER BTRIGGER 1 HIGH Example TRIGger BTRigger PODB Function Sets the logic condition of condition B or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger BTRigger PODA PODB DISable ENABle TRIGger BTRigger PODA PODB Example TRIGGER BTRIGGER PODB ENABLE TRIGGER BTRIGGER PODB gt TRIGGER BTRIGGER PODB ENABLE TRIGger DELay Function Sets the delay time from the trigger point to the trigger position or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger DELay lt Time gt TRIGger DELay lt Time gt 0 to 10 1 sample rate 10 Example TRIGGER DELAY 205 TRIGGER DELAY gt TRIGGER DELAY 2 000000E 06 Description Fixed to 0 when the time base clock is set to external clock On SL1400 the trigger delay sets the time from the trigger point to the trigger position To set or query the trigger position use TRIGger POSition TRIGger EOA Function Queries all settings related to the Edge on A trigger Syntax TRIGger EOA Example TRIGGER EOA gt TRIGGER EOA CHANNEL1 OFF CHANNEL2 RISE CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF CHANNEL5 OFF CHANNEL6 OFF CHANNEL7 OFF CHANNEL8 OFF CHANNEL9 OFF CHANNEL10 OFF CHANNEL11 OFF CHANNEL12 OFF CHANNEL13 OFF CHANNEL14 OFF CHANNEL15
36. 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal MODE lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL MODE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal PERCent Function Sets the distal mesial and proximal points in percentage or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DPRoximal PERCent lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt gt MEASure CHANnel x lt gt DPRoximal PERCent x of CHANnel x 1 to 16 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 0 to 100 95 1 steps In the order proximal lt mesial gt and lt distal gt MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT 40 60 80 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL PERCENT 40 0 60 0 80 0 Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt 1 UNIT Function Sets the distal mesial and proximal points or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal UNIT lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt Current gt lt Current gt lt gt lt gt lt gt MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal UNIT x of CHANnel x
37. AVGPERIOD STATE 0 1 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 1 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 1 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 1 FALL STATE 0 1 FREQUENCY STATE 0 1 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 LOW STATE 0 1 STATE 0 1 1 STATE 0 1 spuewwog STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 TYLINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 XY1LINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH1 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE MATH1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE 1 MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 MEASURE MATH1 METHOD AUTO MEASURE MATH2 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2
38. FILE SAVE BINary COMPression Example FILE SAVE BINARY COMPRESSION FILE SAVE BINARY COMPRESSION gt FILE SAVE BINARY COMPRESSION 1 Description range to be saved is Main screen only Only binary data can be compressed FILE SAVE COMMent Function Sets the comment of data to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE COMMent String FILE SAVE COMMent lt String gt Up to 25 characters Example FILE SAVE COMMENT THIS IS TEST FILE SAVE COMMENT FILE SAVE COMMENT THIS IS TEST Description Only the characters and symbols displayed on the keyboard on the screen can be used In ASCII code Q and are expressed as 1FH respectively FILE SAVE NAME Function Sets the name of the file to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE NAME Filename FILE SAVE NAME Example FILE SAVE NAME CASEI FILE SAVE NAME gt FILE SAVE NAME CASE1 6 66 IM 701240 17E 6 11 Group 6 11 HCOPy Group The commands in this group deal with the printing of screen image to the built in printer and other printers You can make the same settings execute the same operations and make the same inquiries as when you press the MENU key gt PRINT soft key on the front panel HERP ON D COMMent lt Space gt 4 lt String gt T DiRection XTPrinter NETPrint
39. NRf MEASure TRANge lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions 10 divisions record length steps Example MEASURE TRANGE 4 4 gt MEASURE 4 0000000 4 0000000 MEASure WAIT Function Waits for the completion of the automated measurement of waveform parameters with a timeout option Syntax MEASure WAIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 36000 timeout time in units of 100 ms Example MEASURE WAIT 100 gt MEASURE WAIT 1 Description Ifthe execution of the automated measurement completes within the timeout time 0 is returned if it is not complete or automated measurement is not being executed 1 is returned Even if the timeout time is set long 0 is returned when the execution of the automated measurement is complete 6 104 IM 701240 17E 6 19 MONitor Group 6 19 MONitor Group The commands in this group deal with screen switching and numeric monitor output BYTeorder EXECute Space lt NRf gt IM 701240 17E 6 105 6 19 MONitor Group MONitor ASENd Function Outputs the numeric monitor data ASCII format Syntax MONitor ASENd Example MONitor ASENd See the response format below Description Measured values of valid channels and two logic channels are output with each measured value delimited by a semicolon 0x3b Valid channels mean analog ch
40. Sets the phase offset of shift computation of the waveform measured with an external clock or queries the current setting 6 90 MATH lt x gt EXECute Executes the computation 6 90 MATH lt x gt FFT Queries all settings related to the FFT computation 6 90 MATH lt x gt FFT POINt Sets the number of points to be computed in the FFT computation or queries the current setting 6 90 lt gt Sets the time window used the FFT computation or queries the current setting 6 90 lt gt LABel Sets the label of the computation or queries the current setting 6 90 MATH lt x gt MODE Turns ON OFF the computation or queries the current setting 6 90 lt gt Sets the computation range or queries the current setting 6 90 MATH lt x gt OPERation Sets the computation details or queries the current setting 6 91 lt gt SCALe Queries all settings related to scaling 6 91 MATH lt x gt SCALe MODE Sets the scaling mode or queries the current setting 6 91 lt gt SCALe VALue Sets the upper and lower limits for manual scaling or queries the current setting 6 91 lt gt SHIFt CHANe1 lt x gt MATH lt x gt Sets the phase offset of shift computation of the waveform measured with an internal clock or queries the current setting 6 91 lt gt UNIT Sets the unit to be added to the computed result o
41. TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to 1000 TRIGGER ACTION MAIL COUNT 100 TRIGGER ACTION MAIL COUNT gt TRIGGER ACTION MAIL COUNT 100 Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed spuewwog TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE Function Syntax Example Description TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example Queries whether a mail is set to be transmitted when an action is activated TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE Boolean TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE OFF TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE gt TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE 0 Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed ACTion MODE Selects the action on trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion MODE OFF ON STOP TRIGger ACTion MODE TRIGGER ACTION MODE ON TRIGGER ACTION MODE gt TRIGGER ACTION MODE ON ACTion SAVE MODE Sets whether or not to save the waveform data to the storage medium ON OFF when an action is activated or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion SAVE MODE Boolean TRIGger ACTion SAVE MODE TRIGGER ACTION SAVE MODE TRIGGER ACTION SAVE MODE gt TRIGGER ACTION SAVE MODE 1 IM 701240 17E 6 131 6 29 TRIGger Group TRIGger ACTion SAVE TYPE Function Sets the data type for saving waveform data when an action is activated or queries the current set
42. VOLTage LSCale GETMeasure Executes the measurement of the P1 P2 X values of linear scaling when the voltage module is installed 6 42 CHANnel x VOLTage LSCale MODE Sets linear scaling when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 42 lt gt VOLTage LSCale 1 1 2 2 Sets the P1 x P1 Y P2 X P2 Y values of linear scaling when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 42 6 4 IM 701240 17E 6 1 List of Commands Command Function Page CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale UNIT Sets the unit to be added to the result of linear scaling when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 42 lt gt VOLTage POSition Sets the vertical position when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 43 CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage PROBe Sets the probe attenuation when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 43 CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage SCALe Sets the upper and lower limits on the screen when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 43 CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage VARiable Sets the variable when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 43 CHANnel x VOLTage VDIV Sets V div when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 43 CHANnel x VOLTage ZOOM
43. gt 1 or 2 Example of the query of Cursor1 CURSOR TY DEGREE Y1 gt CURSOR TY DEGREE Y1 10 000000E 03 HORizontal Function Queries all settings related to the H cursor of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 2 00 POSITION2 3 00 HORizontal DY Function Queries the Y axis value between H cursors of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal DY Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL DY gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL DY 3 0000000E 00 Description When linear scaling is ON the query is for the scaled value TY HORizontal POSition lt x gt Function Sets the H cursor position of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 1 100 steps Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 2 CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL POSITION1 2 00 Description NR is valid down to two digits right of the decimal point TY HORizontal TRACe Function Sets the target waveform of the H cursor of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe lt NR gt MATH lt x gt CURSor
44. 1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 TY2INTEG F F STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 XYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL2 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL2 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL2 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL3 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE 6 94 IM 701240 17E 6 18 MEASure Group CHANNEL3 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 TY2I
45. 1 lt gt FREQ SETup FUNCtion FREQuency RPM RPS PERiod DUTY PWIDth ADDition VELocity CHANnel x FREQ SETup FUNCtion lt gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FUNCTION FREQUENCY CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FUNCTION gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FUNCTION FREQUENCY Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example 6 34 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group 1 lt gt FREQ SETup LRESet Function Sets the over range reset on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup LRESet lt Boolean gt lt gt FREQ SETup LRESet lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP LRESET CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP LRESET gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP LRESET 1 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ SETup MPULSe Function Sets the direction positive or negative of the measurement pulse on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup MPULse POSitive NEGative 1 lt gt FREQ SETup MPULse lt gt 1 to 16 Example 15 MPULSE POSITIVE CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP MPULSE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP MPULSE POSITIVE Description error occurs i
46. 5 esce eer rr HERE ER 6 56 display mode is display size distal HP distance per pulse double quotation 2 rennes E edge detection Slope 6 101 Edge A trigger esee 6 134 enhanced trigger error message error qUele error queue top 44 6 117 extended event enable 6 117 extended event register 5 9 6 117 7 4 external clock 6 19 extra window 6 59 EF 05 05 Page computation cette 6 90 file deletion 6 64 FILE gro p etre ntn mee 6 61 file saving of 6 65 Een Ec d erg 5 6 filter 6 33 6 37 6 65 fine nen 6 74 free disK space trees 6 65 frequency module eee 6 30 full spelling SOtUp a 6 29 graticule Ej graticule 6 76 QUIG saiako anena 6 59 GTLE Go ToLocal 4 oreet 1 6 H Page EE GUIS OF ee de ete eei de ee ee E 6 51 6 54 handshaking severe rre 2 5 2 8 HGOPy gtoUp 1 A ter eene titre eee 6 67 header oo tenete tee EO te depo 6 45 head
47. 6 118 6 122 ilsilenei 6 123 WAVeform 6 140 GOUD c 6 145 ZOOM Groups LL SL bases 6 147 Common Command 6 151 Chapter 7 Status Report 7 1 7 2 7 8 7 4 7 5 Overview of the Status 7 1 Status ce P M 7 2 Standard Event Register nile EE 7 3 Extended Event Register tee 7 4 Output Queue and Error 7 5 Chapter 8 Sample Program 8 1 Before dero rci aUo 2 arnee aa aa Raiti 8 1 8 2 Image of Sample 8 2 8 3 af Ura d eii 8 3 8 4 Sets Queries the Record 8 6 8 5 Data Output in Word Format 2 8 8 8 6 Sets Queries Measure 8 14 Appendix 1 Appendix 1 ASCII Character App 1 Ap
48. 6 152 IM 701240 17E 6 33 Common Command Group LOGIC PODA BIT6 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 6 LOGIC PODA BIT7 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 7 LOGIC PODA BIT8 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 8 LOGIC PODA BMAPPING AUTO LOGIC PODB DISPLAY 0 POSITION 0 00 ZOOM 1 000 LABEL LogicB BIT1 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 1 LOGIC PODB BIT2 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 2 LOGIC PODB BIT3 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 3 LOGIC PODB BIT4 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 4 LOGIC PODB BIT5 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 5 LOGIC PODB BIT6 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 6 LOGIC PODB BIT7 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 7 LOGIC PODB BIT8 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 8 LOGIC PODB BMAPPING AUTO TIMEBASE SOURCE INTERNAL TDIV 100 0E 03 TRIGGER ACTION MODE 0 HCOPY 0 IMAGE 0 SAVE 0 BUZZER 0 SEQUENCE CONTINUE TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW SLOPE RISE LOGIC BIT 1 SLOPE RISE TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGGER ADB DELAY 0 0E 00 TRIGGER MODE AUTO EOA channell OFF CHANNEL2 RISE CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF CHANNEL5 OFF CHANNEL6 OFF PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 RISE CHANNEL2 OFF CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF CHANNEL5 OFF CHANNEL6 OFF PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE TRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE BGTIME TIME 100 000E 09 TRIGGER BLTIME TIME 100 000 09 TRIGGER BTOUT TIME 100 000 09 TRIGGER TGTIME TIME 100 000 09 TRIGGER TLTIME TIME 100 000E 09 TRIGGER 1 100 000 09 2 200 000 09 TRIGGER TOTIME TIME1 100 000E
49. 6 53 6 8 CURSor Group CURSor XY HORizontal DY Function Syntax Example Description Queries the Y axis value between H cursors of the X Y display CURSor XY HORizontal DY CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL DY gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL DY 500 00000E 00 When linear scaling is ON the query is for the scaled value CURSor XY HORizontal POSition lt x gt Function Syntax Example Sets the H cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting CURSor XY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor XY HORizontal POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 1 100 steps CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 2 CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL POSITION1 2 00 CURSor XY HORizontal STRACe Function Syntax Example Sets the target waveform of the H cursor of the X Y display when in Single mode or queries the current setting CURSor XY HORizontal STRACe lt gt MATH lt x gt CURSor XY HORizontal STRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL STRACE 3 CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL STRACE gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL STRACE 3 CURSor XY HORizontal TRACe Function Syntax Example Sets the target waveform of the H cursor of the X Y display or queries the current setting CURSor XY HORizontal TRACe 1 2 4 CURSor XY H
50. D una SDEViation Lar lt VALue lt Space gt i lt NRf gt MATH in A ABORt EXECute TRACe lt NRf gt MATH Xx i 1 For MEASure MATH lt x gt only lt NRf gt can be specified for the unit IM 701240 17E 6 93 6 18 MEASure Group MEASure Function Syntax Example lt Space gt me pase open Oy aa Co Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of waveform parameters MEASure MEASURE gt MEASURE MODE ON CHANNEL1 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANN
51. DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 LOW IM 701240 17E 6 97 6 18 MEASure Group STATE 0 2 MAXIMUM STATE 0 2 STATE 0 2 MINIMUM STATE 0 2 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 2 STATE 0 2 PERIOD STATE 0 2 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 2 PTOPEAK STATE 0 2 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 TY1LINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE 2 1 5 0 MEASURE MATH2 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH2 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH2 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE MATH2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH2 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 MEASURE MATH2 METHOD AUTO MEASURE MATH3 AMPLITUDE STATE 3 MEASURE MATH3 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 AVGPERIOD STATE 3 MEASURE MATH3 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 DUTYCYCLE STATE 3 MEASURE MATH3 FALL STATE 0 MEASU
52. Data Format WORD Data Byte order LSB First for Little Endian sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM START 0 END 1001 term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM RANGE term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If sts ilrd Dev Len qry If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If vdv Val qry msg WAVEFORM OFFSET term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg START 0 END 1001 Length 1002 Get V div value Get Offset value 8 8 IM 701240 17E 8 5 Data Output in Word Format 2 bytes If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If sts ilrd Dev Len qry If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If ofs Val qry eos 0 sts ileos Dev eos Terminator None for Binary Data If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts ileos GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM SEND term Receive Waveform Data sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If
53. Example MARKer X lt x gt Function Queries the X axis value at the marker cursor position of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY MARKer X lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER X1 gt CURSOR TY MARKER X1 4 5000 03 Description When the time base is set to internal clock When in the time domain the query is for the time when in the frequency domain the query is for the frequency When the time base is set to external clock When in the time domain the query is for the number of points with respect to delay 0 when in the frequency domain the query is for the number of points with respect to the head of the memory MARKer lt gt Function Queries the Y axis value at the marker cursor position of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY MARKer lt gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER Y1 gt CURSOR TY MARKER Y1 1 5000E 03 Description When linear scaling is ON the query is for the scaled value Function Sets the cursor type of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY TYPE OFF HORizontal VERTical DEGRee HAVertical CURSor TY TYPE CURSOR TY TYPE HORIZONTAL CURSOr TY TYPE gt CURSOR TY TYPE HORIZONTAL Example CURSor TY VERTical Function Queries all settings related to V cursor of the T Y
54. GAUGE gt GAUGE FINE PSETup ANNotation Function Sets the annotation print interval for waveform printing or queries the current setting Syntax PSETup ANNotation 200 MM400 MM800 PSETup ANNotaion PSETUP ANNOTATION 200 ANNOTATION gt PSETUP ANNOTATION 200 Example PSETup ANTYpe Function Sets the annotation content for waveform printing or queries the current setting Syntax PSETup ANTYpe INFormation CHMessage CHData HCOPy PSETup ANTYpe Example PSETUP ANTYPE CHMESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP ANTYPE gt HCOPy PSETUP ANTYPE CHMESSAGE HCOPy PSETup 1 lt gt lt gt Function Sets the message of the channel for waveform printing or queries the current setting HCOPy PSETup 1 lt gt lt gt MESSage lt String gt HCOPy PSETup 1 lt gt lt gt MESSage lt String gt Up to 80 characters PSETUP CHANNEL1 MESSAGE TRACE1 PSETUP CHANNEL1 MESSAGE gt HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL1 MESSAGE TRACE1 Syntax Example 6 76 IM 701240 17E 6 12 5 Group 6 12 5 Group The commands in this group deal with d
55. HISTORY RECORD 538 Description The minimum record number varies depending on the record length and memory extension settings HISTory SMODe Function Sets the history memory search mode or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory SMODe OFF ZONE PARameter HISTory SMODe Example HISTORY SMODE PARAMETER HISTORY SMODE HISTORY SMODE PARAMETER HISTory TIME Function Queries the trigger time of the target record number Syntax HISTory TIME NRf MINimum lt NRf gt 0 to 1999 Example HISTORY TIME 1 gt HIST TIME 0001 10 20 30 04 Description Specifying MINimum sets the record to the minimum record number The selectable target records vary depending on the record length and memory extension settings 6 80 IM 701240 17E 6 12 5 Group 5 ZONE Function Queries all settings related to the zone search Syntax HISTory ZONE Example HISTORY ZONE gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 3 0000000 2 5000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT2 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 1 0000000 0 5000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT3 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 1 0000000 1 5000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT4 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 3 0000000 3 5000000 HISTORY ZONE LOGIC AND sHISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt Function Queries all settings r
56. LANGuage JAPA Nese ENGLish KOREan ITALian V 29 2 gt 9 6 118 IM 701240 17E 6 27 SYSTem Group lt Space gt BRIGhtness Space Space MLANuage Space Space Ez IM 701240 17E 6 119 Sspueululo2 6 27 SYSTem Group SYSTem Function Queries all settings related to the system Syntax SYSTem Example SYSTEM gt SYSTEM SCSI INTERNALID 4 OWNID 6 SYSTEM CLOCK MODE 1 DATE 2002 06 07 TIME 15 01 24 SYSTEM LANGUAGE JAPANESE CLICK 1 HDMOTOR 1 MLANUAGE ENGLISH PACTION 0 PSTART 0 USBKEYBOARD JAPANESE VIDEO 1 LCD MODE 1 BRIGHTNESS 4 AUTO MODE 0 TIME 1 SYSTEM OCANCEL 0 SYSTem CLICk Function Turns ON OFF the click sound or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLICk lt Boolean gt SYSTem CLICk Example SYSTEM CLICK ON SYSTEM CLICK SYSTEM CLICK 1 SYSTem CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the date and time Syntax SYSTem CLOCk Example SYSTEM CLOCK gt SYSTEM CLOCK MODE 1 DATE 2002 06 06 TIME 16 37 50 SYSTem CLOCk DATE Function Sets the date or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLOCk DATE String SYSTem CLOCk DATE lt String gt YYYY MM DD see the User s Manual SYSTEM CLOCK DATE 2002 06 04 SYSTEM CLOCK DATE gt SYSTEM CLOCK DATE 2002 06 04 Example SYSTem CLOCk MO
57. Register Function Queries the standard event register and clears the register Syntax ESR Example ESR gt 32 Description A sum of decimal values of each bit is returned You can check what type of events occurred when an SRQ is generated For example if a value of 32 is returned this indicates that the standard event register is set to 00100000 In this case you can see that the SRQ occurred due to a command syntax error A query using ESR will clear the contents of the standard event register For details on the standard event register see page 7 3 IDN IDeNtify Function Syntax Example Description Queries the instrument model IDN IDN YOKOGAWA 701240 0 F1 10 The information is returned in the following form Manufacturer Model Serial No Firmware version In actuality Serial No is not returned always 0 LRN LeaRN Function Syntax Example Queries collectively the current settings of the following command groups ACQuire CHANnel lt x gt TRIGger LRN LRN ACQUIRE RLENGTH 10000 MODE NORMAL 1 AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY EWEIGHT 16 ACQUIRE COUNT INFINITY CLOCK INTERNAL RTOUT MODE OFF ANAMING DATE FILENAME COMMENT CHANNEL1 DISPLAY 1 VOLTAGE VDIV 50 000E 00 VARIABLE 0 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 BWIDTH FULL SCALE 250 000 00 250 000 00 POSITION 0 00 LSCALE MODE OFF AVAL
58. Syntax CURSor TY Example CURSOR TY MARKER gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE 1 POSITION 4 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M2 TRACE 2 POSITION 1 0000000 5 MARKER M3 TRACE 3 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M4 TRACE 4 POSITION 3 0000000 IM 701240 17E 6 51 6 8 CURSor Group MARKer DX lt x gt Function Queries the X axis value between the marker cursors of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY MARKer DX lt x gt lt gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER DX2 gt CURSOR MARKER DX2 600 00000E 03 Description When the time base is set to internal clock When in the time domain the query is for the time between the markers when in the frequency domain the query is for the frequency between the markers When the time base is set to external clock The query is for the number of points between the marker cursors CURSor TY MARKer DY x Function Queries the physical value of the Y axis between the marker cursors of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY MARKer DY lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER DY2 gt CURSOR TY MARKER DY2 666 66667E 03 Description When linear scaling is ON the query is for the scaled value MARKer M lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the specified marker cursor Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt lt gt
59. TIMebase SRATe lt Frequency gt 5 Hz 10 Hz 20 Hz 50 Hz 100 Hz 200 Hz 500 Hz 1 kHz 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 50 kHz 100 kHz 200 kHz 500 kHz 1 MHz 2 MHz 5 MHz or 10 MHz Example 5 5 TIMEBASE SRATE gt TIMEBASE SRATE 5 0 00 6 122 701240 17 6 28 Group 6 29 TRIGger Group TIMebase SRATe Sample RATE Function Queries the sample rate Syntax TIMebase SRATe Example TIMEBASE SRATE TIMEBASE SRATE 10 0E 06 6 29 TRIGger Group The commands in the trigger group deal with the trigger You can make the same settings and inquiries as when you press the MENU key TRIGGER soft key on the front panel o 9 TRIGger HYSTeresis Crise LOL Cms LEVel Space lt Voltage gt lt NRf gt lt Current gt SLOPe SLOPe FALL lt Space gt o lt NRf gt lt Space gt a pee FALL Space lt NRf gt PODA PODB lt Space gt lt NRf gt QE LOE IM 701240 17E 6 123 6 29 TRIGger Group count Space BUZZer Space OFF lt NRf gt a HCOPy lt Space gt lt NRf gt lt Space gt lt NRf gt MAIL COUNt lt Space gt M
60. TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 500NS TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME gt TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 500 000E 09 TRIGger MODE Function Sets the trigger mode or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger MODE AUTO ALEVe1 NORMal SING1e NSINgle REPeat TRIGger MODE Example TRIGGER MODE AUTO TRIGGER MODE gt TRIGGER MODE AUTO Description To set or query the count when NSINgle is specified use TRIGger SCOunt REPeat can be specified only when the recorder mode is Chart Recorder the print style is waveform and short recording is not OFF TRIGger OR Function Queries all settings related to the OR trigger Syntax TRIGger OR TRIGGER OR gt TRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 RISE CHANNEL2 OFF CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF CHANNEL5 OFF CHANNEL6 OFF CHANNEL7 OFF CHANNEL8 OFF CHANNEL11 OFF CHANNEL12 OFF CHANNEL13 OFF CHANNEL14 OFF CHANNEL15 OFF CHANNEL16 OFF PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE Example 6 134 IM 701240 17E 6 29 Group TRIGger CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the channel condition of the OR trigger or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt OFF FALL RISE TRIGger OR CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 RISE TRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 RISE Syntax Example TRIGger OR PODA PODB Function Sets the
61. a ZOOM DON eaer recede xs certs cin TA 6 150 5 zoom box position FREQ SETup CFRequenoy 6 33 NEUE 6 147 ENEO SE TUp gt position E intenti 6 115 id zoom print FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage MODE 6 34 E ee TEN Ed tee tay erage ZOO WAOTO MAJN CANONI FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing MODE 6 34 FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing VALue 6 34 Command List Page 8 6 34 ey 6 33 ACQuire Group FREQ SETup FUNCIion RE 6 19 FREQ SETup LRESet PENES AVERage COUNt 2 AVERage EWEight FREQ SETup PROTate Es AVERage FREG SETUp RESet eene CLOCK 5 6 35 COUNt MODE FREQ SETup UNIT essere 8 6 35 IRTOULANAMING FREQ SETup VUNit RTOut COMMent FREQ SETUp 6 33 8
62. gt COMMUNICATE OPSE 352 Description the above example all bits are set to 1 to make all overlap commands applicable However bits fixed to 0 are not set to 1 Thus the response to the query indicates 1 for bits 5 6 8 and 11 only Example COMMunicate OPSR Operation Pending Status Register Function Queries the value of the operation pending status register Syntax COMMunicate OPSR Example COMMUNICATE OPSR gt 0 Description For details on the operation pending status register see the figure for the COMMunicate WAIT command COMMunicate OVERlap Function Sets the commands to operate as overlap commands or queries the current setting Syntax COMMunicate OVERlap lt Register gt COMMunicate OVERlap lt Register gt 0 to 65535 COMMunicate WAIT See the command diagram COMMUNICATE OVERLAP 65535 COMMUNICATE OVERLAP gt COMMUNICATE OVERLAP 352 Description In the above example all bits are set to 1 to make all overlap commands applicable However bits fixed to 0 are not set to 1 Thus the response to the query indicates 1 for bits 5 6 8 and 11 only For the description of how to synchronize the program using COMMunicate OVER1ap see page 5 7 Inthe above example bits 5 6 8 and 11 are set to 1 to make all overlap commands applicable see the figure for the COMMunicate WAIT command Example COMMunicate REMote Function Sets remote or local ON is remote m
63. level query allows all a group s settings to be output at once Some query groups comprising more than three hierarchical levels can output all their lower level settings Example 11 lt gt gt CHANNEL1 DISPLAY ON LABEL CH1 s COUPLING DC POSITION 0 00 PROBE 10 VDIV 50 0E 00 BWIDTH FULL OFFSET 0 0E 00 LSCALE MODE 0 In reply to a query a response can be returned as a program message to this instrument Transmitting a response can restore the settings made when the query was executed However some upper level queries will not return set up data which is not currently in use Note that not all a group s information will necessarily be sent out as a response Header Interpretation Rules This instrument interprets the header received according to the following rules Mnemonics are not case sensitive Example CURSor can also be written as cursor or Cursor The lower case part of a header can be omitted Example CURSor also be written as CURSO or CURS Ifthe header ends with a question mark the command is a query It is not possible to omit the question mark Example CURSor cannot be abbreviated to anything shorter than CURS Ifthe x at the end of a mnemonic is omitted it is assumed to be 1 Example f CHANnel lt x gt is written as CHAN this represents CHANnell Any part of a command enclosed by can be omitted Example TRIGger SIMPLle
64. lt gt 5 Function Sets whether to make the channel assigned to the X axis of the X Y display common SINGle or separate QUAD or queries the current setting Syntax XY lt x gt XAXis SINGle QUAD lt gt 15 lt x gt 1 to 4 Example XY1 XAXIS SINGLE 1 5 gt XY1 XAXIS SINGLE Description The same setting or query is performed regardless of the x value any value from 1 to 4 XY x XTRace Function Sets the channel to assign to the X axis of the X Y display or queries the current setting Syntax XY x XTRace lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt lt gt lt gt of XY lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 lt gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 Example 1 1 XYl XTRACE gt 1 1 Description There is a limitation on the channels that be specified when XY lt x gt XAXis is set to QUAD IM 701240 17E 6 145 6 31 XY Group XY x YTRace Function Sets the channel to assign to the Y axis of the X Y display or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt of XY lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 lt gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt Example XY1 YTRACE 1 XY1 YTRACE gt XY1 YTRACE 1 Description This command is valid when XY lt x gt XAXis is set to QUAD There is a limitation on the channels that can be
65. 1 Exit Function End If msg 2ms term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GPIBRectime 1 Exit Function End If msg TIMEBASE RECTIME term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GPIBRectime 1 Exit Function End If sts ilrd Dev Len qry If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GPIBRectime 1 Exit Function End If Query 0 Left qry ibcntl 1 Call ibonl Dev 0 GPIBRectime 0 End Function Sample4 RS232 Set Get RECTIME Private Function RS232Rectime As Integer Dim msg As String Dim As String Dim sts As Integer msg qry Space 100 CStr Empty sts InitSerial If sts lt gt 0 Then Exit Function End If MSComml InputLen 0 MSComml InputMode comInputModeText MSComml PortOpen True MSComml OutBufferCount 0 MSComml InBufferCount 0 Timerl Interval 1000 If CtsFlag 1 Then TimerCount 1 Command buffer Query buffer Initialize GPIB Rectime 2ms Send Command Rectime value Send Command Receive Query Command buffer Query buffer Initialize RS232 Receive All Data Text Mode Port Open Out Buffer Clear In Buffer Clear If CTS FALSE Wait until CTS TRUE Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error CTS Timeout RS232R
66. 1 33 1 43 1 67 2 2 22 2 5 3 33 4 5 6 67 8 10 12 5 16 7 20 25 40 50 or 100 However the following limitations exist on the M701260 When set to 50 V div 0 25 to 100 When set to 100 V div 0 5 to 100 When set to 200 V div 1 to 100 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE ZOOM 10 CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE ZOOM gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE ZOOM 10 000 Description error occurs if the voltage module is not installed IM 701240 17E 6 43 spuewwog 6 6 Group 6 6 CLEar Group The command in this group executes clear trace You can execute the same operation as the CLEAR TRACE key on the front panel CLEar Function Executes clear trace Syntax CLEar Example CLEAR Description Snapshot is carried out using SNAP IM 701240 17E 6 44 6 7 COMMunicate Group 6 7 COMMunicate Group The commands in this group deal with communications There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group lt lt lt Space gt 1 lt lt Space gt ie OPSE 7 4 Space lt Register gt OVERIap Space lt Register gt N REMote lt Space gt O 4 7 1 A 1
67. 1 to 16 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 For CHANnel x Voltage Current lt NRf gt The selectable range varies depending on the range and offset settings For details see the User s Manual For lt gt lt NRf gt 5 div 0 01 div steps In the order proximal lt mesial gt and lt distal gt MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL UNIT 50V 0V 50V MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL UNIT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL UNIT 50 000E 00 0 0E 00 50 000E 00 Description When the target is lt gt only NR be specified for the unit Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt METHod Function Sets the High and Low points or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt METHod AUTO MAXMin MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL1 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL1 METHOD gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 METHOD AUTO Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt Function Queries the settings related to the waveform parameter of the waveform Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt Parameter gt AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVG
68. 6 103 Invalid separator Insert a comma between data items to separate them 5 1 104 Data type error Refer to pages 5 5 to 5 6 and enter using the correct 5 5 to 5 6 data format 105 GET not allowed GET is not supported as response to an interface message 1 7 108 Parameter not allowed Check the number of parameters 5 5 Chapter 6 109 Missing parameter Enter required parameters 5 5 Chapter 6 111 Header separator error Insert a space between header and data to separate them 5 1 112 Program mnemonic too long Check the mnemonic a character string consisting of Chapter 6 letters and numbers 113 Undefined header Check the header Chapter 6 114 Header suffix out of range Check the header Chapter 6 120 Numeric data error Numeric value must be entered for lt NRf gt format 5 5 123 Exponent too large Use a smaller exponent for NR3 format 5 5 Chapter 6 124 Too many digits Limit the number of digits to 255 or less 5 5 Chapter 6 128 Numeric data not allowed Enter in a format other than lt NRf gt format 5 5 Chapter 6 131 Invalid suffix Check the unit for Voltage Time and Frequency 5 5 134 Suffix too long Check the units for Voltage Time and Frequency 5 5 138 Suffix not allowed No units are allowed other than Voltage Time and 5 5 Frequency 141 Invalid character data Enter one of the character strings in Chapter 6 144 Character data too long Check the chara
69. 6 29 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL BWIDth Sets the bandwidth limit when the acceleration voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 29 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL COUPling Sets the input coupling when the acceleration voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 29 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL GAIN Sets the gain when the acceleration voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 29 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL SCALe Sets the upper and lower limits on the screen when the acceleration voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 29 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL SENSitivity Sets the sensitivity when the acceleration voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 29 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL UNIT Sets the unit when the acceleration voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 30 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL VARiable Sets the variable when the acceleration voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 30 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL ZOOM Sets the vertical zoom rate when the acceleration voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 30 CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay Turns ON OFF the waveform display of the channel or queries the current setting 6 30 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ Queries all settings related to the frequency module 6 30 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut Queries all settings related to the input when the frequency module is installed 6 30 CH
70. ACQUIRE RTOUT COUNT 5 IM 701240 17E 6 2 ACQuire Group 6 3 ASETup Group ACQuire RTOut FILename ACQuire RTOut SEQuence Function Sets the file name of auto naming of realtime Function Sets the realtime recording operation or queries recording or queries the current setting the current setting Syntax ACQuire RTOut FILename String Syntax ACQuire RTOut SEQuence ACQuire RTOut FILename SINGLE CONTINUE lt String gt Up to 16 characters ACQuire RTOut SEQuence Example ACQUIRE RTOUT FILENAME ABC Example ACQUIRE RTOUT SEQUENCE CONTINUE ACQUIRE RTOUT FILENAME gt ACQUIRE RTOUT SEQUENCE gt ACQUIRE RTOUT FILENAME ABC ACQUIRE RTOUT SEQUENCE CONTINUE ACQuire RTOut MODE Function Sets whether to perform realtime recording or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire RTOut MODE HD OFF ACQuire RTOut MODE Example ACQUIRE RTOUT MODE HD ACQUIRE RTOUT MODE gt ACQUIRE RTOUT MODE HD Description internal hard disk is optional If you select HD when there is no internal hard disk an error occurs 6 3 ASETup Group The commands in this group deal with the auto setup You can make the same settings execute the same operations and make the same inquiries as when you press the MENU key gt INITIALIZE CAL soft key on the front panel ASETup UNDO Function Queries all settings related to auto setup Function Cancels auto setup Syntax ASETup Syntax ASETup
71. AND OR HISTory PARameter LOGIC HISTORY PARAMETER LOGIC AND HISTORY PARAMETER LOGIC gt HISTORY PARAMETER LOGIC AND Example HISTory PARameter TLINkage Function Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the determination range cursor of the parameter search Syntax HISTory PARameter TLINKage Boolean HISTory PARameter TLINKage HISTORY PARAMETER TLINKAGE HISTORY PARAMETER TLINKAGE gt HISTORY PARAMETER TLINKAGE 1 Example HISTory PARameter TRANge Function Sets the range over which to perform the parameter search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory PARameter TRANge lt NR gt NR HISTory PARameter TRANge lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 10 div record length steps Example HISTORY PARAMETER TRANGE 5 5 HISTORY PARAMETER TRANGE gt HISTORY PARAMETER TRANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 5 Function Sets the target record or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory RECord NRf MINimum HISTory RECord lt NRf gt 0 to 1999 Example HISTORY RECORD 0 HISTORY RECORD HISTORY RECORD 0 Description Specifying MINimum sets the record to the minimum record number The selectable target records vary depending on the record length and memory extension settings HISTory RECord MINimum Function Queries the minimum record number Syntax HISTory RECord MINimum Example HISTORY RECORD MINIMUM gt
72. BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH Function Queries all settings related to the B Time Out trigger T Syntax TRIGger BTOut 4 202 M Example TRIGGER BTOUT gt TRIGGER BTOUT uneton siat 600 000 09 or queries t e current setting Syntax TRIGger BTRigger CONDition ENTer EXIT TRIGger BTRigger CONDition Example _ TRIGGER BTRIGGER CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER BTRIGGER CONDITION Syntax etie TRIGGER BTRIGGER CONDITION ENTER Description This command is valid when the trigger type is lt Time gt 100 ns to 10 set to ABN or ADB Example TRIGGER BTOUT TIME 85 TRIGGER BTOUT TIME gt TRIGGER BTOUT TIME 8 000000000000E 00 TRIGger BTOut TIME Function Sets the pulse width of the B Time Out trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger BTRigger LOGic Function Queries all settings related the logic of condition B Syntax TRIGger BTRigger LOGic Example TRIGGER BTRIGGER LOGIC gt TRIGGER BTRIGGER LOGIC Al HIGH A2 DONTCARE A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE A5 DONTCARE A6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE A8 DONTCARE Bl DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE B6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE IM 701240 17E 6 133 6 29 TRIGger Group TRIGger BTRigger LOGic A1 A8 B1 B8 Function Sets the logic bit of condition B or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger BTRigger LOGic
73. LOGIC PODA BIT2 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 2 LOGIC PODA BIT3 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 3 LOGIC PODA BIT4 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 4 LOGIC PODA BIT5 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 5 LOGIC PODA BIT6 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 6 LOGIC PODA BIT7 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 7 LOGIC PODA BIT8 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 8 LOGIC PODA BMAPPING AUTO LOGic PODA PODB ALL DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the display of all bits of the specified logic waveform Syntax LOGic PODA PODB ALL DISPlay Boolean Example LOGIC PODA ALL DISPLAY ON LOGic PODA PODB BIT1 BIT2 BIT3 BIT4 BIT5 BIT6 BIT7 8 1 Function Turns ON OFF the display of the bit of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BIT1 BIT2 BIT3 5 6 BIT7 BIT8 DISPlay Boolean LOGic PODA PODB BIT1 BIT2 BIT4 BIT5 BIT6 BIT7 BIT8 DISPlay Example LOGIC PODA BIT1 DISPLAY ON LOGIC PODA BIT1 DISPLAY gt LOGIC PODA BIT1 DISPLAY 1 LOGic PODA PODB BIT1 BIT2 BIT3 5 6 7 BITS LABel Function Sets the label of the bit of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BIT1 BIT2 BIT3 BIT4 BIT5 BIT6 BIT7 BIT8 LABel lt String gt LOGic PODA PODB BIT1 BIT2 BIT3 BIT4 BIT5 BIT6 BIT7 BIT8 LABel lt String gt Up to 8 characters Example LOGIC PODA BIT1 LABEL NO 1 LOGIC PODA BIT1
74. MEASURE CHANNEL8 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL9 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 HIGH STATE MEASURE CHANNEL9 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELY POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE 9 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELO9 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELO9 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE 9 1 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 XYl1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 XY21INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL9 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL9 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 9 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 9 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 15 000E 00 0 0E 00 15 000 00 MEASURE CHANNEL METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL10 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASU
75. PODA PODB 6 106 ASENG S 6 106 IBY Me Order u a AA eects iege 6 106 6 106 once et eod teet 6 106 gt 6 106 RANGe CHANnel x 2 6 106 SEND ALL CHANnel x PODA PODB 6 106 MTRigger Group IMTRIQQ CF in tree iere rre tie 6 108 RECorder Group ACQuire MODE 5 iecit eere 6 112 Wee vM 6 112 CHABUGSPeed nere REA CHARt D Rection 2 2 2 CHAREOUTDevice CHARt PRINterout CHARESAVE ANAMing CHARESAVE CDIRectory CHARESAVE NAME CHARESAVE PATH CHARESAVE A n 6 113 CHARESHOT 1er nnns rennen etre 6 112 REPRint ABORt REPRint EXECute REPRint LENGER REPRint PRNMag REPRint PTO REPRint RANGe REPRint WINMag REPRint WINPos REPRint XY AUTO EXYS CALC seine OY SRATO tete ten ein teo een datei ec XY XY x DISPlay gt lt gt 0 6
76. STATE 0 STATE 0 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 STATE 0 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 PTOPEAK STATE 0 PWIDTH STATE 0 5 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 1 STATE 0 MEASURE 4 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE MATH2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH4 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 4 METHOD AUTO MEASURE MATH5 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE MATH5 NOVERSHOOT
77. SYSTEM VIDEO ON SYSTEM VIDEO SYSTEM VIDEO 1 IM 701240 17E 6 121 6 28 Group 6 28 Group The commands in this group deal with the time base You can make the same settings and inquiries as when you use the TIME DIV knob on the front panel lt Space gt E INTernal lt Space gt RECTime DAY20 DAY30 0 TIMebase 500 Function Queries all settings related to the time base Function Sets the time base or queries the current Syntax setting Example 5 gt TIMEBASE Syntax TIMebase SOURce EXTernal SOURCE INTERNAL SRATE 1 0E 06 INTernal TDIV 1 000E 03 TIMebase SOURce Example TIMEBASE SOURCE INTERNAL TIMebase RECTime TIMEBASE SOURCE TIMEBASE Function Sets the record time or queries the current SOURCE INTERNAL setting Syntax TIMebase RECTime TIMebase SRATe lt Time gt 1 5 MIN10 MIN20 Function Sets the sample rate or queries the current MIN30 MIN50 MIN100 HOUR1 HOUR setting HOURS HOUR10 HOUR20 HOUR30 50 Syntax TIMebase SRATe lt Frequency gt HOUR100 DAY5 DAY10 DAY20 DAY30 TIMebase RECTime lt Time gt 100 us to 18005 Example TIMEBASE RECTIME 10 5 TIMEBASE RECTIME gt TIMEBASE RECTIME 10 00E 03
78. TRIGger EOA PODA PODB Sets the logic condition of the Edge on A trigger or queries the current setting 6 134 TRIGger EOA CONDition Sets the condition to be satisfied for the Edge on A trigger or queries the current setting 6 134 TRIGger HOLDof f Queries all settings related to the hold off 6 134 TRIGger HOLDoff TIME Sets the hold off time or queries the current setting 6 134 TRIGger MODE Sets the trigger mode or queries the current setting 6 134 TRIGger OR Queries all settings related to the OR trigger 6 134 TRIGger OR CHANnel lt x gt Sets the channel condition of the OR trigger or queries the current setting 6 135 TRIGger OR PODA Sets the logic condition of the OR trigger or queries the current setting 6 135 TRIGger POSition Sets the trigger position or queries the current setting 6 135 TRIGger SCOunt Sets the number of times the trigger is to be activated when the trigger mode is Single N or queries the current setting 6 135 TRIGger SIMPle Queries all settings related to the simple trigger 6 135 TRIGger SIMPle HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis of the search level or queries the current setting 6 135 TRIGger SIMPle LEVel Sets the trigger level of the channel or queries the current setting 6 135 TRIGger SIMPle LOGic Queries all settings related to the logic of the simple trigger 6 135 TRIGger SIMPle LOGic BIT Sets the bit for setting the trigger slope or queries the current sett
79. YTRace 6 146 ZOOM Group ALLocation CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt PODA PODB 6 149 ALLocation ALL 6 149 ALLocation 6 149 ASCRoll DIRection ASCRoll SPEed ASCROII 6 149 FlTMeasure 6 149 6 149 lt gt 6 149 MLINkage eornm 6 149 ted eite Pete P Ste od 6 150 6 150 POSIOD e ee ee E 6 150 Index 10 IM 701240 17E
80. character string arguments 5 6 IM 701240 17E 5 4 Data 5 5 Synchronization with the Controller lt Block data gt 5 5 Synchronization with the lt Block data gt is arbitrary 8 bit data lt Block data gt is Controller only used for response messages Response Overlap Commands and Sequential messages are expressed in the following form Commands Form Example There are two kinds of command overlap commands N 800000010ABCDEFGHII and sequential commands Execution of an overlap lt N digit decimal value gt lt Data byte string gt command may start before execution of the previously sent command is completed The CHANnell VDIV command for example is a sequential command Assume that you set a new V div value and immediately request return of the new value as follows CHANnell VDIV 5V VIDV lt PMT gt In this case the oscilloscope always returns the newest setting 5v This is because it always completes processing of the current sequential command in this case 5v before moving on to the next command VDIV In contrast assume that you begin a file load and then immediately query the V div value FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 CHANnell VDIV Because FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 is an overlapped command the oscilloscope will advance to the CHANNe11 VDIV command before it finishes the load The returned V div value will not show the newest setting but will rather
81. gt PROBe lt x gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 1 10 100 or 1000 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE PROBE CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed This command is not available on the M701265 CHANnel x VOLTage SCALe Function Sets the upper and lower limits on the screen on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage SCALe lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt Current gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage SCALe lt gt 1 to 16 lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt NRf gt The selectable Syntax range varies depending on the range setting For details see the User s Manual CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE SCALE 20V 20V CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE SCALE gt CHANNEL VOLTAGE SCALE 20 000E 00 20 000E 00 Description error occurs if the voltage module is not installed Example CHANnel x VOLTage VARiable Function Sets whether to enable Variable mode on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt VOLTage VARiable lt Boolean gt CHANnel x VOLTage VARiable lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE VARIABLE ON CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE VARIABLE gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE VARIABLE 1 1 lt gt VOLTage VDIV
82. lt NRf gt lt Space gt 0O LABel lt Space gt 4 String O Oe C Cranea j BWIDth lt Space gt FULL EXCitation lt Space gt lt Voltage gt GFACtor lt Space gt lt NRf gt INVert lt Space gt OFF 2 4 nx 6 26 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group lt Space gt BVALue lt Space gt FLOating DECimalnum SUBunit Space ETMeasure Space lt gt OFF PX Space lt NRf gt 3 P1Y Space lt NRf gt 7 4 2 lt Space gt lt NRf gt 7 A 2 lt Space gt lt NRf gt UNIT lt Space gt String Space Space Space IM 701240 17E 6 27 6 5 CHANnel Group EMPerature BURNout BWIDth Space Space Space Space Space 6 28 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the vertical axis of the channel CHANnel lt x gt lt gt 1 to 16 The following is an example when a voltage module is installed in channel 1 CHANNEL1 gt CHANNEL1 DISPLAY 1 VO
83. or double quotation marks Form Example Character string data 488 2 1992 Response messages are always enclosed in double quotation marks e character string contains a double quotation mark the double quotation mark will be replaced by two concatenated double quotation marks This rule also applies to a single quotation mark within a character string Character string data is an arbitrary character string therefore this instrument assumes that the remaining program message units are part of the character string if no single or double quotation mark is encountered As a result no error will be detected if a quotation mark is omitted Filename Gives the name of a file The format is as follows Form Example NRf Character data gt 1 CASE CASE Character string If you input an lt NRf gt value the system converts the value after rounding to the nearest integer to the corresponding 8 character ASCII string If you set the value to 1 the name becomes 00000001 Note that negative values are not allowed f you enter a character data argument that is longer than eight characters only the first twelve characters are used e f you enter a character data or character string argument that is longer than eight characters only the first sixteen characters are used Response messages always return filenames as
84. 0 CHANNEL8 0 0 CHANNEL9 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL10 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL11 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL12 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 MATH1 0 00 0 00 MATH2 0 00 0 00 MATH3 0 00 0 00 MATH4 0 00 0 00 MATHS 0 00 0 00 MATH6 0 00 0 00 7 0 00 0 00 8 0 00 0 00 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 IM 701240 17E 6 89 6 17 MATH Group lt gt Function Queries all settings related to the binary computation Syntax lt gt lt gt 1 to 8 Example MATH1 BINARY CHANNEL1 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL2 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL3 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL4 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL5 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL6 0 0 00 0 0 00 CHANNEL9 0 0 00 0 0 00 CHANNEL10 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 MATH1 0 00 0 00 MATH2 0 00 0 00 MATH3 0 00 0 00 MATH4 0 00 0 00 MATH5 0 00 0 00 MATH6 0 00 0 00 MATH7 0 00 0 00 MATH8 0 00 0 00 lt gt 1 lt gt lt gt Function Sets the threshold level of the binary computation channel or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt BINary 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt Current gt lt NRf gt lt NR gt lt x gt 1 to 8 x of CHANnel x 1 to 16 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 For CHANnel x Voltage Current lt NRf gt The selectable range varies depending on t
85. 1 00000E 15 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed IM 701240 17E 6 35 spuewwog 6 5 CHANnel Group 1 lt gt FREQ SETup VUNit Function Sets the unit of velocity on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup VUNit lt String gt CHANne1l lt x gt FREQ SETup VUNit lt x gt 1 to 16 lt String gt Up to 4 characters CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP VUNIT CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP VUNIT gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP VUNIT Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt FREQ VARiable Function Sets whether to enable Variable mode on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ VARiable lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ VARiable lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ VARIABLE CHANNEL15 FREQ VARIABLE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ VARIABLE 1 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt Function Sets the Value Div on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt FREQ VDIV lt NRf gt Frequency lt gt CHANnel c x FREQ VDIV When using communication com
86. 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M1 gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE 1 POSITION 4 0000000 MARKer lt gt JUMP Function Jumps the marker cursor of the T Y display onto the specified zoom waveform Syntax CURSor MARKer M x JUMP Z1 2Z2 lt gt 1 to 4 Example CURSOR TY MARKER M1 JUMP 21 Description Jumps to the center position of the zoom waveform CURSor MARKer M lt x gt POSition Function Sets the X axis value at the marker cursor position of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt POSition lt NRf gt CURSor TY MARKer M lt x gt POSition x of M lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions 10 divisions record length steps 1 1 1 gt CURSOR TY MARKER M1 POSITION 4 0000000 Example CURSor TY M lt x gt TRACe Function Sets the target waveform of the marker cursor of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY MARKer M x TRACe lt gt lt gt M lt x gt TRACe lt gt lt gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 CURSOR MARKER M1 TRACE 1 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE gt CURSOR MARKER M1 TRACE 1
87. 116 Sets the extended event enable register or queries the current setting 6 117 Queries the extended event register and clears the register 6 117 Queries the code and description of the error that occurred 6 117 Sets the transition filter or queries the current setting 6 117 Sets whether or not to store messages other than errors to the error queue or queries the current setting 6 117 Sets whether to attach a message to the response to the STATus ERRor query or queries the current setting 6 117 Executes the serial polling 6 117 Stops the waveform acquisition 6 117 Queries all settings related to the system 6 120 Turns ON OFF the click sound or queries the current setting 6 120 Queries all settings related to the date and time 6 120 Sets the date or queries the current setting 6 120 Turns ON OFF the date time display or queries the current setting 6 120 Sets the time difference from GMT when using SNTP or queries the current setting 6 120 Sets the time or queries the current setting 6 120 Sets whether to set the date time manually or by using SNTP or queries the current setting 6 120 Turns ON OFF the motor of the internal hard disk or queries the current setting 6 120 Sets the response time of the START STOP key or queries the current setting 6 120 Sets the message language or queries the current setting 6 120 Queries all settings related to the LCD 6 120 IM 701240 17E 6 13 spuewwog 6 1 A List of Command
88. 2 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage MODE Function Turns ON OFF pulse average on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage MODE lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage MODE lt gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER PAVERAGE MODE ON CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER PAVERAGE MODE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER PAVERAGE MODE 1 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example CHANnel x FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage VALue Function Sets the number of times to perform pulse average on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage VALue lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage VALue lt x gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 1 to 4096 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER PAVERAGE VALUE 10 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER PAVERAGE VALUE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER PAVERAGE VALUE 10 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example CHANnel x FREQ SETup FUNCtion Function Sets the measurement mode on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax
89. 4 characters CHANNEL11 ACCL UNIT ACCL CHANNEL11 ACCL UNIT gt CHANNEL11 ACCL UNIT ACCL Description An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt ACCL VARiable Function Sets whether to enable Variable mode on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel x ACCL VARiable Boolean CHANnel lt x gt ACCL VARiable lt gt 1 to 16 Example 11 11 gt CHANNEL11 ACCL VARIABLE 1 Description An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt ACCL ZOOM Function Sets the vertical zoom rate on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt ACCL ZO0OM lt gt CHANne1l lt x gt ACCL ZOOM lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 0 5 0 556 0 625 0 667 0 714 0 80 833 1 1 11 1 25 1 33 1 43 1 67 2 2 22 2 5 3 33 4 5 6 67 8 10 12 5 16 7 20 25 40 50 or 100 CHANNEL11 ACCL ZOOM 0 667 CHANNEL11 ACCL ZOOM gt CHANNEL11 ACCL ZOOM 0 667 Description An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the waveform display of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt
90. 5 item tin ste thine 6 60 EEEa 6 60 TLABel 6 60 DISPlay group Jun p ERIS 6 60 FILE Group BACKup COMMent BACKup LOAD ABORt BACKup LOAD EXECute BACKup NUMBer Index 6 IM 701240 17E 6 64 BACKUP e 6 64 DELete ASCii BINary BMP FLOat MEASure PDF POSUSC s 6 64 DIRectory PILE 6 64 LOAD BINary REALtime SETup SNAP ABORt 6 65 LOAD BINary REALtime SETup SNAP EXECute 6 65 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP 6 65 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAPJEEXE ente 6 65 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory 6 65 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat RANGe 6 65 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe 6 66 SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat SAVE ANAMing SAVE ASCIEINT rval eerta ricette rines SAVE BINary COMPression SAVE COMMON cita serra ne riore ISAVE
91. 6 36 BTOutFlEernameo iine FREQ VDIV 2 RTOut MODE FREQ ZOOM 6 36 RTOut SEQuence 4 4444 FREQ N E 6 30 6 19 LABel 6 36 ASETup Group MODUle 6 36 ASE TUDA 6 20 STRain BALance CHANnelex gt 6 37 A D AELA 6 6 20 STRain BALance EXECute 6 37 TARGet STRain BALance 6 37 STRain BWIDth FULL lt Frequency gt 6 37 CALibrate Group STRain EXCitation Voltage 6 37 ees 6 21 STRain GFACtor NRf 6 37 MER 6 21 STRain INVert en 6 37 E 6 21 STRain LSCale P1X P1Y P2X P2Y 6 39 CHANnel Group STRain LSCale AVALue lt NRf gt 6 38 Peel tc 6 29 STRain LSCale BVALue lt NRf gt EORR 6 38 ACCL BWIDth 6 29 STRain LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnum 6 38 ACCL COUPlIing 6 29 STRain LSCale DISPlaytype MODE 1 m 6 29 STRain LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit ACCL SCALe 6 29 STRain LSCale DISPlaytype ss 6 38 ACCIDENS orem ERG 6 29 STRain LSCale GETMeasure P1X P2X AACCL UNIT 6 30 STRain LSCale MODE AXB OFF P12 SHUN 6 30 STRain LSCale
92. 6 79 HISTory EXECute Executes the history search 6 79 HISTory PARameter Queries all settings related to the history search waveform parameter 6 79 HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt Queries all settings related to the parameter of the history search waveform parameter 6 79 HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition Sets the criteria of the parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting 6 79 HISTory PARameter ITEM x SOURce Sets the source trace of the parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting 6 79 5 PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt Sets the parameter and the upper and lower limits of each parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting 6 80 HISTory PARameter ITEM x VALue Queries the measured value of the specified parameter of the parameter search or queries the current setting 6 80 HISTory PARameter LOGic Sets the determination logic of the parameter search or queries the current setting 6 80 HISTory PARameter TLINkage Turns ON OFF the linked movement of the determination range cursor of the parameter search 6 80 HISTory PARameter TRANge Sets the range over which to perform the parameter search or queries the 3 current setting 6 80 2 HISTory RECord Sets the target record or queries the current setting 6 80 z HISTory RECord MINimum Queries the minimum r
93. 86 LOGic PODA PODB BMAPping Turns ON OFF the bit display position of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting 6 86 LOGic PODA PODB DISPlay Turns ON OFF the display of all bits of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting 6 86 LOGic PODA PODB INPut Sets the input of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting 6 86 LOGic PODA PODB LABel Sets the label of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting 6 87 LOGic PODA PODB PROBe Sets the logic probe or queries the current setting 6 87 LOGic PODA PODB POSition Sets the vertical position of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting 6 87 LOGic PODA PODB ZOOM Sets the vertical zoom rate of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting 6 87 LSTart Group LSTart Executes log start 6 87 LSTart Waits for the completion of the log start execution 6 87 MATH Group lt gt Queries all settings related to the computation 6 89 lt gt Queries all settings related to the binary computation 6 90 lt gt 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt Sets the threshold level of the binary computation channel or queries the current setting 6 90 MATH lt x gt DISPlay Sets whether to display computed waveforms or queries the current setting 6 90 MATH lt x gt ESHift 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt
94. ACQuire RTOut ANAMing Sets auto naming for realtime recording or queries the current setting 6 19 ACQuire RTOut COMMent Sets the comment for realtime recording or queries the current setting 6 19 ACQuire RTOut COUNt Sets the number of times to perform realtime recording or queries the current setting 6 19 ACQuire RTOut FILename Sets the file name of auto naming of realtime recording or queries the current setting 6 20 ACQuire RTOut MODE Sets whether to perform realtime recording or queries the current setting 6 20 ACQuire RTOut SEQuence Sets the realtime recording operation or queries the current setting 6 20 ASETup Group ASETup Queries all settings related to auto setup 6 20 ASETup EXECute Executes auto setup 6 20 ASETup TARGet Sets the target channel for auto setup or queries the current setting 6 20 ASETup UNDO Cancels auto setup 6 20 CALibrate Group CALibrate Queries all settings related to the calibration 6 21 CALibrate EXECute Executes the calibration 6 21 CALibrate MODE Sets whether to perform auto calibration or queries the current setting 6 21 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt Queries all settings related to the vertical axis of the channel 6 29 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL Queries all settings related to the acceleration voltage module 6 29 CHANnel lt x gt ACCL BIAS Turns ON OFF the bias current supply to the acceleration sensor when the acceleration voltage module is installed or queries the current setting
95. CHANNEL11 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 TYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE 11 2 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 XYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL11 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL11 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 11 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL11 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 15 000E 00 0 0E 00 15 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL11 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL12 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CH
96. CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE SUBUNIT gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE SUBUNIT AUTO Example CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale GETMeasure P1X P2X Function Executes the measurement of the P1 X P2 X values of linear scaling on the channel with the strain module installed Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale GETMeasure 1 2 lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE GETMeasure P1X Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale MODE OFF P12 SHUNt Function Sets the linear scaling mode on the channe with the strain module installed or queries the current setting SHUNt can be specified only on the Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale MODE OFF P12 SHUNt CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale MODE lt x gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE MODE CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE MODE gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE MODE Description error occurs if the strain module is not installed Example 6 38 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale P1X P1Y P2X P2Y Function Sets the P1 x P1 Y P2 X P2 Y values of linear scaling on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel x STRain LSCale 1
97. CHANnel lt x gt lt gt PODA PODB Function Sets the waveform mapping to the split screen or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt MATH x PODA PODB lt NRf gt DISPlay SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt PODA PODB lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 0 to 15 DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 0 DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 gt DISPLAY SMAPPING CHANNEL1 3 Description This setting is valid only when MATH MAPPing is set to USERdefine Example DISPlay SVALue Scale VALUE Function Turns ON OFF the scale value display or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay SVALue lt Boolean gt DISPlay SVALue DISPLAY SVALUE OFF DISPLAY SVALUE DISPLAY SVALUE 0 Example DISPlay TLABel Trace LABEL Function Turns ON OFF the waveform label display or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay TLABel Boolean DISPlay TLABel DISPLAY TLABEL DISPLAY TLABEL gt DISPLAY TLABEL 1 Description You can set the user definition of the waveform label using 1 lt gt LABel Example DISPlay TRANslucent Function Turns ON OFF the translucent mode of the pop up menu or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay TRANslucent lt Boolean gt DISPlay TRANslucent DISPLAY TRANSLUCENT ON DISPLAY TRANSLUCENT gt DISPLAY TRANSLUC
98. COMMunicate WAIT command attenuation constant of exponential averaging communication execution error Calibration irre communication protocol auto naming 6 65 6 73 6 83 6 113 communication query errors auto print communication syntax auto sctolla si eiii co citi cito re hte dte dm fra 6 149 communications auto Setup 6 20 compound header eene automated measurement mode 6 104 computation 22 automated measurement of waveform parameters 6 94 computation mode oe 6 19 computation range CODGOIBOI mee condition register 6 116 7 4 B Page COMMOCUOM 2 2 trigger 6 133 connection GPIB 1 2 background 6 59 3 2 backlight auto off 6 121 connector and signal 2 3 backlight ON OFF of 6 121 controller synchronization with 5 7 balance 6 37 conventions bandwidth limit 6 29 6 40 6 41 CROSS CAI 24 baud rate 2 8 CO RUPEM 2 3 226 191 8 8
99. Caption Sample3 GPIB Chr 13 Get Measure Command4 Caption Sample4 RS232 Chr 13 Set Get RECTIME Command5 Caption Sample5 RS232 Chr 13 Get Word Data Textl Text End Sub Private Sub MSComm1_OnComm Dim evt As Integer evt MSComm1 CommEvent Select Case evt Error Case comBreak Call DIsplayRS232Error comBreak Break received Case comCDTO Call DIsplayRS232Error comCDTO CD RLSD timeout Case comCTSTO Call DIsplayRS232Error comCTSTO CTS timeout Case comDSRTO Call DIsplayRS232Error commDSRTO DSR timeout Case comFrame Call DIsplayRS232Error comFrame Frame error Case comOverrun Call DIsplayRS232Error comOverrun Overrun Case comRxOver Call DIsplayRS232Error comRxOver Receive buffer overflow Case comRxParity Call DIsplayRS232Error commRxParity Parity error Case comTxFull Call DIsplayRS232Error comTxFull Send buffer overflow ejduieg Event Case comEvReceive Case comEvCD Case comEvCTS Case comEvDSR Case comEvRing Case comEvSend End Select End Sub Private Sub Timerl Timer TimerCount TimerCount 1 End Sub IM 701240 17E 8 5 8 4 Sets Queries the Record Time 8 4 Sets Queries the Record Time Samplel GPIB Set Get RECTIME Private Function GpibRectime As Integer Dim msg As String Dim qry As String Dim sts As Integer msg 5 5 100 5 5 100 sts InitGpib If sts lt gt 0 Then GPIBRectime
100. DISPlay lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt DISPlay lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL1 DISPLAY ON CHANNEL1 DISPLAY gt CHANNEL1 DISPLAY 1 Description An error occurs if a module is not installed in the channel slot CHANnel lt x gt FREQ Function Queries all settings on the channel with the frequency module installed Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL11 FREQ gt CHANNEL11 FREQ VDIV 1 00E 03 VARIABLE 0 SCALE 5 000000E 03 5 000000E 03 POSITION 0 00 INPUT CELIMINATION 0 000 COUPLING DC HYSTERESIS LOW PRESET USER PULLUP 0 SLOPE RISE VRANGE 10 PROBE 1 THRESHOLD 0 0E 00 BWIDTH FULL CHANNEL11 FREQ LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 0 00000E 00 P2X 1 00000E 00 2 1 00000E 00 UNIT CHANNEL11 FREQ SETUP DECELERATION 1 FUNCTION FREQUENCY LRESET 0 MPULSE POSITIVE STOPPREDICT OFF TUNIT SEC CFREQUENCY 50 DPULSE 1 00000E 00 PROTATE 1 UPULSE 1 00000E 00 FILTER PAVERAGE MODE 0 VALUE 2 CHANNEL11 FREQ SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING MODE 0 VALUE 0 0000 CHANNEL11 FREQ SETUP UNIT VUNIT m s CHANNEL11 FREQ ZOOM 1 000 OFFSET 0 000000E 00 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut Function Queries all settings related to the input on the channel with the frequency module installed Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut lt x
101. EXECute Example RECORDER REPRINT EXECUTE RECorder REPRint LENGth Function Sets the print length of the section to be reprinted or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder REPRint LENGth CONTinue A4PRint RECorder REPRint LENGth RECORDER REPRINT LENGTH CONTINUE RECORDER REPRINT LENGTH gt RECORDER REPRINT LENGTH CONTINUE Example RECorder REPRint PTO Function Sets the output destination for reprinting or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder REPRint PTO PRINter PDF RECorder REPRint PTO Example RECORDER REPRINT PTO PDF RECORDER REPRINT PTO gt RECORDER REPRINT PTO PDF RECorder REPRint RANGe Function Sets the range to be reprinted start and end points or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder REPRint RANGe lt NRf gt lt NRf gt RECorder REPRint RANGe lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 RECORDER REPRINT RANGE 3 00 3 00 RECORDER REPRINT RANGE gt RECORDER REPRINT RANGE 3 0000000 3 0000000 Example RECorder REPRint PRNMag Function Sets the waveform magnification for reprinting or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder REPRint PRNMag lt Time gt HOUR1 HOUR2 HOUR3 HOUR4 HOURS 6 HOUR7 8 HOUR9 10 RECorder REPRint PRNMag lt gt 200 ms to 30000 s RECORDER REPRINT PRNMAG 200MS RECORDER REPRINT PRNMAG gt RECORDER REPRINT PRNMAG 200 0E 03 Description There is a limitation on t
102. Explanation lecting th mmunication Interf Press MENU Press the Next 1 2 soft key Press the Remote soft key 4 gt Press the Device soft key to select USB Not Only the communications interfaces selected under Device are available If commands sent using an unselected communications interface the command will not be received e Setting the ID Value 4 the jog shuttle to set the ID value Hem Hem 7 1 Renote CntT Remote Cntl Device Device Systen Config GP IB USB USB mii TRIGGER Remote Cnt RS232 H nam Network USB PRINT INITIAL IZE CAL Netuork 5 IMAGE Self Test gt Setting Bata Others Store Recall Next Next 1 2 2 2 Carry out the following settings when using a controller to set information that can be specified through key operation on the SL1400 or when outputting setup data or output waveform data to the controller Set the ID value of the SL1400 within the following range 1 to 127 You can connect multiple devices to a controller using the USB interface If multiple devices are connected in a single USB system the ID value is used by the controller to identify each device Therefore unique ID values must be assigned to the devices within a single system Note Do not change the ID value while using the U
103. Function Queries all settings related to printing ona network printer Syntax HCOPy NETPrint HCOPY NETPRINT gt HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE POSTSCRIPT TONE 1 Description Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed Example HCOPy NETPrint TONE Function Turns ON OFF color printing on the network printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy NETPrint TONE Boolean NETPrint TONE HCOPY NETPRINT TONE ON HCOPY NETPRINT TONE gt HCOPY NETPRINT TONE 1 Description be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed Example HCOPy NETPrint TYPE Function Sets the output format and output resolution for printing to the network printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy NETPrint TONE BJ NR ESCP LIPS PCL5 ESCP2 PSCRipt HCOPy NETPrint lt NRf gt 180 300 360 600 dpi HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE PSCRIPT HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE PSCRIPT Description lt NRf gt is specified only when the type is set to BJ Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed Example HCOPy PDF Function Queries all settings related to the PDF file generation Syntax HCOPy PDF Example HCOPY PDF PSIZE A3 ORIENTATION LANDSCAPE DPPAGE 25 TITLE AUTHOR SUBTITLE KEYWORD COLOR 0 COMPRESSION 0 SAVE ANAMING NUMBERING NAME HCOPy PDF AUTHor Function Sets the author
104. Function Sets the V div value on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting lt gt VOLTage VDIV lt Voltage gt lt Current gt CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage VDIV When using communication commands the range is set in terms of a value per division For example if you want to set a range of 50 V to channel 2 the command is CHANnel2 VOLTage VDIV 5v lt gt 1 to 16 lt Voltage gt 5 mV to 20 V M701250 M701255 when the probe attenuation is 1 1 1 mV to 20 V M701251 when the probe attenuation is 1 1 20 mV to 200 V M701260 when the probe attenuation is 1 1 0 1 mV to 10 V M701265 5 mV to 20 V M701261 M701262 CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE VDIV 5V CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE VDIV gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE VDIV 5 000E 00 Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed Onthe front panel you specify the voltage corresponding to 10 divisions However specify the voltage corresponding to 1 division with this communication command Syntax Example 1 lt gt ZOOM Function Sets the vertical zoom rate on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage ZOOM lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage ZOOM lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 0 1 0 111 0 125 0 143 0 167 0 2 0 25 0 33 0 4 0 5 0 556 0 625 0 667 0 714 0 8 0 833 1 1 11 1 25
105. IMAGe SAVE Queries all settings related to the saving of the screen image data to the storage medium 6 83 IMAGe SAVE ANAMing Sets the auto naming function of the saved files or queries the current setting 6 83 IMAGe SAVE CDIRectory Changes the save destination directory 6 83 IMAGe SAVE DRIVe Sets the save destination storage medium or queries the current setting 6 83 IMAGe SAVE NAME Sets the name of the saved file or queries the current setting 6 83 IMAGe SAVE PATH Queries the current directory 6 83 IMAGe SEND Queries the screen image data 6 83 IMAGe TONE Sets the color tone of the screen image data to be saved or queries the current setting 6 83 INITialize Group INITialize EXECute Executes the initialization of settings 6 84 INITialize UNDO Undoes the execution of the initialization of settings 6 84 IM 701240 17E 6 9 6 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page LOGic Group 1061 Queries all settings related to the logic waveforms 6 86 LOGic PODA PODB Queries all settings related to the specified logic waveform 6 86 LOGic PODA PODB ALL DISPlay Turns ON OFF the display of all bits of the specified logic waveform 6 86 LOGic PODA PODB BIT1 8 DISPlay Sets the display of the bit of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting 6 86 LOGic PODA PODB BIT1 8 LABel Sets the label of the bit of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting 6
106. LABEL gt LOGIC PODA BIT1 LABEL 1 10 1 PODA PODB 1 Function Sets the bit display position of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic PODA PODB BHAPPing AUTO FIXed LOGic PODA PODB BMAPPing Example LOGIC PODA BMAPPing AUTO LOGIC PODA BMAPPing gt LOGIC PODA BMAPPING AUTO LOGic PODA DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the display of all bits of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic PODA PODB DISPlay Boolean LOGic PODA PODB DISPlay Example LOGIC PODA DISPLAY ON LOGIC PODA DISPLAY gt LOGIC PODA DISPLAY 1 LOGic PODA PODB INPut Function Sets the input of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic PODA PODB INPut TTL CONT LOGic PODA PODB INPut Example LOGIC PODA INPUT TTL LOGIC PODA INPUT gt LOGIC PODA INPUT TTL Description setting is valid only when the logic probe is 702911 or 702912 6 86 IM 701240 17E 6 15 LOGic Group 6 16 LSTart Group LOGic PODB PROBe Function Sets the logic probe or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic PODA PODB PROBe P700986 P700987 P702911 P702912 LOGic PODA PODB PROBe Example LOGIC PODA PROBE P700986 LOGIC PODA PROBE LOGIC PODA PROBE P700986 LOGic PODA PODB LABel Function Sets the label of the spec
107. LOGICB Syntax Example Description TRIGger Function Syntax Example Description TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example Description SIMPle LEVel Sets the trigger level of the channel specified using TRIGger SIMPle SOURce for the simple trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger SIMP1e LEVel lt 1 gt lt gt Current TRIGger SIMP1e LEVel lt Voltage gt lt NRf gt Current The selectable range varies depending on the range and offset settings For details see the User s Manual TRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL 0 TRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL gt TRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL 0 0 00 This command cannot be used when the trigger is set to EXTernal LINE TIME LOGICA or LOGICB SIMPle LOGic Queries all settings related to the logic of the simple trigger TRIGger SIMPle LOGic TRIGGER SIMPLE LOGIC gt TRIGGER SIMPLE LOGIC BIT 2 SLOPE RISE SIMPle LOGic BIT Sets the bit for setting the trigger slope or queries the current setting TRIGger SIMPle LOGic BIT NRf TRIGger SIMPle LOGic BIT lt NRf gt 1 to 8 TRIGGER SIMPLE LOGIC BIT 2 TRIGGER SIMPLE LOGIC BIT gt TRIGGER SIMPLE LOGIC BIT 2 spuewwog SIMPle LOGic SLOPe Sets the logic trigger slope or queries the current setting
108. MESSAGE 7 MESSAGE 8 MESSAGE HCOPy Function Aborts printing and paper feeding Syntax HCOPy ABORt Example HCOPY ABORT HCOPy COMMent Function Sets the comment at the lower right corner of the screen or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy COMMent String HCOPy COMMent lt String gt Up to 20 characters Example HCOPY COMMENT THIS IS TEST HCOPY COMMENT HCOPY COMMENT THIS IS TEST HCOPy DIRection Function Sets the print destination or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy DIRection EXTPrinter PDF PRINter NETPrint HCOPy DIRection Example HCOPY DIRECTION PRINTER HCOPY DIRECTION gt HCOPY DIRECTION PRINTER Description be used when the Ethernet interface optional is installed HCOPy EXECute Function Executes printing This is an overlap command Syntax HCOPy EXECute Example HCOPY EXECUTE HCOPy EXTPrinter Function Queries all settings related to printing to an external printer USB printer Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter Example HCOPY EXTPRINTER HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE PCL5 TONE 1 SELECT NAN IM 701240 17E 6 71 spuewwog 6 11 Group HCOPy EXTPrinter PRINter Function Outputs the addresses of all the printers that are currently connected Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter PRINter Ex
109. P2 X values of linear scaling on the channel with the voltage module installed Syntax CHANnel x VOLTage LSCale GETMeasure P1X P2X lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE GETMeasure 1 Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed 1 lt gt LSCale MODE Function Sets the linear scaling function on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt VOLTage LSCale MODE AXB OFF P12 CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale MODE lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE MODE CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE MODE gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE MODE Description error occurs if the voltage module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale 1 1 2 2 Function Sets the 1 1 2 2 values of linear scaling on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale P1X Ply P2x P2Y lt NRf gt lt gt VOLTage LSCale P1X P1Y P2X P2Y lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt or P1X and 2 9 9999 30 to 9 9999E 30 lt NRf gt of P1Y and 2 9 9999 25 to 9 9999E 25 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE P1X 10 CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE P1X gt CHANNEL 1 VOLTAGE LSCALE P1X 10 0000E 00 Description An error occurs
110. Press to switch from remote mode to local mode which allows key operation However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller refer to ppage 2 2 YOKOGAWA 5111400 scopecorder ure MENU Key Page 2 8 Press to enter the communication settings such as the baud rate data format and the handshaking method Side Panel ado dead wos os A SERIAL RS 232 Connector This connector is for connecting the controller such as a PC with the RS 232 cable For information on how to connect the RS 232 cable refer to page 2 3 Nounvo V Roms oun ONINHVM V QV iv asn ZH09 0S VAOOE OV 092 002 021 001 E T soon Y voe V oy O T SUFFIX NO YOKOGAWA Made in Japan aap asn V7 NI DET 100 9l IM 701240 17E 2 1 uondo 262 5 leues eui JO 2 2 Serial RS 232 Interface Functions and Specifications 2 2 Serial RS 232 Interface Functions and Specifications Receiving Function It is possible to make the same settings
111. SRATe Sample RATE Function Queries the sample rate of the record specified by WAVeform RECord Syntax WAVeform SRATe Example WAVEFORM SRATE gt WAVEFORM SRATE 5 0E 03 WAVeform STARt Function Sets the first data point of the waveform main waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe or queries the current setting Syntax WAVeform STARt lt NRf gt WAVeform lt NRf gt 0 to total number of data points 1 WAVEFORM START 0 WAVEFORM START gt WAVEFORM START 0 Description The total number of data points can be queried using WAVeform LENGth Example WAVeform TRACe Function Sets the target waveform or queries the current setting Syntax WAVeform TRACe lt NR gt MATH lt x gt PODA PODB WAVeform TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 16 MATH gx 1 to 8 WAVEFORM TRACE 1 WAVEFORM TRACE gt WAVEFORM TRACE 1 Description error occurs if a module is not installed the channel slot Example WAVeform TRIGger Function Queries the trigger position of the record specified by WAVeform RECord Syntax WAVeform TRIGger WAVEFORM TRIGGER WAVEFORM TRIGGER 50005 Description Queries the number of points from the first point of the record to the trigger position Example WAVeform TYPE Function Queries the acquisition mode of the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe Syntax WAVeform TYPE Example WAVEFORM gt WA
112. Seng Signal used for handshaking when transmitting data to a personal computer Signal direction Input Pin Nos 1 4 6 and 9 are not used 9 25 Pin Connector Signal Direction 2 3 27 8 5 BD Gu 9 7 The number between brackets refer to the pin No of the 25 pin connector The figure below shows the direction of the signals used by the serial RS 232 interface RS Request to Send CS Clear to Send This SD Send Data Instrument RD Receive Data Computer IM 701240 17E 2 3 uondo zez su leues eu jo 2 3 Connection via the Serial RS 232 Interface Table of RS 232 Standard Signals and their JIS and CCITT Abbreviations Pin No Abbreviation Description 9 Pin Connector CCITT 102 Signal ground 103 Transmitted data 104 Received data 105 Request to send 106 Clear to send Signal Line Connection Examples The pin numbers shown are that of 9 pin connectors In general use a cross cable OFF OFF XON XON CTS RTS CS RS PC 611400 611400 SD 3 3 SD SD 3 3 SD RD 2 gt RD RD 2 22 2 mp RS 7 7 RS RS 7 7 RS cs 8 8 CS cs s SG 5 5 SG SG 51 45 sG IM 701240 17E 2 4 Handshaking 2 4 Handshaking To use an serial RS 232 interface for transferring data between this instrument and a computer it is necess
113. T lt T1 T2 lt T trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TOTime TIME lt x gt Time TRIGger TOTime TIME lt x gt lt Time gt 100 ns to 10s lt gt 1 to 2 Example TRIGGER TIME1 200NS TRIGGER TOTIME TIME1 gt TRIGGER 1 200 000 09 TRIGger TYPE Function Sets the trigger type or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TYPE ABN ADB EOA BLTime BGTime BTOut WINdow OR SIMP1e TGTime TLTime TITime TOTime WWINdow TRIGger TYPE Example TRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE TRIGGER TYPE gt TRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE TRIGger WINDow Function Queries all settings related to the window trigger Syntax TRIGger WINDow Example TRIGGER WINDOW gt TRIGGER WINDOW CHANNEL1 IN CHANNEL2 OFF CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF CHANNEL5 OFF CHANNEL6 OFF CHANNEL7 OFF CHANNEL8 OFF CHANNEL9 OFF CHANNEL10 OFF CHANNEL11 OFF CHANNEL12 OFF CHANNEL13 OFF CHANNEL14 OFF CHANNEL15 OFF CHANNEL16 OFF PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE TRIGger WINDow CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the channel condition of the window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WINDow 1 lt gt IN OUT OFF TRIGger WINDow 1 lt gt lt gt 1 to 16 The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER WINDOW CHANNEL1 OUT TRIGGER WINDOW CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER WINDOW CHANNEL1 OUT Example TRIGger WIN
114. TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 DONTCARE CHANNEL2 HIGH CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CHANNEL5 DONTCARE CHANNEL6 DONTCARE PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE LOGIC Al HIGH A2 DONTCARE A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE A5 DONTCARE A6 DONTCARE 7 DONTCARE A8 1 DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE B6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE TRIGGER BTRIGGER CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER DELAY 0 0E 00 POSITION 50 000 SCOUNT 1 OPC OPeration Complete Function Syntax Example Description Sets a 1 to bit 0 OPC bit of the standard event register bit upon the completion of the specified overlap command OPC OPC For the description regarding how to synchronize the program using OPC see page 5 7 The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to specify the overlap command If oPC is not the last command of the message the operation is not guaranteed OPC OPeration Complete Function Syntax Example Description If oPC is transmitted and the specified overlap command is completed ASCII code 1 is returned OPC OPC gt 1 Forthe description regarding how to synchronize the program using OPC see page 5 7 The coMMunicate OPSE command is used to specify the overlap command f oPC is not the last command of the message the operation is not guaranteed 6 153 spuewwog 6 33 Common Command Group OPT OPTion Function Quer
115. TRIGger SIMPle LOGic SLOPe FALL RISE TRIGger SIMPle LOGic SLOPe TRIGGER SIMPLE LOGIC SLOPE FALL TRIGGER SIMPLE LOGIC SLOPE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE LOGIC SLOPE FALL SIMPle SLOPe Sets the trigger slope of the channel specified using TRIGger SIMPle SOURce for the simple trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger SIMP1e SLOPe BOTH FALL RISE TRIGger SIMPle SLOPe TRIGGER SIMPLE SLOPE RISE TRIGGER SIMPLE SLOPE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE SLOPE RISE This command cannot be used when the trigger is set to EXTernal LINE TIME LOGICA or LOGICB IM 701240 17E 6 135 6 29 TRIGger Group TRIGger SIMPle SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the simple trigger search level or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SIMPle SOURCe lt gt 1 11 TIME PODA PODB TRIGger SIMPle SOURCe lt NRf gt 1 to 16 TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 Description Of the TRIGger SIMPle commands SIMPle cannot be abbreviated for the TRIGger SIMPle SOURce command Example TRIGger SOURCe Function Queries all settings related to the enhanced trigger Syntax TRIGger SOURce Example TRIGGER SOURCE gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 5 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL2 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000E 03 HYSTERESI
116. UNDO Example ASETUP gt ASETUP ADJUST ZERO Example ASETUP UNDO TARGET ALL ASETup EXECute Function Execute auto setup Syntax ASETup EXECute Example ASETUP EXECUTE ASETup TARGet Function Sets the target channel for auto setup or queries the current setting Syntax ASETup TARGet ALL NRf ASETup TARGet lt NRf gt 1 to 16 Example ASETUP TARGET ALL ASETUP TARGET gt ASETUP TARGET ALL Description An error occurs if you specify a channel in which a module is not installed 6 20 IM 701240 17E 6 4 CALibrate Group 6 4 CALibrate Group The commands in this group deal with calibrations You can make the same settings execute the same operations and make the same inquiries as when you press the MENU key gt INITIALIZE CAL soft key on the front panel EXECute CALibrate lt Space gt CALibrate Function Queries all settings related to the calibration Syntax CALibrate Example CALIBRATE gt CALIBRATE MODE AUTO CALibrate EXECute Function Executes the calibration Syntax CALibrate EXECute Example CALIBRATE EXECUTE CALibrate MODE Function Turns ON OFF the auto calibration or queries the current setting Syntax CALibrate MODE AUTO OFF CALibrate Example CALIBRATE MODE AUTO CALIBRATE gt CALIBRATE MODE AUTO IM 701240 17E 6 21 spuewwog 6 5 CHANnel Group 6 5 CHANnel Grou
117. WWIDth Function Sets the width of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WWIDth lt Voltage gt lt NR gt lt Current gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WWIDth lt x gt 1 to 16 lt Voltage gt lt NRf gt lt Current gt See the User s Manual The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WWIDTH 55V TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WWIDTH gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WWIDTH 55 000E 00 Syntax Example TRIGger SOURce LOGic A1 A8 B1 B8 Function Sets the logic bit condition or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce LOGic A1 A8 B1 B8 DONTcare FALL RISE TRIGger SOURce LOGic 1 8 B1 B8 lt gt 1 to 16 Example TRIGGER SOURCE 1 RISE TRIGGER SOURCE 1 gt TRIGGER SOURCE LOGIC Al RISE Description This command is for setting or querying the edge pattern when the trigger is set to Edge on A OR or Window TRIGger TGTime Function Queries all settings related to the T gt Time trigger Syntax TRIGger TGTime Example TRIGGER TGTIME gt TRIGGER TGTIME TIME 100 000E 09 TRIGger TGTime TIME Function Sets the pulse width of the T gt Time trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TGTime TIME lt Time gt TRIGger 1 TIME lt Time gt 100 ns to 105 Example TRIGGER TGTIME TIME 600N
118. When measuring the period on the frequency module the data is output as lt gt lt gt lt gt When measuring duty cycle on the frequency module the data is output as lt NRf gt lt NRfs lt NRf gt When measuring the power frequency PowerFreq on the frequency module the data is output as lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt When measuring the pulse width on the frequency module the data is output as lt Time gt lt Time gt lt Time gt When performing pulse integration Pulselnteg on the frequency module the data is output as lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt When measuring velocity on the frequency module the data is output as lt NRf gt lt NRfs lt NRf gt 2 When set to BYTE or WORD The data is output using the lt Block data gt format on all modules The data consists of signed values except for the logic module For voltage modules the data can be converted to voltage using the following equation Range data 10 Voltage Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet When measuring temperature the data can be converted to temperature using the following equation Temperature Data x Division BYTE Division 25 6 WORD Division 0 1 In the case of a strain module the following equation
119. XY AUTO Turns ON OFF auto print for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 113 RECorder XY PFONt Sets the size of the printed characters for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 113 RECorder XY POINter Turns ON OFF the pointer indicating the most recent point for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 113 IM 701240 17E 6 1 List of Commands Command Function Page XY SCALe Turns ON OFF the scale for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 113 RECorder XY SRATe Sets the sample rate for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 114 XY XY lt x gt Queries all settings of the XY waveform for X Y recorder mode 6 114 RECorder XY XY lt x gt DISPlay Turns ON OFF the XY waveform for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 114 RECorder XY XY lt x gt XTRace Sets the channel to be assigned to the X axis of the XY waveform for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 114 RECorder XY XY lt x gt YTRace Sets the channel to be assigned to the Y axis of the XY waveform for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 114 RECorder REPRint Queries all settings related to reprinting 6 114 RECorder REPRint ABORt Aborts reprinting or paper feeding 6 114 RECorder REPRint EXECute Executes reprinting 6 114 RECorder REPRint LENGth Sets the print length of the section to be reprinted or queri
120. XYEXY x 2 neu SNAP Group 6 115 SSTart Group 5 sc Gd OR REO REI 6 115 SST AN aiaa a arri 6 115 STARt Group STATus Group 5 ERO RSS 6 116 SPILT oco c Red QENable QMESsage SPOLI STATUS orden e e Mem sae ak 6 116 STOP Group STOP 6 117 Index 8 IM 701240 17E Index SYSTem Group HolB e 6 120 CLOCk DATE 6 120 6 120 CLOCk SNTP GMTTime 6 120 CLOCKTIME 6 120 CLOCKk TYPE 6 120 CLOCk 6 120 HDMotor 6 120 KEYResponse 6 120 LANGuage 6 120 LCD AUTO MODE 6 120 LCD AUTO TIME 6 121 aine ete 6 120 LCD BRIGHIt0eSS 2 6 121 LCD MODE i dep 6 120 IMLANQUAGS rnnt ntn 6 121 OVERview 5 6 121 5 51 1 teens 6 121 SCSI OWNid ise p 6 121 5 5 040 222 1 2 0 0000 6 120 MIT PP 6 121 TIMebase Group BTRigger ener edere 6 133 DELAY nee n t 6 134
121. are called common commands The header format of a common command is shown below An asterisk must always be attached to the beginning of a command lt gt example of a common command CLS Compound Header Commands designed to be used only with this instrument are classified and arranged in a hierarchy according to their function The format of a compound header is illustrated below A colon must be used when specifying a lower level header lt Mnemonic gt An example of a compound header ACQuire MODE Simple Header These commands headers are functionally independent of each other and are not arranged hierarchically The format of a simple header is shown below lt gt example of a simple header STARt Note A mnemonic is a character string made up of alphanumeric characters When Concatenating Commands Command Group A command group is a group of commands which have the same compound header A command group may contain sub groups Example Commands relating to acquisition settings ACQuire AVERage COUNt ACQuire MODE ACQuire AVERage EWEight ACQuire CLOCK ACQuire COUNt When Concatenating Commands of the Same Group This instrument stores the hierarchical level of the command which is currently being executed and performs analysis on the assumption that the next command to be sent will also belong to the same lev
122. axis setting is Single CURSor XY VERTical STRACe CURSOR XY VERTICAL STRACE gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL STRACE 2 XY VERTical TRACe Sets the target waveform of the V cursor of the X Y display when the X axis setting is Quad or queries the current setting CURSor XY VERTical TRACe xv1 xv2 xv3 xv4 CURSOr XY VERTical TRACe CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE XY VERTical X x Queries the X axis value at the V cursor position of the X Y display CURSOr XY VERTical X x lt x gt 1 or2 CURSOR XY VERTICAL X1 gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL X1 20 000000E 00 IM 701240 17E 6 55 spuewwog 6 9 DISPlay Group 6 9 DISPlay Group The commands in this group deal with the screen display You can make the same settings and inquiries as when the front panel keys such as the DISPLAY key and the MENU key gt Next 1 2 soft key gt Others soft key are used DISPlay O Space lt NRf gt cara V lt 2 J 1 O EI 7 4 O j lt Space gt c 7 J a A 6 56 IM 701240 17E 6 9 DISPlay Group lt Space gt GRATicule INTENsity lt gt T lt Space gt 1 4 lt NRf gt lt Space gt
123. cernere 6 90 TIMebase group 6 122 timeout ree roter nene rene nene de n denen 4 6 timer trigger 6 137 6 73 total number of points trademarks 5 2 three ii transition filter 6 117 7 4 translucent mode 6 60 transmission mode nnn tci ciet tese 4 2 transmission order 6 141 4 2 cat cous ousted 6 130 TRIGger group I eet itte 6 123 trigger mode ceret terrere terret 6 134 trigger point to the trigger position 6 134 trigger positlOH terne tenera 6 135 triggar Slopa P it 6 135 trigger soUrce ones OO REDE Ree 6 136 trigger time trigger time interval 6 137 trigger type icone rer erit menter ibi treat 6 138 U eco bete RR NEC Sa ei uni line message UP nit pulse 5 rne enne riter n nore universal command dettes 6 75 upper and lower limits 6 29 6 33 6 43 USB interface USB interface connection via 3 3 USB printer roe cemento ne oe nee 6 71 user account USEF NAME eccrine eae Bue 4 6 USEF VerifiCat
124. completion of the specified overlap operation Syntax WAI Example Description For the description regarding how to synchronize the program using WAI see page 5 7 The coMMunicate OPSE command is used to specify the overlap command 6 154 IM 701240 17E 7 1 Overview of the Status Report Chapter 7 Status Report 7 1 Overview of the Status Report Status Report The figure below shows the status report which is read by a serial poll This is an extended version of the one specified in IEEE 488 2 1992 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Service Request Enable Register A H i 55 7 6 ESBMAVEES EAV 1 0 Status Byte RQS of a Service Request Output Error L Queue Queue 7 7161514 3 2 1 0 Standard Event Enable Register 2 4 t 2 B amp 5 OR A A 5 71654 3 2 1 0 Standard Event Register 14 13 12 11 1019876 5 4 3 2 1 0 Extended Event Enable Register x amp
125. gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ POSition lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 div 0 01 div steps CHANNEL15 FREQ POSITION 1 CHANNEL15 FREQ POSITION gt CHANNEL15 FREQ POSITION 1 00 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SCALe Function Sets the upper and lower limits on the screen on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt FREQ SCALe NR NR Frequency Frequency lt Time gt lt Time gt lt gt FREQ SCALe lt gt 1 10 16 lt NRf gt Frequency lt gt selectable range varies depending on the range setting For details see the User s Manual CHANNEL15 FREQ SCALE 5 5 CHANNEL15 FREQ SCALE gt CHAN15 FREQ SCAL 5 000000E 00 5 000000E 00 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup Function Queries all settings related to FV setup on the channel with the frequency module installed Syntax CHANne1l lt x gt FREQ SETup lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FUNCTION FREQUENCY LRESET 0 MPULSE POSITIVE SLOWPREDICT 1 STOPPREDICT OFF TUNIT SEC CFREQUENCY 50 DPULSE 1 00000E 00 PROTATE 1 UPULSE1 00000E 00 FILTER PAVERAGE MODE 0 VALUE 2 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FIL
126. gt CHANNEL1 LABEL 1 Description Only the characters and symbols displayed on the keyboard on the screen can be used n ASCII code and u are expressed as 1EH and 1FH respectively Anerror occurs if a module is not installed in the channel slot Example CHANnel lt x gt MODU1le Function Queries the module installed in the channel slot Syntax CHANnel lt x gt MODule lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL1 MODULE gt 1 MODULE 701250 Description following values are returned from the module NOMODULE module M701250 701250 510 12 M701251 701251 HS1M16 M701255 701255 5 10 12 701260 701260 HV with RMS M701261 701261 UNIV M701262 701262 UNIV_AAF M701265 701265 TEMP HPV M701270 701270 STRAIN_NDIS M701271 701271 STRAIN_DSUB M701275 701275 ACCL VOLT M701280 701280 FREQ CHANnel lt x gt STRain Function Queries all settings related to the strain module on the channel with the strain module installed Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN SCALE 20000 20000 RANGE 20000 UNIT USTR EXCITATION 2 000000E 00 GFACTOR 2 00 BWIDTH FULL BALANCE CHANNEL1 0 CHANNEL2 0 CHANNEL3 0 CHANNEL4 0 CHANNEL5 0 CHANNEL6 0 CHANNEL7 1 CHANNEL8 1 CHANNEL9 0 CHANNEL10 0 CHANNEL11 0 CHANNEL12 0 CHANNEL13 1 CHANNEL14 1 CHANNEL15 0 CHANNEL16 0 CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE MODE OF
127. gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT gt 15 FREQ INPUT COUPLING DC CSUPPRESS 0 100 HYSTERESIS LOW PRESET USER PULLUP 0 SLOPE RISE VRANGE 10 PROBE 1 THRESHOLD 0 0E 00 BWIDTH FULL Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ INPut BWIDth Function Sets the bandwidth limit on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut BWIDth FULL lt Frequency gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut BWIDth lt gt 1 to 16 lt Frequency gt 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz or 100 kHz CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT BWIDTH FULL CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT BWIDTH gt CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT BWIDTH FULL Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example 6 30 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut CELimination Function Sets the chatter elimination on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt INPut CELimination lt Time gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut CELimination lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 0 to 1000 ms Example CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT CELIMINATION 100ms CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT CELIMINATION gt CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT CELIMINATION 0 100 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed
128. is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE 187 5 WORD 48000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet For logic waveforms the following format is used BYTE 8 bit bit pattern LSB bit1 MSB bit 8 WORD 16 bit bit pattern upper 8 bits are PODB lower 8 bits are the same as the PODA bit pattern 6 142 IM 701240 17E 6 30 WAVeform Group For computed waveforms the data can be converted using the following equation Range data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet For acceleration measurements the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet When measuring frequency on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion to frequency Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet When measuring RPMs on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offs
129. lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt INTERpolate LL p p USERdefine 701240 17 6 57 6 9 DISPlay Group SMAPping SVALue lt Space gt lt Space gt TLABel DISPlay Function Queries all settings related to the display Syntax DISPlay Example DISPLAY gt DISPLAY FORMAT QUAD INTERPOLATE LINE DECIMATION 2000 GRATICULE GRID ACCUMULATE MODE OFF PERSISTENCE 16 DISPLAY EWINDOW 0 SVALUE 1 TLABEL 0 TRANSLUCENT 0 MAPPING USERDEFINE SMAPPING CHANNEL1 0 CHANNEL2 1 CHANNEL3 2 CHANNEL4 3 CHANNEL5 4 CHANNEL6 5 CHANNEL7 6 CHANNEL8 7 CHANNEL9 0 CHANNEL10 1 CHANNEL11 2 CHANNEL12 3 MATH1 6 2 7 MATH3 0 4 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8 5 PODA 6 PODB 7 EVENT 0 DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 YELLOW CHANNEL2 GREEN CHANNEL3 MAGENTA CHANNEL4 CYAN CHANNEL5 RED CHANNEL6 ORANGE CHANNEL7 LBLUE CHANNEL8 PURPLE CHANNEL9 PINK CHANNEL10 LGREEN CHANNEL11 DBLUE CHANNEL12 YELLOW MATH1 YELLOW MATH2 GREEN MATH3 MAGENTA MATH4 CYAN MATH5 RED MATH6 ORANGE MATH7 LBLUE MATH8 PURPLE PODA PINK EVENT DBLUE PODB LGREEN BACK BLACK CAPTURE BLACK BASECOLOR 1 DISPLAY INTENSITY WAVEFORM 12 MENU 12 BACK 3 CAPTURE 3 SNAP 12 GRID 12 CURSOR 12 MARKER 12 DISPlay ACCumulate Function Queries al
130. lt Space gt 4 Oo 3 o 5 o Space 4 E gt FILE INTerval lt Space gt lt Time gt 4 IM 701240 17E 6 21 RECorder Group DiRection roe CLD gt gt NUMBering lt Space gt 4 lt Space gt cFrequency gt T 0O AUTO 2 4 Space J C lt Space gt SMALI POINter C lt Space gt OFF 2 SCALe 2 4 4 lt Space gt HC 4 Space OFF gt lt Space gt 20 9 4 6 110 IM 701240 17E 6 21 RECorder Group EXECute LENGth Space CONTinue A4PRint lt Space gt PRINter lt Space gt F lt NRf gt PRNMag lt Space gt HOUR10 lt Space gt HOUR10 V Space MC O aat Envere IM 701240 17E 6 111 6 21 RECorder Group RECorder Function Queries all settings related to the recorder mode Syntax RECORDER Example RECORDER RECORDER MODE OFF CHART PSTYLE WAVE CSPEED PS10 SHOT OFF PRINTEROUT 1 OUTDEVICE CHART INTERVAL 1 000E
131. module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ SETup TUNit Function Sets the time unit on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup TUNit HOUR MIN SEC lt gt FREQ SETup TUNit lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP TUNIT SEC CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP TUNIT gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP TUNIT SEC Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ SETup UNIT Function Sets the unit of pulse integration on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup UNIT lt String gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup UNIT lt x gt 1 to 16 lt String gt Up to 4 characters Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP UNIT AAA CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP UNIT gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP UNIT AAA Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANnel x FREQ SETup UPULse Function Sets the unit pulse on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup UPULse lt NRf gt 1 lt gt FREQ SETup UPULse lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 9 9999e 30 to 9 9999 30 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP UPULSE 1 15 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP UPULSE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP UPULSE
132. msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 msg WAVEFORM FORMAT WORD term MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST msg term Data Byte order MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish Stop Acquisition msg Query Header Off for Get V div msg Trace 1 msg Record number 0 msg Data Format WORD msg LSB First for Little Endian msg 8 10 IM 701240 17E 8 5 Data Output in Word Format 2 bytes End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 msg WAVEFORM START 0 END 1001 term START O END 1001 Length 1002 MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 qry CStr Empty msg WAVEFORM RANGE term Get V div value MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Cal
133. no longer be operated Settings entered in local mode are retained even when switching to remote mode When Switched from Remote to Local Mode Pressing CLEAR TRACE in remote mode puts the instrument in local mode However this is not possible when the CoMMunicate REMote ON command is received from the controller while Local Lockout mode is active Local mode is activated when the sCOMMunicate REMote OFF command is received regardless of Local Lockout The REMOTE indicator on the upper right of the screen is turned off All front panel keys are operative Settings entered in remote mode are retained even when switching to local mode Note The network interface cannot be used simultaneously with other communications interfaces GP IB serial RS 232 or USB User Verification Function The user must enter a user name and password for the interface when connecting to the network The user name and password is set on the instrument in the Remote Cntl setting screen under the menu For details see section 4 4 Setting up this Instrument Network IM 701240 17E uondo e ejyieiu 410M9N B 4 3 Connection via the Network Interface 4 3 Connection via the Network Interface Connection Method Connect a UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair or STP Shielded Twisted Pair cable that has been connected to a hub to the 100BASE TX port on the rear panel of the unit 100BASE TX compatible hub or router Controller
134. number of points to be computed in the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt FFT POINt lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt FFT POINt lt gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 1000 2000 5000 10000 20000 50000 100000 MATH1 FFT POINT 1000 MATH1 FFT POINT gt MATH1 FFT POINTS 1000 Example MATH x FFT WINDow Function Sets the time window used in the FFT computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt FFT WINDow HANNing RECTangle FLATtop MATH lt x gt FFT WINDow x 1 to 8 MATH1 FFT WINDOW HANNING MATH1 FFT WINDOW gt MATH1 FFT WINDOW HANNING Example MATH lt x gt LABel Function Sets the label of the computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt LABel lt String gt MATH lt x gt LABel lt gt 1 to 8 lt String gt Up to 8 characters MATH1 LABEL 1 MATH1 LABEL gt 1 LABEL 1 Example MATH lt x gt MODE Function Turns ON OFF the computation mode or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt Boolean MATH lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1 to 8 MATH1 MODE ON MATH1 MODE gt MATH MODE 1 Example MATH lt x gt MREFerence Function Sets the computation range or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt lt gt lt gt MATH lt x gt MREFerence x 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 5 t
135. of the PDF file or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PDF AUTHor String HCOPy PDF AUTHor lt String gt Up to 30 characters Example HCOPY PDF AUTHOR PDF AUTHOR HCOPY PDF AUTHOR gt HCOPY PDF AUTHOR PDF AUTHOR PDF COLor Function Sets color or monochrome for the PDF file or queries the current setting ON color OFF monochrome Syntax HCOPy PDF COLor Boolean HCOPy PDF COLor Example HCOPY PDF COLOR ON HCOPY PDF COLOR gt HCOPY PDF COLOR 1 HCOPy PDF COMPression Function Sets the compression of the PDF file or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PDF COMPression Boolean HCOPy PDF COMPression Example HCOPY PDF COMPRESSION ON HCOPY PDF COMPRESSION gt PDF COMPRESSION 1 HCOPy PDF DPPage Function Sets the number of divisions per page of the PDF file or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PDF DPPAge lt NRf gt HCOPy PDF DPPAge lt NRf gt 1 to 40 HCOPY PDF DPPAGE 10 HCOPY PDF DPPAGE gt HCOPY PDF DPPAGE 10 Description There is a limitation on the selectable values depending on the paper size and orientation settings Example 6 72 IM 701240 17E 6 11 Group PDF KEYWord Function Sets the keyword of the PDF file or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PDF KEYWord lt String gt PDF KEYWord lt String gt Up t
136. of the cycle statistical processing of waveform parameters Syntax MEASure CYCLe ABORt Example MEASURE CYCLE ABORT MEASure CYCLe EXECute Function Executes the cycle statistical processing of waveform parameters Syntax MEASure CYCLe EXECute Example MEASURE CYCLE EXECUTE MEASure CYCLe TRACe OWN lt gt lt gt Function Sets the target waveform of cycle statistical processing of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CYCLe TRACe OWN lt gt lt gt MEASure CYCLe TRACe x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 Example MEASURE CYCLE TRACE OWN MEASURE CYCLE TRACE gt MEASURE CYCLE TRACE OWN MEASure MODE Function Sets the mode of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure MODE OFF CYCLe HISTory STATistics MEASure MODE Example MEASURE MODE ON MEASURE MODE MEASURE MODE ON MEASure ONECycle Function Turns ON OFF the 1 cycle mode of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure ONECycle Boolean MEASure ONECycle MEASURE ONECYCLE ON MEASURE ONECYCLE gt MEASURE ONECYCLE 1 Example MEASure TRANge Time Range Function Sets the measurement range of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure TRANge NRf
137. service request enable register becomes 1 For example if an event takes place and the logical OR of each bit of the standard event register and the corresponding bit in the enable register is 1 bit 5 ESB will be set to 1 In this case if bit 5 of the service request enable register is 1 bit 6 MSS will be set to 1 thus requesting service from the controller It is also possible to check what type of event has occurred by reading the contents of the status byte Reading from the Status Byte The following two methods are provided for reading the status byte Inquiry Using the STB Query Making an query using the STB query sets bit 6 to MSS This causes the MSS to be read After completion of the read out none of the bits in the status byte will be cleared Serial Poll Execution of a serial poll changes bit 6 to RQS This causes RQS to be read After completion of the read out only RQS is cleared Using a serial poll it is not possible to read MSS Clearing the Status Byte No method is provided for forcibly clearing all the bits in the status byte Bits which are cleared are shown below When an Query is Made Using the STB Query No bit is cleared When a Serial Poll is Performed Only the RQS bit is cleared When the CLS Command is Received When the CLS command is received the status byte itself is not cleared but the contents of the standard event register which affects the bits in th
138. setting Syntax HCOPy PSETup EARea Boolean HCOPy PSETup EARea Example HCOPY PSETUP EAREA ON HCOPY PSETUP EAREA gt HCOPY PSETUP EAREA 1 Description SINGle DUAL TRlad and QUAD corresond to 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE and 4 ZONE respectively PSETup FLEXiblezone Function Queries all settings related to flexible zone recording when printing with the format set to Single Syntax PSETup FLEXiblezone Example HCOPy PSETup FLEXiblezone gt PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MODE 0 CHANNEL1 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL2 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL3 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL4 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL5 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL6 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL7 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL8 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL9 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL10 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL11 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL12 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL13 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL 14 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL15 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL16 UPPER 100 LOWER 0
139. settings related to the B Time trigger 6 133 TRIGger BGTime TIME Sets the pulse width of the B Time trigger or queries the current setting 6 133 TRIGger BLTime Queries all settings related to the B lt Time trigger 6 133 TRIGger BLTime TIME Sets the pulse width of the B lt Time trigger or queries the current setting 6 133 TRIGger BTOut Queries all settings related to the B Time Out trigger 6 133 TRIGger BTOut TIME Sets the pulse width of the B Time Out trigger or queries the current setting 6 133 IM 701240 17E 6 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger BTRigger Queries all settings related to condition B 6 133 TRIGger BTRigger CHANnel x Sets the channel condition of condition B or queries the current setting 6 133 TRIGger BTRigger CONDition Sets the condition to be satisfied for condition B or queries the current setting 6 133 TRIGger BTRigger LOGic Queries all settings related the logic of condition B 6 133 TRIGger BTRigger LOGic A1 B8 Sets the logic bit of condition B or queries the current setting 6 134 TRIGger BTRigger PODA PODB Sets the logic condition of condition B or queries the current setting 6 134 TRIGger DELay Sets the delay or queries the current setting 6 134 TRIGger EOA Queries all settings related to the Edge on A trigger 6 134 TRIGger EOA CHANnel lt x gt Sets the channel condition of the Edge on A trigger or queries the current setting 6 134
140. show the setting in use before the setup was changed Obviously use of overlapped commands may in some cases produce inappropriate results Where necessary you can avoid such problems as described below Indicates that the data is Block data N is an ASCII character string number digits which indicates the number of data bytes that follow lt N digits decimal value Indicates the number of bytes of data Example 00000010210 bytes Data byte string The actual data Example ABCDEFGHIJ Data 15 comprised of 8 bit values 0 to 255 This means that the ASCII code which stands for NL can also be a code used for data Hence care must be taken when programming the controller Synchronization with an Overlap Command Using the WAI Command The WAI command causes the commands which follow it to wait until an overlap command has been executed Example COMMunicate OPSE 0040 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 WAI CHANnell VDIV PMT The COMMunicate OPSE command is used to designate which commands are to be subject to the WAI command In the above example only auto set up is designated Since a WAI command is executed just before CHANnell VDIV CHANnell VDIV will not be executed until auto set up has been completed IM 701240 17E 5 7 a10jag 5 5 Synchronization with the Controller Using the COMMunicate OVERlap Command The COMM
141. specify IMAGe FORMat PSCRipt data is not output 6000000 is returned IMAGe TONE Function Sets the color tone of the screen image data to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe TONE OFF COLor REVerse GRAY IMAGe TONE IMAGE TONE COLOR IMAGE TONE gt IMAGE TONE COLOR Example IM 701240 17E 6 83 6 14 INITialize Group 6 14 INITialize Group The commands in this group deal with initialization of settings You can execute the same operation as when you press the MENU key gt INITIALIZE CAL soft key on the front panel INITialize INITialize EXECute Function Executes the initialization of settings Syntax INITialize EXECute Example INITIALIZE EXECUTE INITialize UNDO Function Undoes the initialization of settings Syntax INITialize UNDO Example INITIALIZE UNDO 6 84 IM 701240 17E 6 15 LOGic Group 6 15 LOGic Group The commands in this group deal with the logic waveforms You can make the same settings and inquiries as when you press the CH key gt Logic A soft key or the CH key gt Logic B soft key on the front panel Laan AL _DisPlay gt Space an Onn Cor Ronee zi BIT4 2 5 lt Space gt lt String gt Lm po i BIT7 i BIT8 BMAPping
142. the X Y display when in Single mode or queries the current setting XY MARKer STRACe lt gt MATH lt x gt XY MARKer STRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 CURSOR XY MARKER STRACE 2 CURSOR XY MARKER STRACE gt CURSOR XY MARKER STRACE 2 XY MARKer T Queries the time value of the marker cursor of the X Y display CURSOr XY MARKer T CURSOR XY MARKER T gt CURSOR XY MARKER T 1 0000000E 03 XY MARKer TRACe Sets the target waveform of the marker cursor of the X Y display when the X axis setting is Quad or queries the current setting CURSor XY MARKer TRACe xv1 xv2 xv3 xv4 CURSor XY MARKer TRACe CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE gt CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE XY MARKer X Queries the X axis value at the marker cursor position of the X Y display CURSOr XY MARKer X CURSOR XY MARKER X gt CURSOR XY MARKER X 3 6875000E 00 When linear scaling is ON the query is for the scaled value XY MARKer Y Queries the Y axis value at the marker cursor position of the X Y display CURSor gt CURSOR XY MARKER Y 166 66667E 03 When linear scaling is ON the query is for the Scaled value 6 54 IM 701240 17E 6 8 CURSor Group CURSor Function Syntax Example CURSor Function Syntax Example CURSo
143. to 16 MONITOR RANGE CHANNEL1 gt MONITOR RANGE CHANNEL1 5 0000000E 00 Example MONitor SEND ALL CHANnel lt x gt PODA PODB Function Outputs numeric monitor data Syntax MONitor SEND ALL CHANnel lt x gt PODA PODB lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 Example MONitor SEND 11 gt 9 number of bytes 9 digits series of data bytes Or lt NRf gt lt NRfs Description The output formats of MONitor SEND ALL 1 lt gt PODA PODB are BYTE and WORD see WAVeform FORMat The data is output using the lt Block data gt format on all modules The data consists of signed values except for the logic module 6 106 IM 701240 17E 6 19 MONitor Group For voltage modules the data can be converted to voltage using the following equation Range x data x 10 Voltage ge x Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet When measuring temperature the data can be converted to temperature using the following equation Temperature C Data x Division BYTE Division 25 6 WORD Division 0 1 In the case of a strain module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE 187 5 WORD 48000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor O
144. type or queries the current setting 6 52 CURSor TY VERTical Queries all settings related to V cursor 6 52 CURSor TY VERTical DX Queries the X axis value between the V cursors 6 53 CURSor TY VERTical DY Queries the Y axis value between the V cursors 6 53 CURSor TY VERTical JUMP Jumps the V cursor onto the zoom waveform 6 53 CURSor TY VERTical PERDt Queries the 1 AT value between V cursors 6 53 CURSor TY VERTical POSition x Sets the V cursor position or queries the current setting 6 53 1 1 Sets the target waveform of the V cursor or queries the current setting 6 53 CURSor TY VERTical X x Queries the X axis value at the V cursor position 6 53 CURSor TY VERTical Y x Queries the Y axis value at the V cursor position 6 53 CURSor XY Queries all settings related to the cursor of the X Y display 6 53 CURSor XY HORizontal Queries all settings related to the H cursor of the X Y display 6 53 CURSor XY HORizontal DY Queries the Y axis value between H cursors of the X Y display 6 54 CURSor XY HORizontal POSition x Sets the H cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting 6 54 CURSor XY HORizontal STRACe Sets the target waveform of the H cursor of the X Y display when in Single mode or queries the current setting 6 54 CURSor XY HORizontal TRACe Sets the target waveform of the H cursor of the X Y display or queries the current setting
145. window trigger or queries the current setting 6 138 TRIGger WWINdow FREQuency Sets the cycle frequency of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting 6 138 TRIGger WWINdow REFCycle Sets the reference cycle of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting 6 138 TRIGger WWINdow SYNC Queries all settings related to the synchronization of the wave window trigger 6 138 TRIGger WWINdow SYNC HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis of the synchronization channel of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting 6 139 IM 701240 17E 6 15 spuewwog 6 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger WWINdow SYNC LEVel Sets the level of the synchronization channel of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting 6 139 TRIGger WWINdow SYNC TRACe Sets the synchronization channel of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting 6 139 WAVeform Group WAVeform Queries all information about the target waveform data 6 141 WAVeform BITS Queries the bit length of the target waveform data 6 141 WAVeform BYTeorder Sets the transmission order of word format data or queries the current setting 6 141 WAVeform DATaselect Sets the data format used to query the waveform data or queries the current setting 6 141 WAVeform END Sets the end data point of the target waveform or queries the current setting 6 141 WAVeform FORMat Sets the format of the transmit
146. you make settings which can be made using the front panel keys of the instrument or when you output setup data or waveform data using the controller the following settings must be made Setting the Address This function allows you to set the instrument s address for addressable mode within the range of 0 to 30 Each item of equipment connected via a GP IB interface has its own address by which it can be identified Care must be taken to ensure that all interconnected devices are assigned unique addresses Note Do not change the address while the GP IB interface is being used by the controller 701240 17 1 5 91 49 Jo 1 6 Response to Interface Messages 1 6 Response to Interface Messages Response to Interface Messages R nse 1 ni line M IFC Interface Clear Clears the talker and listener Stops output if data is being output REN Remote Enable Switches between remote and local modes IDY Identify is not supported R nse t Multi Line M Addr mman GTL Go To Local Switches to local mode SDC Selected Device Clear Clears the program message command which is currently being output Also clears the output queue page 7 5 OPC and OPC will be disabled if they are currently being executed WAI and WAIT will be stopped immediately PPC Parallel Poll Configure GET Group Execute Trigger and TCT Take Control are not supported R nse
147. 0 lt Space gt lt Voltage gt CENTer lt Space gt WIDTh lt Space gt lt Current gt lt Space gt lt Voltage gt FALL gt WWIDTh spuewwoy eo IM 701240 17E 6 127 6 29 TRIGger Group TGTime TIME tm Space lt gt 1 4 gt DATE lt Space gt lt String gt TiMer gt lt Space gt lt String gt O CmO rU O TIME f lt gt n Space lt gt J 4 TYPE lt Space gt ADB BLTime GTime TOut TGTime LTime ITime TOTime 6 128 701240 17 6 29 Group CHANnel lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt CHANnel lt Space gt REFCycle lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt TRACe li Select MIN2 MIN3 4 MIN5 MIN6 MIN7 MIN8 MIN9 MIN10 MIN15 20 MIN25 MIN30 MIN40 MIN45 50 HOUR 1 HOUR2 HOURS HOUR4 HOURS HOUR6 HOUR7 HOUR8 HOURS HOUR10 HOUR10 HOUR12 HOUR18 or HOUR24 IM 701240 17E 6 129 spuewwoy 6 29 TRIG
148. 0 Syntax FILE BACKup LOAD ABORt Example FILE BACKUP LOAD ABORT FILE DELete ASCii BINary BMP FLOat MEASure PDF POSTscript REALtime SETup SNAP JPEG PNG EXECute Function Executes the deletion of the data file This is an overlap command Syntax FILE DELete ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure PDF POSTscript REALtime SETup SNAP JPEG EXECute lt Filename gt The following is an example for the setup data FILE DELETE SETUP CASEL Description The target medium to be deleted is selected using FILE DIRectory DRIVe This command cannot be executed on data on the REALTIME partition SCSI address internal ID partition 0 Example FILE DIRectory Function Queries all settings related to the directory of the storage medium Syntax FILE DIRectory Example FILE DIRECTORY gt FILE DIRECTORY FILTER ITEM FILE DIRectory CDIRectory Change Directory Function Changes the current directory of the storage medium Syntax FILE DIRectory CDIRectory String Example FILE DIRECTORY CDIRECTORY NO 1 FILE DIRectory DRIVe Function Sets the storage medium to be controlled Syntax FILE DIRectory DRIVe SCSI lt NRf gt lt NRf gt PCCard lt NR gt NETWork USB lt NR gt lt NR gt lt NR gt The first lt NRf gt of SCSI SCSI address 0 to 7 The second lt NRf gt of SCSI Partitions 0 to 2 lt N
149. 0 CHANNEL11 ACCL GAIN gt CHANNEL11 ACCL GAIN 100 0 An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed Sets the upper and lower limits on the screen on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt ACCL SCALe lt NRf gt lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt ACCL SCALe lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 1000000 to 1000000 CHANNEL11 ACCL SCALE 100 100 CHANNEL11 ACCL SCALE gt CHANNEL11 ACCL SCALE 100 00 100 00 An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed spuewwog CHANnel lt x gt ACCL SENSitivity Function Syntax Example Description Sets the sensitivity on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt ACCL SENSitivity lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt ACCL SENSitivity lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 0 1 to 2000 CHANNEL11 ACCL SENSITIVITY 10 CHANNEL11 ACCL SENSITIVITY gt CHANNEL11 ACCL SENSITIVITY 10 00 An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed IM 701240 17E 6 29 6 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt ACCL UNIT Function Sets the unit of upper and lower limits on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt ACCL UNIT lt String gt CHANnel lt x gt ACCL UNIT lt x gt 1 to 16 lt String gt Up to
150. 0 17E 6 37 6 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale AVALue lt NRf gt Function Sets scaling coefficient A on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale AVALue lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale AVALue lt x gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE AVALUE 10 CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE AVALUE gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE AVALUE 10 0000E 00 Description error occurs if the strain module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale BVALue lt NRf gt Function Sets offset value B on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale BVALue lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale BVALue lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE BVALUE 5 7 STRAIN LSCALE BVALUE gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE BVALUE 5 00000E 00 Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype Function Queries all settings related to the display type when using linear scaling Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype lt x gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONE
151. 00 DIRECTION NORMAL SAVE ANAMING NUMBERING NAME RECORDER XY SRATE 1 0E 06 AUTO 1 SCALE 1 POINTER 0 XY DISPLAY 1 XTRACE 1 YTRACE 2 REC XY XY2 DISPLAY 0 XTRACE 1 YTRRACE 15 REC XY XY3 DISPLAY 0 XTRACE 15 YTRACE 1 REC XY XY4 DISPLAY 0 XTRACDY85 YTRACE 15 RECORDER REPRINT PTO PRINTER RANG 5 0000000 5 0000000 PRNMAG 500 0E 06 WINMAG 500 0E 06 WINPOS 5 01 RECORDER ACQUIRE MODE ENVELOPE RECorder ACQuire Function Queries all settings related to the waveform acquisition for Chart Recorder mode Syntax RECorder ACQuire Example RECORDER ACQUIRE gt RECORDER ACOUIRE MODE ENVELOPE RECorder ACQuire MODE Function Sets the waveform acquisition mode for Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder ACQuire MODE ENVelope NORMal RECorder ACQuire MODE Example RECORDER ACQUIRE MODE ENVELOPE RECORDER ACQUIRE MODE gt RECORDER ACQUIRE MODE ENVELOPE RECorder MODE Function Sets the recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder MODE CHARtrec XYRec OFF RECorder MODE Example RECORDER MODE CHARTREC RECORDER MODE RECORDER MODE CHARTREC RECorder CHARt Function Queries all settings related to Chart Recorder mode Syntax RECORDER CHART Example RECORDER CHART gt RECORDER CHART PSTYLE WAVE CSPEED PS10 SHOT OFF PRINTEROUT 1 OUTDEVICE CHART INTERVAL 1 000E 00 DIRECTION NORMAL SAVE ANAMING DATE NAME CHAR
152. 09 TIME2 200 000E 09 TRIGGER TIMER DATE 2002 01 01 TIME 00 00 00 INTERVAL HOUR1 TRIGGER WINDOW CHANNEL1 IN CHANNEL2 OFF CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF CHANNEL5 OFF CHANNEL6 OFF PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 0 0E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL2 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL3 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL4 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL5 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL6 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000 00 TRIGGER SOURCE LOGIC Al RISE A2 DONTCARE A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE A5 DONTCARE 6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE A8 DONTCARE B1 DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE B6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 DONTCARE CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CHANNEL5 DONTCARE CHANNEL6 DONTCARE PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE LOGIC Al DONTCARE A2 HIGH A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE A5 DONTCARE A6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE 8 1 DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE 6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CONDITION ENTER
153. 1 VOLTAGE LSCALE AVALUE gt CHANNEL 1 VOLTAGE LSCALE AVALUE 10 0000E 00 Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed Syntax Example CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale BVALue Function Sets offset B of linear scaling on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel x VOLTage LSCale BVALue NRf lt gt VOLTage LSCale BVALue lt x gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE BVALUE 10 CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE BVALUE gt CHANNEL 1 VOLTAGE LSCALE BVALUE 10 0000E 00 Description error occurs if the voltage module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype Function Queries all settings related to the display type when using linear scaling Syntax CHANNEL lt x gt VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL 1 VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO IM 701240 17E 6 41 spuewwog 6 5 CHANnel Group 1 lt gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype MODE Function Sets the display mode when using linear scaling or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype MODE EXPonent FLOating CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlayty
154. 100 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure SLOPe Sets the slope of the source waveform of the delay between channels 6 100 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence Queries all settings of the reference waveform of the delay between channels 6 101 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt lt gt DELay REFerence COUNt Sets the number of edge detection count of the reference waveform of the delay between channels 6 101 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay SLOPe Sets the edge detection slope of the reference waveform of the delay between channels 6 101 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay SOURce Sets the reference of the delay between channels to the trigger point or the waveform or queries the current setting 6 101 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence TRACe Sets the trace of the reference waveform of the delay between channels 6 101 9 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay STATe 3 Sets the display format of the delay parameter or queries the current setting 6 101 i MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay VALue Queries the value of the delay parameter of the waveform that is measured automatically 6 101 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal Queries all s
155. 1400 is a 24 pin connector that conforms to IEEE Standard 488 1978 Use a GP IB cable that also conforms to IEEE Standard 488 1978 Connection Method Connect the GP IB cable as shown below Connection Precautions Be sure to tighten the screws on the GP IB cable connector firmly The instrument can be connected to more than one item of equipment e g a personal computer if more than one GP IB cable is used However it is not possible to connect more than 15 items of equipment including the controller to a single bus If you connect the instrument to more than one item of equipment make sure that a different address is used for each item Each connecting cable must be 2 m or less in length The total length of all the cables must not exceed 20 m While communications are in progress more than two thirds of the connected equipment items must be turned ON When connecting more than one item of equipment connect them so that the connection route forms a star or linear configuration Loop or parallel wiring is not allowed NN CAUTION Be sure to switch off power to both your PC and the oscilloscope before connecting or disconnecting cables Failure to switch power off may cause internal circuit failure or improper operation IM 701240 17E 1 3 GP IB Interface Functions 1 3 G
156. 16 lt Frequency gt 2 8 30 Hz CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE BWIDTH 2 0HZ CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE BWIDTH gt CHANNEL 1 TEMPERATURE BWIDTH 2 0E 00 Description error occurs if the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation or Universal Module is not installed Example 1 lt gt TEMPerature COUPling Function Sets the input coupling on the channel with the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel x TEMPerature COUPling TC DC GND CHANnel x TEMPerature COUPling lt x gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL1 TEMPerature COUPLING DC CHANNEL1 TEMPerature COUPlING gt CHANNEL1 TEMPerature COUPLING DC Description error occurs if the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation or Universal Module is not installed Example 1 lt gt TEMPerature Function Sets the RJC on the channel with the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt TEMPerature RJC lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature RJC lt x gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE RJC ON CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE RJC gt CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE RJC 1 Description An error occurs if the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation or Universal Module is not installed Example 1 lt gt TEMPerature SCALe Function Sets th
157. 22 33 53 11 73 27 113 11 133 27 153 11 173 27 1 27 2 43 3B 59 4B 75 5 91 6 107 7B 123 34 54 1274 28 114 12 134 28 154 12 174 28 5 L 1c 28 2 44 60 4C 76 5 92 6 108 7 124 35 55 13 75 29 115 13 135 29 155 13 175 29 GS E M m 1D 2920 4530 6140 7750 9360 109 7D 125 36 56 14 76 30 116 14 136 30 156 14 176 30 RS gt n 1E 30 2E 46 62 4E 78 5E 94 6E 110 7E 126 37 57 15 77 UNL 117 15 137 157 15 177 2 DEL US __ RUBOUT 1F 31 2F 47 63 4F 79 5F 95 6F 111 7F 127 Universal Listener Talker Secondary Command Address Address Command GP IB code ASCII character code hexadecimal decimal IM 701240 17E App 1 xipueddy H Appendix 2 Error Messages Appendix 2 Error Messages Error messages related to communications are given below The instrument allows error messages to be displayed in either Japanese or English however they are shown only in English when they are displayed on a personal computer When servicing is required contact your nearest YOKOGAWA representative Only error messages relating to communications are given For other error messages refer to the User s Manual IM 701240 01 Errors in Communication Syntax 100 to 199 Code Message Action Reference Page 102 Syntax error Incorrect syntax Chapter 5
158. 51 1400 ScopeCorder LITE Communication Interface USER S MANUAL YOKOGAWA Yokogawa Electric Corporation IM 701240 17E 1st Edition Thank you for purchasing YOKOGAWA s 5111400 ScopeCorder LITE This Communication Interface User s Manual describes the functions and commands of the GP IB serial RS 232 option USB and Network Ethernet option interfaces To ensure proper use of the GP IB serial RS 232 USB interfaces please read this manual thoroughly Keep the manual in a safe place for quick reference whenever a question arises Three manuals are provided with the SL1400 including this Communication Interface User s Manual Manual Name Manual No Description SL1400 IM 701240 01E Describes all functions except for the User s Manual communications functions and operation procedures of the instrument SL1400 IM 701240 17E Describes the communications functions Communication User s Manual of the GP IB serial RS 232 option USB Network interface Notes The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice as a result of improvements in instrument s performance and functions Every effort has been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure the accuracy of its contents However should you have any questions or find any errors please contact your nearest YOKOGAWA representative Copying or reproduction of all or any part of the contents of this manual without YO
159. 6 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 6 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL6 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL6 METHOD AUTO 7 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 IM 701240 17E 6 95 spuewwog 6 18 MEASure Group AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE 7 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 DUTYCYCLE STATE MEASURE CHANNEL7 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 HIGH STATE MEASURE CHANNEL7 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL7 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL7 DELAY REFERENCE SOUR
160. 6 54 CURSor XY HORizontal Y x Queries the Y axis value of the H cursor of the X Y display 6 54 CURSor Queries all settings related to the marker cursor of the X Y display 6 54 CURSor XY MARKer POSition Sets the X axis value at the marker cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting 6 54 CURSor XY MARKer STRACe Sets the target waveform of the marker cursor of the X Y display when in Single mode or queries the current setting 6 54 CURSor XY MARKer T Queries the time value of the marker cursor of the X Y display 6 54 CURSor XY MARKer TRACe Sets the target waveform of the marker cursor of the X Y display or queries the current setting 6 54 CURSor XY MARKer X Queries the X axis value at the marker cursor position of the X Y display 6 54 CURSor XY MARKer Queries the Y axis value at the marker cursor position of the X Y display 6 54 CURSor XY TYPE Sets the cursor type of the X Y display or queries the current setting 6 55 CURSor XY VERTical Queries all settings related to the V cursor of the X Y display 6 55 CURSor XY VERTical DX Queries the X axis value between V cursors of the X Y display 6 55 CURSor XY VERTical POSition lt x gt Sets the V cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting 6 55 XY VERTical STRACe Queries the target waveform of the V cursor of the X Y display when in Single mode 6 55 XY VERTical TRACe Set
161. AMing Example RECORDER CHART SAVE ANAMING NUMBERING RECORDER CHART SAVE ANAMING gt RECORDER CHART SAVE ANAMING NUMBERING RECorder CHARt SAVE CDIRectory Function Changes the save destination directory Syntax RECorder CHARt SAVE CDIRectory String String Up to 16 characters Example RECORDER CHART SAVE CDIRECTORY CHART RECorder SAVE DRIVe Function Sets the save destination storage medium Syntax RECorder CHARt SAVE DRIVe SCSI NRf NRf PCCard lt gt NETWork USB lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt of PCCard Partitions 0 to 3 The first lt NRf gt of USB USB address The second lt NRf gt of USB Partition 0 to 3 or LUN logical unit number 0 to 3 The third lt NRf gt of USB Partition 0 to 3 when LUN is specified in the second lt NRf gt RECORDER CHART SAVE DRIVE SCSI 4 1 If the drive does not contain partitions omit the lt NRf gt corresponding to partitions NETWork be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed The second or third lt NRf gt when USB is selected can be omitted if the drive is not partitioned or divided by LUN Example Description RECorder CHARt SAVE NAME Function Syntax Example Sets the name of the file to be saved or queries the current setting RECorder CHARt SAVE NAME lt Filename gt RECorder CHARt SAVE NAM
162. ANNEL1 gt ZOOM ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 1 Description error occurs if a module is not installed the channel slot ZOOM ASCRo11 Function Queries all settings related to the auto scroll function Syntax ZOOM ASCRO11 Example ZOOM ASCROLL gt ZOOM ASCROLL DIRECTION RIGHT SPEED 4 ZOOM ASCRoll DIRection Function Sets the scroll direction of the auto scroll function or queries the current setting Syntax 200M ASCRoll DIRection LEFT RIGHT ZOOM ASCRo11 DIRection Example ZOOM ASCROLL DIRECTION LEFT ZOOM ASCROLL DIRECTION gt ZOOM ASCROLL DIRECTION LEFT ZOOM ASCRo11 SPEed Function Sets the scroll speed of the auto scroll function or queries the current setting Syntax 200M ASCROll SPEed lt NRf gt ZOOM ASCRO11 SPEed NRf 1 to 10 Example ZOOM ASCROLL SPEED 1 ZOOM ASCROLL SPEED gt ZOOM ASCROLL SPEED 1 ZOOM FITMeasure Function Moves the range of the automated measurement of waveform parameters to the ends of the zoom box Syntax ZOOM FITMeasure 171 72 Example ZOOM FITMEASURE 21 ZOOM FORMat Function Sets the zoom waveform display format or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM FORMat MAIN SING1e DUAL TRIad QUAD OCTa1 DHEXa ZOOM FORMat Example ZOOM FORMAT SINGLE ZOOM FORMAT gt 700 FORMAT SINGLE Descriptioon SINGle DUAL TRlad QUAD OCTal and corresond to 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 ZO
163. ANNEL12 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 HIGH STATE 0 CHANNEL12 LOW STATE 0 CHANNEL12 MAXIMUM STATE 0 CHANNEL12 MIDDLE STATE 0 CHANNEL12 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 CHANNEL12 PTOPEAK STATE 0 12 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 RMS STATE 0 12 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 TY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 XY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL12 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL12 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 12 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL12 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 15 000E 00 0 0E 00 15 000 00 MEASURE CHANNEL12 METHOD AUTO MEASURE MATH1 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 1 AVERAGE STATE 0 1 AVGFREQ STATE 0 1
164. ANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X0 00000E 00 P1Y 0 00000E 00 P2X 1 00000E 00 2 1 00000E 00 UNIT An error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ LSCale AVALue Function Syntax Example Description Sets the linear scaling coefficient A on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting CHANne1l lt x gt FREQ LSCale AVALue lt NRf gt 1 lt gt FREQ LSCale AVALue lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE AVALUE 10 CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE AVALUE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE AVALUE 10 0000E 00 An error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ LSCale BVALue Function Syntax Example Description Sets the linear scaling coefficient B on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale BVALue lt NRf gt 1 lt gt 15 1 BVALue lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE BVALUE 10 CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE BVALUE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE BVALUE 10 0000E 00 An error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ LSCale GETMeasure Function Executes th
165. ANNEL16 DONTCARE PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE LOGIC Al DONTCARE A2 HIGH A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE A5 DONTCARE A6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE A8 DONTCARE B1 DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE 6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE TRIGGER ATRIGGER CONDITION ENTER TRIGger ATRigger 1 lt gt Function Sets the channel condition of condition A or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger CHANnel lt x gt DONTcare HIGH LOW TRIGger ATRigger CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 Example The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH TRIGger ATRigger CONDition Function Sets the condition to be satisfied for condition A or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger CONDition ENTer EXIT TRIGger ATRigger CONDition TRIGGER ATRIGGER CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER ATRIGGER CONDITION gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CONDITION ENTER Description This command is valid when the trigger type is set to ABN or ADB Example TRIGger ATRigger LOGic Function Queries all settings related the logic of condition A Syntax TRIGger ATRigger LOGic Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER LOGIC gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LOGIC Al DONTCARE A2 HIGH A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE 5 DONTCARE A6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE A8 DONTCARE B1 DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE B3 D
166. ANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut BWIDth Sets the bandwidth limit when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 30 IM 701240 17E 6 1 spuewwog 6 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page 1 lt gt FREQ INPut CELimination Sets the chatter elimination when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 31 1 lt gt FREQ INPut COUPling Sets the input coupling when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 31 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 31 1 lt gt FREQ INPut PRESet Sets the preset when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 31 1 lt gt FREQ INPut PROBe Sets the probe attenuation when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 31 1 lt gt FREQ INPut PULLup Turns ON OFF the pull up when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 31 1 lt gt FREQ INPut SLOPe Sets the slope when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 31 1 lt gt FREQ INPut THReshold Sets the threshold level when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 31 1 lt gt FREQ INPut VRANGe Sets t
167. B Interface 3 1 Names of the Parts and their Function Front Panel CLEAR TRACE Key Press to switch from remote mode to local mode which allows key operation However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller refer to ppage 3 2 YOKOGAWA 511400 scopecorder ure MENU Key Page 3 4 Press to enter the communication settings such as the ID value Side Panel 9963331 xi asvaoo oa 1 001 25254 Tas USB connector for connecting to aPC This connector is for connecting the controller such as a PC with the USB cable For information on how E to connect the USB cable refer to 3 3 ZH09 08 VAOOE 79V IM 701240 17E 3 1 gsn n 3 2 USB Interface Functions and Specifications 3 2 USB Interface Functions and Specifications Receiving Function Sending Function You can specify the same settings as those specified by front panel key operations Receives output requests for measured and computed data setup data and error codes Outputs measured and computed data Outputs setting parameters of the panel and the status byte Outputs error codes that are g
168. BINARY HISTORY ALL FILE SAVE BINARY HISTORY gt FILE SAVE BINARY HISTORY ALL FILE SAVE FLOat RANGe Function Syntax Example Sets the range of data to be saved or queries the current setting FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat RANGe MAIN Z1 Z2 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat RANGe FILE SAVE BINARY RANGE 21 FILE SAVE BINARY RANGE gt FILE SAVE BINARY RANGE 21 IM 701240 17E 6 65 6 10 FILE Group FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe Function Sets the waveform to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe ALL NR MATH x PODA PODB FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 Example FILE SAVE ASCII TRACE 1 FILE SAVE ASCII TRACE gt FILE SAVE ASCII TRACE 1 FILE SAVE ASCii INTerval Function Sets the decimation interval for saving data or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ASCii INTerval lt gt OFF FILE SAVEASCII INTerval lt NRf gt 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 2000 or 5000 Example FILE SAVE ASCII INTERVAL 2000 FILE SAVE ASCII INTERVAL gt FILE SAVE ASCII INTERVAL 2000 FILE SAVE BINary COMPression Function Sets the data compression of the waveform to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE BINary COMPression lt Boolean gt
169. CE COUNT 2 Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence SLOPe Function Sets the edge detection slope of the reference waveform of the delay between channels Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence SLOPe RISE FALL MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence SLOPe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE RISE MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SLOPE RISE Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence SOURce Function Sets the reference of the delay between channels of the trace waveform to be the trigger point or the waveform or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence SOURce TRACe TRIGger MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence 500 lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence TRACe Function Sets the trace of the reference waveform o
170. CE TRACE TRACE 7 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL7 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 20000 0 20000 MEASURE CHANNEL7 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL8 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 AVGPERIOD STATE S MEASURE CHANNEL8 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 FREQUENCY STATE S MEASURE CHANNEL8 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 MAXIMUM STATE S MEASURE CHANNEL8 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS8 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 RISE STATE 0 8 RMS STATE 0 8 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 TY1LINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 XY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL8 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL8 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 8 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL8 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 20000 0 20000
171. CLEAR TRACE in remote mode puts the instrument in local mode However this is not possible of Local Lockout when the COMMunicate LOCKout ON command is received has been set by the controller Local mode is activated when the COMMunicate REMote OFF command regardless of Local Lockout The REMOTE indicator on the upper right of the screen is turned off All front panel keys are operative Settings entered in remote mode are retained Note The serial interface cannot be used simultaneously with other communications interface GP IB USB or network 2 2 IM 701240 17E 2 3 Connection via the Serial RS 232 Interface 2 3 Connection via the Serial RS 232 Interface When connecting this instrument to a computer make sure that the handshaking method data transmission rate and data format selected for the instrument match those selected for the computer For details refer to the following pages Also make sure that the correct interface cable is used Connector and Signal Names 1 o5 7 oH 2 oH 3 8 1954 4 9 1 On 5 o 2 RD Received Data Data received from personal computer Signal direction Input 3 SD Send Data Data transmitted to a personal computer Signal direction Output 5 SG Signal Ground Ground for signals 7 RS Request to Send Signal used for handshaking when receiving data from a personal computer Signal direction Output 8 CS Clear to
172. COMMent lt gt String 3 OMPression lt Space gt li J nz EXECute FORMat Space BMP PSCRipt 4 SAE bare NUMBering 2 CDIRectory Space Filename 4 pave cs lt 7 NETWork CEO LO lt Space gt P Filename T PATH TONE lt Space gt COLor T GRAY 6 82 IM 701240 17E 6 13 IMAGe Group IMAGe Function Queries all settings related to the saving of screen image data Syntax IMAGe Example IMAGE gt IMAGE FORMAT BMP TONE COLOR COMMENT SAVE ANAMING DATE NAME ABC IMAGE COMPRESSION 1 IMAGe ABORt Function Aborts saving the screen image data to the storage medium Syntax IMAGe ABORt Example IMAGE ABORT IMAGe COMMent Function Sets the comment at the lower right corner of the screen or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe COMMent String IMAGe COMMent Example IMAGE COMMENT THIS IS TEST IMAGE COMMENT gt IMAGE COMMENT THIS IS TEST IMAGe COMPression Function Enables or disables the data compression of screen data in BMP format or queries the current setting Syntax 1 Boolean COMPression IMAGE COMPRESSION IMAGE COMPRESSION gt COMPRESSION 1 Description This setting is valid when saving to the storage Example medium IMAGe EXECute
173. CY gt TRIGGER WWINDOW FREQUENCY 100 Example TRIGger WWINdow REFCycle Function Sets the reference cycle of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WWINdow REFCycle lt NRf gt TRIGger WWINdow REFCycle lt NRf gt 1 2 4 Example TRIGGER WWINDOW REFCYCLE 2 TRIGGER WWINDOW REFCYCLE gt TRIGGER WWINDOW REFCYCLE 2 TRIGger WWINdow SYNC Function Queries all settings related to the synchronization of the wave window trigger Syntax TRIGger WWINdow SYNC Example TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC gt TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC TRACE AUTO HYSTERESIS HIGH 6 138 IM 701240 17E 6 29 Group TRIGger WWINdow SYNC HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the synchronization channel of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WWINdow SYNC HYSTeresis HIGH LOW MIDD1le TRIGger WWINdow SYNC HYSTeresis Example TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC HYSTERESIS gt TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGger WWINdow SYNC LEVel Function Sets the level of the synchronization channel of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WWINdow SYNC LEVel lt Voltage gt lt NR gt lt Current gt TRIGger WWINdow SYNC LEVel lt Voltage gt lt NRf gt lt Current gt See the User s Manual Example TRIGGER W
174. D End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Command3_Click Dim sts As Integer If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear Dummy DoEvents sts GpibGetMeasure If sts 0 Then Listl AddItem Query 0 Listl AddItem Query 1 Listl AddItem Query 2 ElseIf sts 2 Then Listl AddItem Waiting for Trigger End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Command4 Click Dim sts As Integer If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub Error Run Samplel GPIB Set Get TDIV Run Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data Run Sample3 GPIB Get Measure 8 4 IM 701240 17E 8 3 Initialize Error Execute End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear sts RS232Rectime Run Sample4 RS232 Set Get TDIV If sts 0 Then Listl AddItem Query 0 End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Command5 Click Dim sts As Integer If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear sts RS232GetWord Run Sample5 RS232 Get Word Data If sts 0 Then Listl AddItem END End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Form Load StartFlag 0 Clear Start Flag Dev 1 Clear device id addr 1 GPIB Address 1 Timerl Interval 0 Command1 Caption Samplel GPIB Chr 13 Set Get RECTIME Command2 Caption Sample2 GPIB Chr 13 Get Word Data Command3
175. DA DISABLE PODB DISABLE TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 0 0E 00 TRIGGER WWINDOW CHANNEL1 0 CHANNEL2 0 CHANNEL3 0 CHANNEL4 0 CHANNEL5 0 CHANNEL6 0 CHANNEL7 0 CHANNEL8 0 CHANNEL9 0 CHANNEL10 0 CHANNEL11 0 CHANNEL12 0 FREQUENCY 50 REFCYCLE 1 SYNC TRACE AUTO HYSTERESIS LOW TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL2 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL3 LEVEL 0 WWIDTH 1 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 WIDTH 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL4 LEVEL 0 WWIDTH 1 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 WIDTH 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL5 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 50 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 5 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL6 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 50 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 5 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL7 LEVEL 0 WWIDTH 1 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 WIDTH 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL8 LEVEL 0 WWIDTH 1 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 WIDTH 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL9 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL10 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL11 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL12 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CE
176. DE Function Turns ON OFF the date time display or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLOCk MODE Boolean SYSTem CLOCk MODE SYSTEM CLOCK MODE ON SYSTEM CLOCK MODE gt SYSTEM CLOCK MODE 1 Example SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime Function Sets the time difference from GMT when using SNTP or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLOCk SNTP GMTTime String SYSTem C CLOCk SNTP GMTTime String HH MM 12 00 to 12 00 SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME 09 00 SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME gt SYSTEM CLOCK SNTP GMTTIME 09 00 Example SYSTem CLOCk TIME Function Sets the time or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLOCk TIME String SYSTem CLOCk TIME String HH MM SS see the User s Manual SYSTEM CLOCK TIME 14 30 00 SYSTEM CLOCK TIME gt SYSTEM CLOCK TIME 14 30 00 Example SYSTem CLOCk TYPE Function Sets whether to set the date time manually or by using SNTP or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem CLOCk TYPE MANual SNTP SYSTem CLOCk TYPE Example SYSTEM CLOCK TYPE MANUAL SYSTEM CLOCK TYPE gt SYSTEM CLOCK TYPE MANUAL SYSTem HDMotor Function Turns ON OFF the motor of the internal hard disk or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem HDMotor Boolean SYSTem HDMotor Example SYSTEM HDMOTOR ON SYSTEM HDMOTOR SYSTEM HDMOTOR 1 Description error occurs if the internal hard disk optional i
177. DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNELS DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 5 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL5 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000 00 MEASURE CHANNEL5 METHOD AUTO CHANNEL6 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 6 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 MIDDLE STATE 0 CHANNEL6 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE 6 SDEVIATION STATE0 MEASURE 6 TYLINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL6 XYLINTEG STATE 0 CHANNEL6 XY2INTEG STATE 0 CHANNEL6 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL
178. Description For the description of how to synchronize the program using COMMunicate WAIT see page 5 8 COMMunicate WAIT Function Creates the response that is returned when the specified event occurs Syntax COMMunicate WAIT lt Register gt lt Register gt 0 to 65535 extended event register see page 7 4 Example COMMUNICATE WAIT 65535 gt 1 Description Operation pending status register overlap enable register HHH Hee HA 0 0 0 JSCH 0 HST 0 0 0 0 When bit 5 PRN 1 Built in printer operation not complete When bit 6 ACS 1 Access to the medium not complete When bit 8 HST 1 History search execution not complete When bit 11 SCH 1 Edge Pattern search execution not complete 6 46 IM 701240 17E 6 8 CURSor Group The commands in this group deal with cursor measurements You can make the same settings and inquiries of settings and measured values as when you press the CURSOR key on the front panel When the time axis is set to a range indicated below the selectable range varies depending on the record length setting For details see section 11 5 Measuring Waveforms Using Cursors in the SL1400 User s Manual lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div LACT O HORizontal O POSition ar lt Space gt NRI RVALue LE e ane
179. Dow PODB Function Sets the logic condition of the window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WINDow PODA PODB DISable ENABle TRIGger WINDow PODA PODB Example TRIGGER WINDOW PODA ENABLE TRIGGER WINDOW gt TRIGGER WINDOW ENABLE TRIGger WWINdow Function Queries all settings related to the wave window trigger Syntax TRIGger WWINdow Example TRIGGER WWINDOW gt TRIGGER WWINDOW CHANNEL1 0 CHANNEL2 0 CHANNEL3 0 CHANNEL4 0 CHANNEL7 0 CHANNEL8 0 CHANNEL9 0 CHANNEL10 0 CHANNEL11 0 CHANNEL12 0 CHANNEL13 0 CHANNEL14 0 CHANNEL15 0 CHANNEL16 0 FREQUENCY 50 REFCYCLE 1 SYNC TRACE AUTO HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGger WWINdow CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the channel condition of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WWINdow 1 lt gt lt Boolean gt WWINdow CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 16 The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER WWINDOW CHANNEL1 ON TRIGGER WWINDOW CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER WWINDOW CHANNEL1 1 Example TRIGger WWINdow FREQuency Function Sets the cycle frequency of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax WWINdow FREQuency lt Frequency gt TRIGger WWINdow FREQuency lt Frequency gt 40 to 1000 Hz TRIGGER WWINDOW FREQUENCY 100HZ TRIGGER WWINDOW FREQUEN
180. E RECORDER CHART SAVE NAME CHART 1 RECORDER CHART SAVE NAME gt RECORDER CHART SAVE NAME CHART 1 RECorder CHARt SAVE PATH Function Queries the current directory Syntax RECorder CHARt SAVE PATH Example RECORDER CHART SAVE PATH REC CHAR SAVE PATH Path PC Card CHART RECorder Function Queries all settings related to the X Y recorder mode Syntax RECORDER XY Example RECORDER XY RECORDER XY SRATE 1 0E 06 AUTO 1 SCALE 1 POINTER OXY DISPLAY 1 XTRACE 1 2 RECORDER XY XY2 DISPLAT 0 XTRACE 1 YTRACE 15 RECORDER XY XY3 DISPLAY 0 o XTRACE 15 YTRACE 1 RECORDER 3 XY XY4 DISPLAT 0 XTRACE 15 i YTRACE 15 RECorder XY AUTO Function Turns ON OFF auto print for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder XY AUTO Boolean RECorder XY AUTO Example RECORDER XY AUTO ON RECORDER XY AUTO gt RECORDER XY AUTO 1 RECorder XY PFONt Function Syntax Example Sets the size of the printed characters for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting RECorder XY PFONt SMAL1 LARGe RECorder XY PFONt RECORDER XY PFONT LARGE RECORDER XY PFONT gt RECORDER XY PFONT LARGE RECorder XY POINter Function Syntax Example Turns ON OFF the pointer indicating the most recent point for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting RECorder XY POINter Boolean RECorder XY POINter RECORDER XY PO
181. EASure SLOPe 6 100 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure 6 100 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence iiss 6 101 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence SLOPE 5 o noni ae 6 101 CHANnel x MATH x DELay REFerence SOURG nerf acie tienne sete ide 6 101 CHANnel x MATH x DELay REFerence TRACE 2 6 101 CHANnel x MATH x DELay REFerence 6 101 CHANnel x MATH x DELay STATe 6 101 CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt DELay 6 100 CHANnel x MATH x DPRoximal MODE 6 102 CHANnel x MATH x DPRoximal PERCent 6 102 CHANnel x MATH x DPRoximal UNIT 6 102 CHANnel x MATH x DPRoximal 6 102 CHANnel x MATH x METHod 6 102 lt gt lt gt esee 6 99 CDEStination CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt 6 104 CDEStination ALL 6 104 CYCLe ABORIE 6 104 OY CEe EXEGCUIto eps 6 104 CYCLe TRACe OWN lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt 6 104 CYCLE alia en nte pcd eee 6 104 MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt gt 6 103 MBASUI 6 tener drca Rs din d 6 94 MODE 6 104 ONECycle 6 104 TRANGe 6 104 WAIT citi 6 104 MONitor Group ASENd CHANnel x
182. EESR Extended Event Status Register Function Queries the content of the extended event register and clears the register Syntax STATus EESR Example STATUS EESR gt 0 STATus ERRor Function Queries the error code and message information top of the error queue Syntax STATus ERRor Example STATUS ERROR 901 Backup failure Description When there is no error 0 No error is returned The message cannot be returned in Japanese e You can specify whether or not to add the message using the STATus OMESsage command STATus FILTer lt x gt Function Sets the transition filter or queries the current setting Syntax STATus FILTer lt x gt RISE FALL BOTH NEVer STATus FILTer lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 16 Example STATUS FILTER2 RISE STATUS FILTER2 gt STATUS FILTER2 RISE Description Specify how each bit of the condition register is to change to set the event If RISE is specified the event is set when the bit changes from 0 to 1 6 26 STOP Group STATus QENable Function Sets whether or not to store messages other than errors to the error queue ON OFF or queries the current setting Syntax STATus QENable lt Boolean gt STATus QENable Example STATUS QENABLE ON STATUS QENABLE STATUS QENABLE 1 STATus OMESsage Function Sets whether or not to attach message information to the response to the STATus ERRor query ON OFF or queries th
183. EL1 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 TYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 XY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000E 00 MEASURE 1 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL2 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE 2 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL2
184. ENCY STATE term Measure Frequency On sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE TRANGE 5 5 term Measure Time Range 5 5 sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg SSTART 500 term Start Single Trigger sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg Wait until stop Acquisition If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts ilrd Dev Len qry If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If stp Val qry If stp 1 Then GpibGetMeasure 2 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE MODE ON term Start Measure sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE WAIT 100 term Wait until stop Measure sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts ilrd Dev Len qry If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 PTOPEAK VALUE term Get value sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit F
185. ENT 1 Example 6 60 IM 701240 17E 6 10 FILE Group 6 10 FILE Group The commands in this group deal with the floppy disk the internal hard disk and the external SCSI device You can make the same settings execute the same operations and make the same inquiries as when the FILE key on the front panel is used BACKup BINary POSTscript SETup JPEG EXECute lt Filename gt lt Space gt EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt lt Space gt lt Filename gt FLOat EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt REALtime EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt O EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt O EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt EXECute lt Space gt lt Filename gt lt Space gt lt String gt EXECute CDIRectory lt Space gt lt String gt FREE Space MDIRectory lt Space gt lt String gt WW lt 2 701240 17 6 61
186. ET gt WAVEFORM OFFSET 0 0000000E 00 Description This value is used when converting the lt Block data that is output using WAVeform SEND to physical values Syntax Example WAVeform RANGe Function Queries the range value when converting the waveform data specified by WAVeform TRACe to physical values WAVeform RANGe WAVEFORM RANGE gt WAVEFORM RANGE 50 000000E 00 Description This value is used when converting the lt Block data that is output using WAVeform SEND to physical values Syntax Example IM 701240 17E 6 141 spuewwog 6 30 WAVeform Group WAVeform RECord Function Sets the target record number of the main waveform for the commands in the WAVeform group or queries the current setting Syntax WAVeform RECord MINimum lt gt WAVeform RECord lt NRf gt 0 to 1999 Example WAVEFORM RECORD 0 WAVEFORM RECORD gt WAVEFORM RECORD 0 Description Specifying sets the record to the minimum record number The selectable record number varies depending on the memory extension and acquisition setting For details see the User s Manual WAVeform RECord MINimum Function Queries the minimum record number of the history of the target channel main waveform Syntax WAVeform RECord MINimum Example WAVEFORM RECORD MINIMUM gt WAVEFORM RECORD 10 WAVeform SEND Function Queries the waveform data main waveform specifi
187. Example CURSOR TY DEGREE DX gt CURSOR TY DEGREE DX 180 00000E 00 CURSor TY DEGRee DY Function Queries the AV value between angle cursors of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee DY Example CURSOR TY DEGREE DY gt CURSOR TY DEGREE DY 6 2500000 03 TY DEGRee JUMP Function Jumps the angle cursor on the T Y display onto the specified zoom waveform Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee JUMP ci 21 1 z2 c2 71 2 22 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE JUMP 21 Description Jumps to the center position of the zoom waveform C1 and C2 indicate Cursor1 and Cursor2 respectively TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt Function Sets the angle cursor position of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions 10 divisions record length steps CURSOR TY DEGREE POSITION1 2 CURSOR TY DEGREE POSITION1 gt CURSOR TY DEGREE POSITION1 2 0000000 Example CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt Function Sets the position of the start point Reference 1 or the end point Reference 2 of the angle reference of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt lt gt TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt lt gt 1 2
188. F AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 1 0 00000E 00 P1Y 0 00000E 00 P2X 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL7 STRAIN INVERT 1 Description error occurs if the strain module is not installed 6 36 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt STRain BALance Function Queries the balance setting on the channel with the strain module installed Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain BALance lt gt 1 to 16 Example 7 STRAIN BALANCE gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN BALANCE CHANNEL1 0 CHANNEL2 0 CHANNEL3 0 CHANNEL4 0 CHANNEL5 0 CHANNEL6 0 CHANNEL7 1 CHANNEL8 1 CHANNEL9 0 CHANNEL10 0 CHANNEL11 0 CHANNEL12 0 CHANNEL13 0 CHANNEL14 0 CHANNEL15 0 CHANNEL16 0 Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt STRain BALance CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the channel on which to execute the balance on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain BALance CHANnel lt x gt lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt STRain BALance 1 lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN BALANCE CHANNEL7 ON CHANNEL7 STRAIN BALANCE CHANNEL7 gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN BALANCE CHANNEL7 1 Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt STRain BALance EXECute Fun
189. FFSet For logic waveforms the following format is used BYTE 8 bit bit pattern LSB bit1 MSB bit 8 WORD 16 bit bit pattern upper 8 bits are PODB lower 8 bits are the same as the PODA bit pattern For acceleration measurements the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet When measuring frequency on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion to frequency Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet When measuring RPMs on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet When measuring RPSs on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value 4 Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet When measuring the period on the frequency module the following equation is used
190. Function End If msg CHANNEL PROBE 10 term 1 Probe 10 1 sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg CHANNEL VDIV 500mv term CH1 V div 500 mv sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL term Acquisition mode NORMAL length 1000 sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg TIMEBASE RECTIME 100ms term Rectime 100 ms sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg TRIGGER SIMPLE LEVEL 500mv term Trigger level 500 sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 PTOPEAK STATE ON term Measure P P On sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If 8 14 IM 701240 17E 8 6 Sets Queries Measure Value msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE ON term Measure Average On sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 FREQU
191. Function The screen image data is saved to the storage medium Syntax IMAGe EXECute Example IMAGE EXECUTE IMAGe FORMat Function Sets the save format of the screen image data or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe FORMat PSCRipt PNG JPEG IMAGe FORMat Example IMAGE FORMAT PNG IMAGE FORMAT gt IMAGE FORMAT PNG SAVE Function Queries all settings related to the saving of the screen image data to the storage medium Syntax IMAGe SAVE Example IMAGE SAVE gt IMAGE SAVE ANAMING DATE NAME ABC SAVE ANAMing Function Sets the auto naming function of the saved files or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe ANAMing DATE NUMBering OFF SAVE ANAMing Example IMAGE ANAMING DATE IMAGE SAVE ANAMING gt IMAGE SAVE ANAMING DATE SAVE CDIRectory Function Changes the save destination directory Syntax SAVE CDIRectory String lt String gt Up to 16 characters Example IMAGE SAVE CDIRECTORY NO 1 IMAGe SAVE DRIVe Function Sets the save destination storage medium Syntax IMAGe SAVE DRIVe SCSI lt NRf gt NR PCCard lt gt NETWork USB lt NRf gt lt NR gt lt NR gt IMAGe SAVE DRIVe The first lt NRf gt of SCSI SCSI address 0 to 7 The second lt NRf gt of SCSI Partitions 0 to 2 lt NRf gt of PCCard Partiti
192. G Awaiting Trigger Set to 1 when waiting for a trigger Bit 3 CAL Calibrating Set to 1 during calibration Bit 4 TST Testing Set to 1 during self test Bit 5 PRN Printing Set to 1 while the internal printer is in operation data is being output to the external printer USB or network printer or screen image data is being stored Bit 6 ACS Accessing devices is being accessed Set to 1 while the floppy disk Zip disk PC card internal hard disk or external disk drive SCSI or network Bit 7 MES Measuring Set to 1 when automated measurement of waveform parameters or cursor measurement is in progress Bit 8 HST History Search Set to 1 while executing history search Bit 9 SUP Set up Set to 1 during auto set up Bit 12 NSG N Single Set to 1 during continuous acquisition when the trigger mode is set to single Bit 13 INI Initializing Sets to 1 during initialization Bit 14 FFT Set to 1 while performing the FFT The filter is applied to each bit of the condition register separately and can be selected from the following Note that the numbering of the bits used in the filter setting differs from the actual bit number 1 to 16 vs 0 to 15 Rise The bit of the extended event register becomes 1 when the bit of the condition register changes from 0 to 1 Fall The bit of the extended event register becomes 1 when the bit of the cond
193. H1 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH2 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH3 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH4 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH5 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH6 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH7 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH8 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP GDLIGHT LIGHT GWIDTH DIV1 SCALE OFF CHLABEL OFF TIME OFF GAUGE 0 ANNOTATION MM200 ANTYPE INFORMATION CHANNEL1 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL2 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL3 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL4 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL5 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL6 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL8 MESSAGE PSETUP CHANNELO MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL10 MESSAGE PSETUP CHANNEL11 MESSAGE PSETUP CHANNEL12 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL13 MESSAGE PSETUP CHANNEL14 MESSAGE 15 MESSAGE 16 MESSAGE 1 MESSAGE 2 MESSAGE MESSAGE 4 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP MATH5 MESSAGE 6
194. HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH1 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH2 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH3 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATHA4 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH5 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH6 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH7 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH8 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPy PSETup FLEXiblezone MODE Function Turns ON OFF the flexible zone area when printing with the display format set to Single or queries the current setting Syntax PSETup FLEXiblezone MODE lt Boolean gt PSETup FLEXiblezone MODE HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MODE PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MODE gt PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MODE 1 Example HCOPy PSETup FLEXiblezone CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Function Sets the upper limit of the flexible zone area of the channel when printing with the display format set to Single or queries the current setting Syntax PSETup FLEXiblezone lt gt lt gt UPPer lt NRf gt HCOPy PSETup FLEXiblezone 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt UPPer lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 2 to 100 PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL3 UPPER 50
195. HYSTERESIS gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS HIGH Example TRIGger SOURce 1 lt gt LEVel Function Sets the trigger level of the specified channel for the enhanced trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel lt Voltage gt lt NRf gt lt Current gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel lt gt 1 to 16 lt Voltage gt lt NRf gt lt Current gt The selectable range varies depending on the range and offset settings For details see the User s Manual The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0V TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 Example 6 136 IM 701240 17E 6 29 Group TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh Function Sets the width of the window trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger SOURCe lt gt WIDTh lt Voltage gt lt NR gt lt Current gt TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt WIDTh lt gt 1 to 16 lt Voltage gt lt lt Current gt The selectable range varies depending on the range and offset settings For details see the User s Manual The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH 55V TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 WIDTH gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL WIDTH 55 000E 00 Syntax Example TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt
196. IME Time CHANNEL11 DONTCARE TRIGger BGTime TIME CHANNEL12 DONTCARE lt gt 100 ns to 10 s CHANNEL13 DONTCARE Example TRIGGER BGTIME TIME 200NS CHANNEL14 DONTCARE TRIGGER BGTIME TIME gt CHANNEL15 DONTCARE TRIGGER BGTIME TIME 200 000E 09 CHANNEL16 DONTCARE PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE LOGIC A1 HIGH TRIGger BLTime A2 DONTCARE A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE Function Queries all settings related to the B Time A5 DONTCARE A6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE trigger A8 DONTCARE B1 DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE Syntax TRIGger BLTime B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE Example TRIGGER BLTIME gt B6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE TRIGGER BTRIGGER CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER BLTIME TIME 200 000E 09 TRIGger BLTime TIME 9 TRIGger BTRigger 1 lt gt ld Function Sets the channel condition of condition B or o Syntax TRIGger BLTime TIME Time queries the current setting 3 TRIGger BLT ime TIME Syntax TRIGger BTRigger CHANnel lt x gt i lt gt 100 ns to 10 s Low BTRigger CHANnel lt x gt Example TRIGGER BLTIME TIME 600NS TRIGGER BLTIME TIME gt TRIGGER BLTIME TIME 600 000E 09 lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 Example The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER
197. IMer TIME String HH MM SS TRIGGER TIMER TIME 12 34 56 TRIGGER TIMER TIME gt TRIGGER TIMER TIME 12 34 56 spuewwog Queries all settings related to the T1 lt T lt T2 trigger TRIGger TITime TRIGGER TITIME gt TRIGGER 1 100 000 09 TIME2 200 000E 09 TITime TIME lt x gt Sets the pulse width of the T1 lt T lt T2 trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger TITime TIME lt x gt lt Time gt TRIGger TITime TIME lt x gt lt Time gt 100 ns to 10s lt x gt 1 to 2 TRIGGER TITIME TIME1 100NS TRIGGER TITIME TIME1 gt TRIGGER TITIME TIME1 100 000E 09 TLTime Queries all settings related to the lt Time trigger TRIGger TLTime TRIGGER TLTIME gt TRIGGER TLTIME TIME 600 000 09 IM 701240 17E 6 137 6 29 TRIGger Group TRIGger TLTime TIME Function Sets the pulse width of the T lt Time trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TLTime TIME lt Time gt TRIGger TLTime TIME lt Time gt 100 ns to 10s Example TRIGGER TLTIME TIME 500 5 TRIGGER TLTIME TIME gt TRIGGER TLTIME TIME 500 000E 09 TRIGger TOTime Function Queries all settings related to the T lt T1 T2 lt T trigger Syntax TRIGger TOTime Example TRIGGER TOTIME gt TRIGGER TOTIME TIME1 200 000E 09 TIME2 300 000E 09 TRIGger TOTime TIME lt x gt Function Sets the pulse width of the
198. INter ON RECORDER XY POINter gt RECORDER XY POINter 1 RECorder XY SCALe Function Syntax Example Turns ON OFF the scale for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting RECorder XY SCALe Boolean RECorder XY SCALe RECORDER XY SCALE ON RECORDER XY SCALE gt RECORDER XY SCALE 1 IM 701240 17E 6 113 6 21 RECorder Group RECorder XY SRATe Function Sets the sample rate for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder XY SRATe Frequency RECorder XY SRATe lt Frequency gt 5 Hz 10 Hz 20 Hz 50 Hz 100 Hz 200 Hz 500 Hz 1 kHz 2 kHz 5 kHz RECORDER XY SRATE 50 RECORDER XY SRATE gt RECORDER XY SRATE 50 0E 00 Example RECorder XY XY x Function Queries all settings of the XY waveform for X Y recorder mode Syntax lt gt lt gt of XY lt x gt 1 to 4 RECORDER 2 gt RECORDER XY XY2 DISPLAY 0 XTRACE 1 YTRACE 9 Example RECorder XY lt x gt DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the XY waveform for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder XY lt gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt RECorder XY XY lt x gt DISPlay lt gt of XY lt x gt 1 to 4 RECORDER XY XY2 DISPLAY RECORDER XY XY2 DISPLAY gt RECORDER XY XY2 DISPLAY 1 Example RECorder lt gt Function Sets the channel t
199. IT lt x gt SOURce lt x gt of Edit lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 SOURCE 1 HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 SOURCE gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 SOURCE 1 Description Use EDIT lt x gt to specify the search zone to be registered HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt VERTical Function Sets the left right position of the search zone or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt VERTical lt gt lt gt HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt VERTical lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See the User s Manual in the order Left and Right Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 VERTICAL 2 2 HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 VERTICAL gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 VERTICAL 2 0000000 2 0000000 o Description Use EDIT lt x gt to specify the search zone to be 3 registered 3 5 HISTory ZONE LOGic o Function Sets the search logic condition of the zone search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE LOGic AND OR HISTory ZONE LOGic Example HISTORY ZONE LOGIC AND HISTORY ZONE LOGIC gt HISTORY ZONE LOGIC AND IM 701240 17E 6 81 6 13 IMAGe Group 6 13 IMAGe Group The commands in this group deal with the saving of screen image data You can make the same settings execute the same operations and make the same inquiries of settings as when you press the MENU key gt IMAGE soft key on the front panel E Cm Onn C
200. KOGAWA s permission is strictly prohibited A guarantee card is attached to the instrument The will be reissued so please read it carefully and keep it in a safe place The TCP IP software used in this product and the documentation for that TCP IP software are based in part on BSD Networking Software Release 1 licensed from The Regents of the University of California USB Interface and Network Interface The following items must be installed on the PC to access the communications functions using the USB interface 1 A dedicated library for the USB interface 2 AUSB device driver for the PC to SL1400 connection The following item must be installed on the PC to access the communications functions using the network interface 1 A dedicated library for the network interface The library and driver above can be downloaded from the following Web page http www yokogawa com tm dl driver htm 1st Edition June 2006 YK All Rights Reserved Copyright 2006 Yokogawa Electric Corporation IM 701240 17E i Trademarks Revisions MS DOS is registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Adobe Acrobat and PostScript are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems incorporated For purposes of this manual the TM and symbols do not accompany their respective trademark names or registered trademark names Other product names are trade
201. Ker M lt x gt POSition TY MARKer M lt x gt TRACe lt gt 6 52 lt gt 6 52 TY MARKer Y lt x gt 6 52 TY MARKer 6 51 ETYETYPE 6 52 TY VERTical DX 6 53 TYEVERTICaED Y iiem 6 53 TY VERTical JUMP TY VERTical PERDI m TY VERTical POSItION lt X gt 6 53 TY VERTical TRACe TY VERTical X lt x gt niining iari 6 53 cens 6 52 ARA VASE 6 50 Common Command Group eet Sitar abe 6 151 DISPlay Group ACCumulate MODE 2 ACCumulate PERSistence ACCumulate vies lt gt lt gt COLor BASecolor ss eg DISPIAay tte eC itd ESIZe if EWINGOW dicens caress SG RATICUIE INTENsity CURSor MENU GRID SNAP WAVeform SEN USES INTENSity T INTerpolate rerit nter then MAPPING uiii bete id nce SMAPping CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt PODA PODB SSO MAPDING 2
202. LEVel be written as TRIG LEV However a part enclosed by cannot be omitted if it is located at the end of an upper level query Example TRIGger and TRIGger SIMPle belong to different upper level query levels 5 3 Response Response On receiving a query from the controller this instrument returns a response message to the controller A response message is sent in one of the following two forms Response Consisting of a Header and Data If the query can be used as a program message without any change a command header is attached to the query which is then returned Example ACQUire MODE lt PMT gt gt ACQUire MODE NORMAL lt RMT gt Response Consisting of Data Only If the query cannot be used as a program message unless changes are made to it i e it is a query only command no header is attached and only the data is returned Some query only commands can be returned after a header is attached to them Example MEASure CHANnell PTOPeak VALue PMT gt 10 0E 00 lt RMT gt When Returning a Response without a Header It is possible to remove the header from a response consisting of a header and data The COMMunicate HEADer command is used to do this Abbreviated Form Normally the lower case part is removed from a response header before the response is returned to the controller Naturally the full form of the header can also be used For this the COMMunicate VERBose command is us
203. LOGic A1 A8 B1 B8 6 132 Isi C 2 6 135 ATRigger LOGic M NET 6 132 WAVeform Group ATRigger E lll 6 141 BGTime TIME eter tendent knees GRE nera ct eor t rar cr c a EFC E Ec ec 6 133 DATaselect BETime TIME e SEND dcr 6 133 6 133 LENGIB 6 133 6 141 BTRigger PODA PODB 6 134 OFFSet 6 141 BTRigger CHANnel xs 6 133 RANGe BTRigger CONDition 446 133 ose ULLA BTRigger LOGic A1 A8 B1 B8 6 134 RECord MINimum 2 6 133 SEND LN EM 6 142 701240 17 Index 9 Index aes 6 144 ee boi tege od n eda 6 144 aie ee po 6 144 Me 6 144 eb tet ege 6 141 XY Group tht ETE TRANGe cite donent XYoo 6 145
204. LTAGE VDIV 50 000E 00 VARIABLE 0 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 BWIDTH FULL SCALE 250 000 00 250 000 00 POSITION 0 00 LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 P1Y 0 00000E 00 2 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE ZOOM 1 000 INVERT 0 OFFSET 0 0E 00 CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE COUPLING DC CHANNEL1 ACCL COUPLING DC CHANNEL1 LABEL CH1 An error occurs if a module is not installed in the channel slot Syntax Example Description CHANnel lt x gt ACCL Function Queries all settings on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed CHANnel lt x gt ACCL lt gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL11 ACCL gt CHANNEL11 ACCL VARIABLE 0 COUPLING ACCL GAIN 1 0 BWIDTH FULL SCALE 5000 00 5000 00 ZOOM 1 000 SENSITIVITY 1 00 UNIT m s2 BIAS 0 An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed Syntax Example Description CHANnel x ACCL BIAS Function Turns ON OFF the bias current supply to the acceleration sensor on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt ACCL BIAS Boolean CHANnel lt x gt ACCL BIAS lt gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL11 ACCL BIAS ON CHANNEL11 ACCL BIAS gt CHANNEL11 ACCL BIAS 1 An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed Syntax Example Descrip
205. MODE lt x gt 1 to 8 Example MATH1 SCALE MODE AUTO MATH1 SCALE MODE gt MATH1 SCALE MODE AUTO MATH lt x gt SCALe VALue Function Sets the upper and lower limits for manual scaling or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt SCALe VALue lt NRf gt lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt SCALe VALue lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 MATH1 SCALE VALUE 1 1 MATH1 SCALE VALUE gt MATH1 SCALE VALUE 1 00000E 00 1 00000E 00 The larger of the two specified values is automatically set to the upper limit This command is valid only during manual scaling Syntax Example Description MATH lt x gt SHIFt CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Function Syntax Example Sets the phase offset of shift computation of the waveform measured with an internal clock or queries the current setting lt gt SHIFt 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt lt Time gt MATH lt x gt SHIFt lt gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 7 lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt Time gt 500ns to 2592000s MATH1 SHIFT CHANNEL1 1 3 MATH1 SHIFT CHANNEL1 gt MATH1 SHIFT CHANNEL1 1 000000000E 03 MATH lt x gt UNIT Function Syntax Example Description Sets the unit to be added to the computed result or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt UNIT String MATH lt x gt UNIT lt x gt 1 to 8 lt String gt Up to 4 characters MATH1 UNIT EU MA
206. Macro execution error Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 273 Illegal macro label Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 275 Macro definition too long Does not conform to the macro function specified in E IEEE488 2 276 Macro recursion error Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 277 Macro redefinition not allowed Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 278 Macro header not found Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 Error in Communications Query 400 to 499 Code Message Action Reference Page 410 Query INTERRUPTED Check transmission reception order 5 2 420 Query UNTERMINATED Check transmission reception order 5 2 430 Query DEADLOCKED Limit the length of the program message including 5 2 lt PMT gt to 1024 bytes or less 440 Query UNTERMINATED after Do not enter any query after IDN and OPT indefinite response indefinite response Error in System Operation 912 Code Message Action Reference Page 912 Fatal error in the communication driver Servicing is required Warning 50 Code Message Action Reference Page 50 OPC exists in message Place the OPC or OPC at the end of the program message Other Errors 350 and 390 Code Message Action Reference Page 350 Queue overflow
207. Ment Sets the comment for the setup data to be saved or queries the current setting 6 64 FILE BACKup SAVE EXECute Executes the saving of the setup data to the SL1400 6 64 FILE BACKup SAVE ABORt Aborts the saving of the setup data to the SL1400 6 64 FILE BACKup LOAD EXECute Executes the loading of the setup data saved to the SL1400 6 64 FILE BACKup LOAD ABORt Aborts the loading of the setup data saved to the SL1400 6 64 FILE DELete ASCii BINary PDF POSTscript REALtime SETup SNAP JPEG PNG EXECute Executes the deletion of the data file 6 64 FILE DIRectory Queries all settings related to the directory of the storage medium 6 64 FILE DIRectory CDIRectory Changes the directory of the storage medium 6 64 FILE DIRectory DRIVe Sets the storage medium to be controlled 6 64 FILE DIRectory FILTer Sets the filter of the target filter or queries the current setting 6 65 DIRectory Queries the free disk space bytes the target storage medium 6 65 3 DIRectory MDIRectory Creates directory the current directory 6 65 i FILE DIRectory PATH Queries the current directory 6 65 z FILE LOAD BINary REALtime SETup SNAP o Aborts the loading of the data 6 65 FILE LOAD BINary REALtime SETup SNAP EXECute Executes the loading of the data 6 65 FILE SAVE Queries all settings related to the saving of file
208. NCE1 2 0000000 REFERENCE2 2 0000000 RVALUE 360 CURSOR TY LOGIC FORMAT BINARY ORDER Al_B8 CURSOR XY TYPE OFF HORIZONTAL TRACE XY1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 STRACE 1 CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE XY1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 STRACE1 CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE 1 POSITION 3 0000000 STRACE 1 CURSor TY Function Queries all settings related to the cursor of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY Example CURSOR TY gt CURSOR TY TYPE HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 3 00 POSITION2 3 00 CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 POSITION1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M1 TRACE 1 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M2 TRACE 2 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M3 TRACE 3 POSITION 1 0000000 CURSOR TY MARKER M4 TRACE 4 POSITION 3 0000000 CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 POSITION1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 REFERENCE1 2 0000000 REFERENCE2 2 0000000 RVALUE 360 CURSOR TY LOGIC FORMAT BINARY ORDER A1 B8 CURSor TY DEGRee Function Queries all settings related to the angle cursor of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY DEGree Example CURSOR TY DEGREE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 POSITION1 4 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 REFERENCE1 2 0000000 REFERENCE2 2 0000000 RVALUE 360 DEGRee DX Function Queries the angle difference AD between angle cursors of the T Y display Syntax CURSor DEGRee DX
209. NE 8 ZONE and 16 ZONE respectively ZOOM MAG lt x gt Function Sets the zoom rate of the zoom window or queries the current setting Syntax 200 lt gt lt NRf gt ZOOM MAG lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 100000000 see the User s Manual Example 200 1 10 ZOOM MAG1 gt ZOOM MAG1 10 0 Description When zooming a waveform measured using the external clock set the magnification 200M MLINkage Mag Linkage Function Turns ON OFF the link to the T div value of the zoom waveform or queries the current setting Syntax 200M MLINkage Boolean ZOOM MLINkage Example ZOOM MLINKAGE ON ZOOM MLINKAGE gt ZOOM MLINKAGE 1 IM 701240 17E 6 149 spuewwog 6 32 ZOOM Group ZOOM MODE Function Sets the zoom waveform display format or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM MODE 71 72 MAIN Z1 Z2 z1 22 71 72 ZOOM MODE Example ZOOM MODE MAIN 21 22 ZOOM MODE gt ZOOM MODE MAIN 71 72 ZOOM MOVE Function Moves the zoom box to the beginning of the waveform Syntax ZOOM MOVE Z1 2Z2 Example ZOOM MOVE 21 200M PLINkage Position Linkage Function Turns ON OFF the link when moving the zone box or queries the current setting Syntax 200M PLINkage Boolean ZOOM PLINkage Example ZOOM PLINKAGE ON 200M PLINKAGE gt ZOOM PLINKAGE 1 ZOOM POSition lt x gt Function Sets the zoom box position
210. NIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL4 VOLTAGE ZOOM 1 000 INVERT 0 OFFSET 0 0 00 4 TEMPERATURE COUPLING 4 LABEL CH4 CHANNEL5 DISPLAY 1 VOLTAGE VDIV 50 000E 00 VARIABLE 0 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 BWIDTH FULL SCALE 250 000E 00 250 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 P1Y 0 00000E 00 P2X 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL5 VOLTAGE ZOOM 1 000 INVERT 0 OFFSET 0 0E 00 CHANNEL5 TEMPERATURE COUPLING DC CHANNEL5 LABEL CH5 CHANNEL6 DISPLAY 1 VOLTAGE VDIV 50 000E 00 VARIABLE 0 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 BWIDTH FULL SCALE 250 000E 00 250 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 0 00000 00 2 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL6 VOLTAGE ZOOM 1 000 INVERT 0 OFFSET 0 0 00 6 TEMPERATURE COUPLING CHANNEL6 LABEL CH6 EVENT DISPLAY 0 POSITION 0 00 200 1 000 VOICE 0 DCAPTURE 1 LABEL Event LOGIC PODA DISPLAY 0 POSITION 0 00 ZOOM 1 000 LABEL LogicA BITl DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 1 LOGIC PODA BIT2 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 2 LOGIC PODA BIT3 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 3 LOGIC PODA BITA4 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 4 LOGIC PODA BIT5 DISPLAY 1 LABEL 5
211. NR gt th oldest waveform from the newest waveform in the history memory In the case of cycle statistical processing lt gt can be omitted If omitted inquiry is made on the parameter value in the range of the last measured cycle If NR is attached inquiry is made in the range of the cycle measured on the lt NR gt th time from the left of the screen IM 701240 17E 6 103 spuewwog 6 18 5 Group MEASure CDEStination CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt Function Sets the channel to which the ON OFF settings of all measurement items of a certain channel are to be copied or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure CDEStination CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt lt Boolean gt MEASure CDEStination CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt MEASURE CDESTINATION CHANNEL1 ON MEASURE CHANNEL1 gt MEASURE 1 1 Example MEASure CDEStination ALL Function Sets whether to copy the ON OFF settings of all measurement items of a channel to all channels Syntax MEASure CDEStination ALL Boolean MEASure CDEStination ALL Example MEASURE CDESTINATION ALL ON MEASure CYCLe Function Queries all settings related to the cycle statistical processing of waveform parameters Syntax MEASure CYCLe Example MEASURE CYCLE gt MEASURE CYCLE TRACE 1 MEASure CYCLe ABORt Function Aborts the execution
212. NT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO Example CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype MODE Function Sets the display mode when using linear scaling or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype MODE EXPonent FLOating CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype MODE lt x gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE MODE gt CHENNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT Example CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnum Function Sets the decimal place when the display type is Float when using linear scaling or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnum lt NRf gt AUTO CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnum lt gt 0 to 3 CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE DECIMALNUM AUTO CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE DECIMALNUM gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE DECIMALNUM AUTO Example CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit Function Sets the sub unit when the display type is Float when using linear scaling or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit AUTO NONE PICO MICRo MILI KILO MEGA TERA CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit lt gt 1 to 16
213. NTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 XY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL3 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL3 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 3 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL3 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL3 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNEL4 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE 4 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 MIDDLE STATE 0 4 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 NWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4
214. NTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL15 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 5 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL16 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 5 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE LOGIC Al RISE A2 DONTCARE A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE A5 DONTCARE A6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE 8 1 DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE B6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 DONTCARE CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CHANNEL5 DONTCARE CHANNEL6 DONTCARE CHANNEL7 DONTCARE CHANNEL8 DONTCARE CHANNEL9 DONTCARE CHANNEL 10 DONTCARE CHANNEL11 DONTCARE CHANNEL12 DONTCARE CHANNEL15 DONTCARE CHANNEL16 DONTCARE PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE LOGIC A1 DONTCARE A2 HIGH A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE A5 DONTCARE A6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE A8 1 DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE B6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE TRIGGER ATRIGGER CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 DONTCARE CHANNEL2 HIGH CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CHANNEL5 DONTCARE CHANNEL6 DONTCARE CHANNEL7 DONTCARE CHANNEL8 DONTCARE CHANNEL9 DONTCARE CHANNEL10 DONTCARE CHANNEL11 DONTCARE CHANNEL12 DONTCARE CHANNEL15 DONTCARE CHANNEL16 DONTCARE PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE LOGIC A1 HIGH A2 DONTCARE A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE A5 DONTCARE A6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE A8 1 DONTCARE B2 DON
215. Nnel lt x gt STRain GFACtor lt NRf gt Function Sets the gauge factor on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain GFACtor lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt STRain GFACtor lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 1 90 to 2 20 Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN GFACTOR 2 00 CHANNEL7 STRAIN GFACTOR gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN GFACTOR 2 00 Description error occurs if the strain module is not installed spuewwog CHANnel lt x gt STRain INVert Function Sets whether to invert the waveform on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain INVert lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt STRain INVert lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN INVERT ON CHANNEL7 STRAIN INVERT gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN INVERT 1 Description error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale Function Queries all settings related to linear scaling on the channel with the strain module installed Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 P1Y 0 00000 00 2 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO Description error occurs if the strain module is not installed IM 70124
216. ODE lt Space gt MODE lt Space gt OFF STOP Le MODE 4 lt Space gt OFF lt NRf gt ASCii FLOat SINGIe Q 808 it SEQuence Space CONTinue O p 6 124 IM 701240 17E 6 29 Group DONTcare CHANnel lt Space gt lt Space gt spuewwoy DiSable ENABle DiSable ENABle OO lt Space gt I 4 Time J 4 8227 lt Space gt lt Time gt IM 701240 17E 6 125 6 29 TRIGger Group HOLDoff lt Space gt CONDition lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt pg ca a J lt Space gt lt Space gt DiSable ENABle lt Space gt DiSable ENABle POSition lt Space gt lt NRf gt L J SCOunt Space lt NRf gt L J 6 126 IM 701240 17E 6 29 Group HYSTeresis CeO 5
217. OFF CHANNEL16 OFF PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE CONDITION TRUE TRIGger EOA CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the channel condition of the Edge on A trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EOA CHANnel lt x gt OFF FALL RISE TRIGger EOA 1 lt gt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER EOA CHANNEL1 FALL TRIGGER EOA CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER EOA CHANNEL1 FALL Example TRIGger EOA PODB Function Sets the logic condition of the Edge on A trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EOA PODA PODB DISable ENABle TRIGger EOA PODA PODB TRIGGER EOA PODB ENABLE TRIGGER EOA PODB gt TRIGGER EOA PODB ENABLE Example TRIGger EOA CONDition Function Sets the condition to be satisfied for the Edge on A trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EOA CONDition TRUE FALSe TRIGger EOA CONDition Example TRIGGER EOA CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER EOA CONDITION gt TRIGGER EOA CONDITION TRUE TRIGger HOLDoff Function Queries all settings related to the hold off Syntax TRIGger HOLDOoff Example TRIGGER HOLDOFF gt TRIGGER HOLDOFF TIME 100 000E 09 TRIGger HOLDoff TIME Function Sets the hold off time or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff TIME Time TRIGger HOLDoff TIME lt gt 0 to 10 s Example
218. OM 2 5 LOGIC PODA ZOOM gt LOGIC PODA ZOOM 2 500 Syntax Example IM 701240 17E 6 87 spuewwog 6 17 MATH Group 6 17 MATH Group The commands in this group deal with computations You can make the same settings and inquiries as when you press the MENU key gt MATH soft key on the front panel When the time axis is set to a range indicated below the selectable range varies depending on the record length setting For details see section 11 5 Measuring Waveforms Using Cursors in the SL1400 User s Manual lt NRf gt 5 to 5div 1 lt gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt lt Voltage gt MATH lt Space gt AD DISPlay gt lt Space gt OFF nz Ces e ars MATH lt gt lt Space gt L lt NRf gt AD POINts lt Space gt lt NRf gt LS Gama CHANNing lt 2 40 lt Space gt lt String gt Lo Co lt Space gt e 29 J 6 88 IM 701240 17E 6 17 MATH Group OPERation lt Space gt FI IVide ULTiple LUS we CO lt Space gt lt Space gt lt NRf gt CHANnel MATH lt Space
219. ONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE B6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE TRIGger ATRigger LOGic 1 8 B1 B8 Function Sets the logic bit of condition A or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger LOGic A1 A8 B1 B8 DONTcare HIGH LOW TRIGger ATRigger LOGic A1 A8 B1 B8 TRIGGER ATRIGGER LOGIC Al HIGH TRIGGER ATRIGGER 1 gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER LOGIC Al HIGH Example TRIGger ATRigger PODB Function Sets the logic condition of condition A or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ATRigger PODA DISable ENABle TRIGger ATRigger PODA PODB TRIGGER ATRIGGER PODA DISABLE TRIGGER ATRIGGER PODA gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER PODA DISABLE Example 6 132 IM 701240 17E 6 29 TRIGger Group TRIGger BGTime TRIGger BTRigger Function Queries all settings related to the B gt Time Function Queries all settings related to condition B trigger Syntax TRIGger BTRigger Syntax TRIGger BGTime Example TRIGGER BTRIGGER TRIGGER Example TRIGGER BGTIME gt BTRIGGER CHANNEL1 DONTCARE TRIGGER BGTIME TIME 100 000 09 CHANNEL2 HIGH CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CHANNEL5 DONTCARE TRIGger BGTime TIME CHANNEL6 DONTCARE CHANNEL7 DONTCARE Function Sets the pulse width of the B gt Time trigger or CHANNEL8 DONTCARE CHANNEL9 DONTCARE queries the current setting CHANNEL10 DONTCARE Syntax TRIGger BGTime T
220. ORD 0 START 0 END 0 DATASELECT ACQDATA CAPTURE RECORD 0 START 0 END 0 WAVEFORM FORMAT WORD BYTEORDER LSBFIRST WAVeform BITS Function Queries the bit length of the waveform data specified WAVeform Syntax WAVeform BITS Example WAVEFORM BITS gt WAVEFORM BITS 16 WAVeform BYTeorder Function Sets the transmission order when using word format of two bytes or more or queries the current setting WAVeform BYTeorder LSBFirst MSBFirst WAVeform BYTeorder WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST WAVEFORM BYTEORDER gt WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST Syntax Example WAVeform DATaselect Function Sets whether to query the waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe using ACQ data or P P data WAVeform DATaselect ACQData PPData WAVeform DATaselect WAVEFORM DATASELECT ACQDATA Syntax Example WAVEFORM DATASELECT gt WAVEFORM DATASELECT ACQDATA WAVeform END Function Sets the last data point of the waveform main waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe or queries the current setting WAVeform END lt gt WAVeform END lt NRf gt 0 to total number of data points 1 WAVEFORM END 0 WAVEFORM END WAVEFORM END 0 Description The total number of data points can be queried using WAVeform LENGth Syntax Example WAVeform FORMat Function Sets the format of the data to be transmitted or queries the current setting Syntax
221. ORizontal TRACe CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL TRACE CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL TRACE gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL TRACE CURSor XY HORizontal lt gt Function Syntax Example Description Queries the Y axis value of the H cursor of the X Y display CURSor XY HORizontal Y lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL Y1 gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL Y1 250 00000E 00 When linear scaling is ON the query is for the scaled value CURSor MARKer Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the marker cursor of the X Y display CURSor XY CURSOR XY MARKER gt CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE 1 POSITION 1 0000000 STRACE 2 CURSor Function Syntax Example CURSor Function Syntax Example CURSor Function Syntax Example CURSor Function Syntax Example CURSor Function Syntax Example Description CURSor Function Syntax Example Description XY MARKer POSition Sets the X axis value at the marker cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting CURSor XY MARKer POSition NRf CURSor XY MARKer POSition lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions 10 divisions record length steps CURSOR XY MARKER POSITION 1 CURSOR XY MARKER POSITION gt CURSOR XY MARKER POSITION 1 0000000 MARKer STRACe Sets the target waveform of the marker cursor of
222. P IB Interface Functions GP IB Interface Functions Listener Function Allows you to make the settings which you can make using the panel keys on the instrument except for the power ON OFF and GP IB communications settings Receives commands from a controller requesting output of set up and waveform data Also receives status report commands Talker Function Outputs set up and waveform data Note The listen only talk only and controller functions are not available on this instrument Switching between Remote and Local Mode When Switched from Local to Remote Mode Remote mode is activated when a REN Remote Enable message is received from a controller while local mode is active REMOTE is displayed on the upper right of the screen All front panel keys except CLEAR TRACE can no longer be operated any more Settings entered in local mode are retained When Switched from Remote to Local Mode Pressing CLEAR TRACE in remote mode puts the instrument in local mode However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller page 1 7 The REMOTE indicator on the upper right of the screen is turned off All front panel keys are operative Settings entered in remote mode are retained Note The GP IB interface cannot be used simultaneously with other communications interfaces serial RS 232 USB or network IM 701240 17E o2ejo1u 91 49 Jo B 1 4 GP IB Interfac
223. Period BWIDthl BWIDth2 DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MIDDle MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ The following is an example for the average value of CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE 0 Example 6 102 IM 701240 17E 6 18 MEASure Group MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt COUNt Function Queries the number of measured values of the cycle statistical processing of the parameter Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt COUNt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt Parameter gt AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MIDDle MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ Example The following is an example for the average value of CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE COUNT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE COUNT 0 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt 1 1 SDEViation Function Queries the cycle statistical value of the waveform parameter Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt
224. RE CHANNEL10 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE 10 2 5 0 MEASURE 10 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE 10 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE 10 5 0 MEASURE 10 5 0 MEASURE 10 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 PWIDTH STATE MEASURE CHANNEL10 RISE STATE MEASURE CHANNEL10 RMS STATE MEASURE CHANNEL10 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 TY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE ooo 6 96 1 701240 17 6 18 MEASure Group CHANNEL10 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 XYlINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL10 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL10 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 10 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL10 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 15 000E 00 0 0E 00 15 000E 00 MEASURE CHANNEL10 METHOD AUTO MEASURE
225. RE MATH3 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 LOW STATE 0 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 NWIDTH STATE 0 PERIOD STATE 0 PNUMBER STATE 0 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 STATE 0 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 TY1IINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 XY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH3 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE MATH2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 MEASURE MATH3 METHOD AUTO MEASURE MATH4 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 AVGPERIOD STATE 4 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 4 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 4 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE MATH4 MAXIMUM
226. Read the error queue Code 350 occurs when the error 7 5 queue is full up This message is output only for the STATus ERRor query and is not displayed on the screen 390 Overrun error only RS 232 Execute with a lower baud rate Note Code 350 indicates overflow of error queue This code is returned as a response to the STATus ERRor query it does not appear on the screen IM 701240 17E App 3 xipueddy H Appendix 3 Overview of IEEE 488 2 1992 Appendix 3 Overview of IEEE 488 2 1992 The GP IB interface provided with SL1400 conforms to IEEE 488 2 1992 This standard requires the following 23 points be stated in this document This Appendix describes these points 1 Subsets Supported by IEEE 488 1 Interface Functions Refer to Section 1 4 GP IB Interface Specifications 2 Operation of Device when the Device is Assigned to an Address Other than Addresses 0 to 30 The SL1400 does not allow assignment to an address other than 0 to 30 3 Reaction when the User Changes the Address The current address is changed when a new address is set using MISC The newly set address is valid until another new address is set 4 Device Set up at Power ON Commands which can be Used at Power ON Basically the previous settings i e the settings which were valid when power was turned OFF are valid All commands are available at power ON 5 Message Transmission Options Input Buffer Size 4096 bytes b Queries which Return M
227. Rf gt of PCCard Partitions 0 to 1 The first lt NRf gt of USB USB address The second lt NRf gt of USB Partition 0 to 3 or LUN logical unit number 0 to 3 The third lt NRf gt of USB Partition 0 to 3 when LUN is specified in the second lt NRf gt USB can be specified only on models supporting USB storage devices see section 13 3 in the SL1400 User s Manual Example FILE DIRECTORY DRIVE SCSI 4 1 Description Ifthe drive does not contain partitions SCSI or PCCard omit the lt NR gt corresponding to the partitions NETWork can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed The second or third lt NRf gt when USB is selected can be omitted if the drive is not partitioned or divided by LUN 6 64 IM 701240 17E 6 10 FILE Group DIRectory FILTer Function Sets a filter on the target directory or queries the current setting Syntax FILE DIRectory FILTer ITEM ALL FILE DIRectory FILTer Example FILE DIRECTORY FILTER ITEM gt FILE DIRECTORY FILTER ITEM DIRectory FREE Function Queries the free disk space bytes on the target storage medium Syntax FREE Example FILE DIRECTORY FREE gt FILE DIRECTORY FREE 3 7567939E 09 FILE DIRectory MDIRectory Make Directory Function Creates a new directory in the current directory This is an overla
228. S TRIGGER TGTIME TIME gt TRIGGER TGTIME TIME 600 000 09 TRIGger TIMer Function Queries all settings related to the timer trigger Syntax Example Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example Function Syntax Example Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger Function Syntax Example TRIGger TIMer TRIGGER TIMER gt TRIGGER TIMER DATE 99 01 01 TIME 00 00 00 INTERVAL HOURI TIMer DATE Sets the date of the timer trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger TIMer DATE String TRIGger TIMer DATE lt String gt Y YY Y MM DD TRIGGER TIMER DATE 2002 06 04 TRIGGER TIMER DATE gt TRIGGER TIMER DATE 2002 06 04 TIMer INTerval Sets the trigger time interval of the timer trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger TIMer INTerval MIN1 MIN2 MIN3 MIN4 MIN5 MING MIN7 MINS 9 MIN10 MIN15 MIN20 MIN25 30 40 MIN45 MIN50 1 HOUR2 HOUR3 HOUR4 HOURS HOUR6 HOUR7 HOURS HOURO HOUR10 HOUR11 HOUR12 HOUR18 HOUR24 TRIGger TIMer INTerval TRIGGER TIMER INTERVAL HOUR1 TRIGGER TIMER INTERVAL gt TRIGGER TIMER INTERVAL HOUR1 TIMer TIME Sets the trigger time of the timer trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger TIMer TIME String TRIGger T
229. S LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 5 000 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL3 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 50 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 500 000E 03 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL4 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 50 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 500 000 03 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL5 LEVEL 0 0 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 500 000E 03 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL6 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 500 000 03 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL7 LEVEL 0 WWIDTH 1 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 WIDTH 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL8 LEVEL 0 WWIDTH 1 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 WIDTH 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL11 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 5 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL12 LEVEL 0 0E 00 WWIDTH 500 000E 03 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 5 000E 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL13 LEVEL 0 WWIDTH 1 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 WIDTH 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL14 LEVEL 0 WWIDTH 1 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 WIDTH 1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL15 LEVEL 0 000000E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 000000E 00 WIDTH 100 0000 00 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL16 LEVEL 0 000000 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 000000E 00 WIDTH 100 0000 00 TRIGGER SOURCE LOGIC Al RISE A2 DONTCARE A3 DONTCARE A4 DONTCARE A5 DONTCARE 6 DONTCARE A7 DONTCARE A8 DONTCARE 1 DONTCARE B2 DONTCARE B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE B6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE TRIGger SOURce CHANnel
230. SB IM 701240 17E 4 1 Names of the Parts and their Function Chapter 4 Network Interface Option 4 1 Names of the Parts and their Function Front Panel CLEAR TRACE Key Press to switch from remote mode to local mode which allows key operation However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller refer to ppage 4 3 YOKOGAWA 511400 scopecorder ure Side Panel 1no osa D Y 2 09 08 0 2 002 021 001 MODEL SUFFIX NO YOKOGAWA Made in Japan 36 8001 MENU Key Page 4 5 Press to enter the communication settings such as the user name and password Ethernet Port This connector is for connecting the controller such as a PC with the Ethernet cable For information on how to connect the USB cable refer to page 4 4 701240 17 4 1 uondo B 4 2 Network Interface Functions and Specifications 4 2 Network Interface Functions and Specifications Sending Function Data Transfer Rate Receiving Function It is possible to make the same settings via the RS 232 interface as can be made using the
231. SE FALL MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure SLOPe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE RISE MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE RISE Syntax Example 6 100 IM 701240 17E 6 18 MEASure Group MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence Function Queries all settings of the reference waveform of the delay between channels Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence COUNt Function Sets the number of edge detection count of the reference waveform of the delay between channels Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence COUNt lt NRf gt MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence COUNt x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 1 to 9 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT 2 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY REFERENCE COUNT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFEREN
232. SHUNt ACCL ZOOM 6 30 STRain LSCale UNIT lt String gt 22 6 29 STRain LSCale A lt gt 6 29 STRain RANGe lt DISPLAY 6 30 STRain SCALe lt lt FREQ INPut BWIDth es 6 30 STRain UNIT MV USTR FREQ INPut CELimination 6 31 STRain 6 36 FREQ INPut COUPIing 6 31 TEMPerature BURNOUL ees 6 39 FREQ INPut HYSTeresis 6 31 TEMPerature BWIDth FREQ INPut PRESet TEMPerature COUPling FREQ INPut PROBe PREQ INPUUPULLUD cio ane 6 31 TEMPerature SCALe vee FREQ INPut SLOPe TEMPerature TYPE FREQ INPut THReshold 2 0 4 TEMPerature UNIT FREQ INPut VRANGE 2 TEMPerature 2 00 22011 UNIT sss FREQ LSCale P1X P1Y P2X P2Y VOLTAJE VOLTage BWIDth FREQ LSCale GETMeasure 6 32 4 p QM I ets sess 5 6 32 VOLTage LSCale P1X P1Y P2X P2Y 6 42 IM 701240 17E Index 5 Index VOLTage LSCale AVALue 6 41 5 6 41 VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnunm 6 42
233. SIZE 8 DISPlay EWINdow Function Turns ON OFF the extra window or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay EWINdow Boolean DISPlay EWINdow Example DISPLAY EWINDOW OFF DISPLAY EWINDOW gt DISPLAY EWINDOW 0 DISPlay FORMat Function Sets the display format or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay FORMat SING1le DUAL TRIad QUAD OCTal DHEXa DISPlay FORMat Example DISPLAY FORMAT QUAD DISPLAY FORMAT gt DISPLAY FORMAT QUAD Description SINGle DUAL TRlad QUAD OCTal and corresond to 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 ZONE 8 ZONE and 16 ZONE respectively DISPlay GRATicule Function Sets the grid graticule or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay GRATicule CROSshair FRAMe GRID DISPlay GRATicule DISPLAY GRATICULE GRID DISPLAY GRATICULE gt DISPLAY GRATICULE GRID Example DISPlay INTENsity Function Queries all settings related to the brightness of the displayed items Syntax DISPlay INTENsity Example DISPLAY INTENSITY gt DISPLAY INTENSITY WAVEFORM 12 MENU 12 BACK 3 CAPTURE 3 SNAP 12 GRID 12 CURSOR 12 MARKER 12 DISPlay INTENsity CURSor MENU GRID SNAP WAVeform MARKer CAPTure BACK Function Sets the brightness of the display item or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID SNAP WAVeform MARKer CAPTure BACK lt NRf gt DISPlay INTENsity CURSor
234. STEM PSTART 1 SYSTem SCALefont Function Sets the display size large or small of the scale values and waveform labels or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem SCALefont SMAL1 LARGe SYSTem SCALefont Example SYSTEM SCALEFONT SMALL SYSTEM SCALEFONT SYSTEM SCALEFONT SMALL SYSTem SCSI Function Queries all settings related to the SCSI ID Syntax SYSTem SCSI Example SYSTEM SCSI gt SYSTEM SCSI INTERNALID 4 OWNID 6 SYSTem SCSI INITialize Function Syntax Example Description SYSTem SCSI INTernalid Function Syntax Example Executes the changing of the SCSI ID SYSTem SCSI INITialize SYSTEM SCSI INITIALIZE If you changed the SCSI ID of the SL1400 using the SYSTem SCSI OWNid command make sure to issue this command Set the SCSI ID of the internal hard disk or queries the current settings SYSTem SCSI INTernalid lt NRf gt SYSTem SCSI INTernalid lt NRf gt 0 to 7 SYSTEM SCSI INTERNALID 4 SYSTEM SCSI INTERNALID SYSTEM SCSI INTERNALID 4 spuewwog SYSTem SCSI OWNid Function Set the SCSI ID of the SL1400 or queries the current settings Syntax SYSTem SCSI OWNid NRf SYSTem SCSI 0WNid lt NRf gt 0 to 7 Example SYSTEM SCSI OWNID 7 SYSTEM SCSI OWNID gt SYSTEM SCSI OWNID 7 SYSTem VIDeo Function Turns ON OFF the video output or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem VIDeo Boolean SYSTem VIDeo Example
235. SURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE ON MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE 1 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt VALue Function Queries the value of the waveform parameter of the waveform that is measured automatically Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt VALue lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt Parameter gt AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH Low MAXimum MIDD1le MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ Example The following is an example for the average value of CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE VALUE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE VALUE 115 95507E 03 Description If the measurement is not possible NAN Not A Number is returned The last lt NRf gt is used to query the parameter value of the lt NRf gt time after executing the statistical processing If the value corresponding to the relevant count is not present Not A Number is returned In the case other than cycle statistical processing lt gt be omitted If omitted inquiry is made on the newest waveform parameter value in the history memory If lt NR gt is attached inquiry is made on parameter value of the lt
236. Sets the vertical zoom rate when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 43 1 Strain module refers to the Strain Module NDIS and the Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal 2 Voltage module refers to the High Speed 10 5 5 12 Bit Isolation Module the High Speed High Resolution 1 MS s 16 Bit Isolation Module the High Speed 10 MS s 12 Bit Non Isolation Module and the High Voltage 100kS s 16 Bit Isolation Module with RMS CLEar Group CLEar Executes clear trace 6 44 COMMunicate Group COMMunicate Queries all settings related to communications 6 45 COMMunicate HEADer Sets whether to attach a header to the response data or queries the current setting 6 45 COMMunicate LOCKout Sets or clears local lockout 6 45 COMMunicate OPSE Sets the overlap command that is used by the OPC OPC and o WAI commands or queries the current setting 6 46 3 COMMunicate OPSR Queries the operation pending status register 6 46 COMMunicate OVERlap Sets the commands that will operate as overlap commands or queries amp the current setting 6 46 o COMMunicate REMote Switches between remote and local 6 46 COMMunicate STATus Queries line specific status 6 46 COMMunicate VERBose Sets whether to use abbreviated or unabbreviated form for response data 6 46 COMMunicate WAIT Waits for an extended event to occur 6 46 COMMunicate WAIT Creates a response for the specified extended event 6 46 CURSor Group CURSor Qu
237. Space 4 AUTO BEP gt zi INPut Space TTL CONT PROBe Space P700986 700987 702911 702912 LABel lt Space gt lt String gt J 4 POSition lt Space gt lt NRf gt J 4 ZOOM lt Space gt lt NRf gt J 2 701240 17 6 85 6 15 LOGic Group LOGic Function Queries all settings related to the logic waveforms Syntax LOGic Example LOGIC gt LOGIC PODA POSITION 0 00 200 2 500 LABEL LogicA BIT1 DISPLAY 0 LABEL A 1 LOGIC PODA BIT2 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 2 LOGIC PODA BIT3 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 3 LOGIC PODA BIT4 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 4 LOGIC PODA BIT5 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 5 LOGIC PODA BIT6 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 6 LOGIC PODA BIT7 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 7 LOGIC PODA BIT8 DISPLAY 1 LABEL A 8 LOGIC PODA BMAPPING AUTO LOGIC PODB POSITION 0 00 200 1 000 LABEL LogicB BIT1 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 1 LOGIC PODB BIT2 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 2 LOGIC PODB BIT3 DISPLAY 0 LABEL B 3 LOGIC PODB BIT4 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 4 LOGIC PODB BIT5 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 5 LOGIC PODB BIT6 DISPLAY 0 LABEL B 6 LOGIC PODB BIT7 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 7 LOGIC PODB BIT8 DISPLAY 1 LABEL B 8 LOGIC PODB BMAPPING AUTO LOGic PODA Function Queries all settings related to the specified logic waveform Syntax LOGic PODA PODB Example LOGIC PODA gt LOGIC PODA POSITION 0 00 200 2 500 LABEL LogicA BIT1 DISPLAY 0 LABEL A 1
238. T RECorder CHARt PSTYle Function Sets the print style for Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder CHARt PSTYle WAVe NUMeric RECorder CHARt PSTYle RECORDER CHART PSTYLE WAVE RECORDER CHART PSTYLE gt RECORDER CHART PSTYLE WAVE Example RECorder CHARt CSPeed Function Sets the chart speed for Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder CHARt CSPeed PS20 PS10 PS5 PS2 PS1 PM100 PM50 25 20 10 5 2 1 100 PH50 PH25 PH20 PH10 RECorder CHARt CSPeed RECORDER CHART CSPEED PS20 RECORDER CHART CSPEED gt RECORDER CHART CSPEED PS20 Example RECorder CHARt SHOT Function Sets the shot recording for Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder CHARt SHOT 2 1 50 CM20 OFF RECorder CHARt SHOT RECORDER CHART SHOT M2 RECORDER CHART SHOT gt RECORDER CHART SHOT M2 Example RECorder CHARt PRINterout Function Turns ON OFF the chart recording for T Y recording in Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder CHARt PRINterout Boolean RECorder CHARt PRINterout RECORDER CHART PRINTEROUT ON RECORDER CHART PRINTEROUT gt RECORDER CHART PRINTEROUT 1 Example RECorder CHARt OUTDevice Function Sets the output destination device for numeric value recording in Chart Recorder
239. TCARE B3 DONTCARE B4 DONTCARE B5 DONTCARE 6 130 IM 701240 17E 6 29 Group 6 DONTCARE B7 DONTCARE B8 DONTCARE TRIGGER BTRIGGER CONDITION ENTER TRIGGER DELAY 0 0E 00 POSITION 50 000 SCOUNT 2 TRIGger ABN A gt B n Function Queries all settings related to the A gt B n trigger Syntax TRIGger ABN Example TRIGGER ABN TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGger ABN COUNt Function Sets the number times condition B is to be satisfied for the gt B n trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ABN COUNt lt gt TRIGger ABN COUNt lt NRf gt 1 to 255 Example TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGGER ABN COUNT gt TRIGGER ABN COUNT 1 TRIGger ACTion Function Queries all settings related to the action on trigger Syntax TRIGger ACTion Example TRIGGER ACTION gt TRIGGER ACTION SAVE MODE 0 TYPE BINARY TRIGGER ACTION MODE OFF HCOPY 0 IMAGE 0 BUZZER 0 MAIL MODE 0 COUNT 100 TRIGGER ACTION SEQUENCE CONTINUE TRIGger ACTion COUNt Function Sets the action count of action on trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion COUNt lt NRf gt INFinite TRIGger ACTion COUNt lt NRf gt 2 to 65536 TRIGGER ACTION COUNT 10 TRIGGER ACTION COUNT gt TRIGGER ACTION COUNT 10 Syntax Example TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Function Sets whether a beep is sounded when a action is activated or queries the curre
240. TE 0 MEASURE MATH8 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 TYLINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 XY1INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE MATH8 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE 8 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE MATH2 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE MATH8 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 3 00 0 00 3 00 MEASURE MATHS METHOD AUTO MEASURE CYCLE TRACE 1 MEASURE TRANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 ONECYCLE 0 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt Function Turns ON OFF all the waveform parameters of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 x of MATH x 1 to 8 Example following is an example for CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVGFREO STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MAXIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MIDDLE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 NWID
241. TER SMOOTHING MODE 0 VALUE 0 0100 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP UNIT VUNIT m s Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt 5 Function Sets the center frequency on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup CFRequency lt Frequency gt 1 lt gt FREQ SETup CFRequency lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 50 Hz 60 Hz 400 Hz CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP CFREQUENCY 50 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP CFREQUENCY gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP CFREQUENCY 50 Description An error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example 1 lt gt FREQ SETup DECeleration Function Turns ON OFF the deceleration prediction on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup DECeleration lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup DECeleration lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP DECELERATION ON CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP DECELERATION gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP DECELERATION 1 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ SETup DPULSe Function Sets the distance per pulse on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current sett
242. TH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE 1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE 1 1 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE 1 1 5 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE IM 701240 17E 6 99 spuewwog 6 18 MEASure Group SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNELI DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000 00 MEASURE CHANNEL METHOD AUTO MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt ALL Function Turns ON OFF collectively all the measurement items of the channel MEASure CHANnel lt x gt MATH x ALL Boolean x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 x of MATH x 1 to 8 The following is an example for CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 ALL OFF Syntax Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt Function Copies the ON OFF setting of all measurement items of a specified channel to all other channels Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt COPY
243. TH1 UNIT gt MATH1 UNIT EU The unit is applied to the scaled value It does not affect computation results spuewwog IM 701240 17E 6 91 6 18 MEASure Group 6 18 MEASure Group The commands in this group deal with the automated measurement of waveform parameters You can make the same settings and inquiries of settings and measured values as when the MEASURE key on the front panel is used When the time axis is set to a range indicated below the selectable range varies depending on the record length setting For details see section 11 5 Measuring Waveforms Using Cursors in the SL1400 User s Manual lt NRf gt 5 to 5div DEMO TEDO SLOPe lt Space gt gt RISE gt SOURce Space TRACe TRIGger lt gt O DPRoximal 4 pego 6 92 701240 17 6 18 MEASure Group C lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt METHod O ea AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod DUTYcycle E 2 o 5 2 3 5 TY1Integ TY2Integ XY1Integ XY2Integ 2 5 5 5 3 H H H S 8 8 lt Space gt AUTO OCEN
244. TY HORizontal TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE gt CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL TRACE 1 HORizontal lt gt Function Queries the Y axis value of the H cursor of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY HORizontal Y lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 Example CURSOR TY HORIZONTAL Y1 gt CURSOR HORIZONTAL 1 1 5000000 00 Description When linear scaling is ON the query is for the scaled value CURSor LOGic Function Queries all settings related to the logic display of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY LOGic 1 CURSOR TY LOGIC gt 3 CURSOR TY LOGIC i FORMAT BINARY ORDER A1 B8 2 CURSor TY LOGic FORMat Function Sets the numerical notation of the logic display of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY LOGic FORMat BINary HEXa CURSor TY LOGic FORMat Example CURSOR TY LOGIC FORMAT BINARY CURSOR TY LOGIC FORMAT gt CURSOR TY LOGIC FORMAT BINARY CURSor TY LOGic ORDer Function Sets the higher lower bit of the logic display of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY LOGic ORDer 1 B8 B8 A1 CURSor TY LOGic ORDer Example CURSOR TY LOGIC ORDER A1 B8 CURSOR TY LOGIC ORDER gt CURSOR TY LOGIC ORDER 1 B8 CURSor TY MARKer Function Queries all settings related to the marker cursor of the T Y display
245. UE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 1 0 00000E 00 P2X 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE ZOOM 1 000 INVERT 0 OFFSET 0 0E 00 CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE COUPLING DC CHANNEL1 LABEL CH1 CHANNEL2 DISPLAY 1 VOLTAGE VDIV 50 000E 00 VARIABLE 0 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 BWIDTH FULL SCALE 250 000E 00 250 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 1 0 00000E 00 P2X 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL2 VOLTAGE ZOOM 1 000 INVERT 0 OFFSET 0 0E 00 CHANNEL2 TEMPERATURE COUPLING DC CHANNEL2 LABEL CH2 CHANNEL3 DISPLAY 1 VOLTAGE VDIV 50 000E 00 VARIABLE 0 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 BWIDTH FULL SCALE 250 000E 00 250 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 1 0 00000E 00 P2X 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL3 VOLTAGE ZOOM 1 000 INVERT 0 OFFSET 0 0 00 TEMPERATURE COUPLING CHANNEL3 LABEL CH3 CHANNEL4 DISPLAY 1 VOLTAGE VDIV 50 000E 00 VARIABLE 0 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 BWIDTH FULL SCALE 250 000E 00 250 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 1 0 00000E 00 P2X 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 U
246. UT PRESET USER Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANnel x FREQ INPut PROBe Function Sets the probe attenuation on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut PROBe lt NRf gt lt gt FREQ INPut PROBe lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 1 or 10 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT PROBE 10 CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT PROBE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT PROBE 10 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ INPut PULLup Function Turns ON OFF the pull up on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut PULLup lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut PULLup lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT PULLUP CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT PULLUP gt CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT PULLUP 1 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANne1l lt x gt FREQ INPut SLOPe Function Sets the slope on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut SLOPe FALL RISE CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut SLOPe lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT SLOPE FALL CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT SLOPE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT SLOPE FALL De
247. V lt NRf gt lt Multiplier gt 5M lt NRf gt 5E 3 lt Multiplier gt Multipliers which can be used are shown below 10 Symbol Word Description EX Exa 1018 Peta 1015 T Tera 1012 109 106 K Kilo 10 M Milli 10 3 U Micro 10 N Nano 10 P Pico 10 12 Femto 10715 10718 lt Unit gt Units which can be used are shown below Symbol Word Description V Volt Voltage A Ampere Current S Second Time HZ Hertz Frequency MHZ Megahertz Frequency e lt Multiplier gt and Unit are not case sensitive e U is used to indicate MA is used for Mega M to distinguish it from milli except for in the case of Megahertz which is expressed as MHZ Hence it is not permissible to use M milli for Hertz f both lt Multiplier gt and Unit are omitted the default unit will be used Response messages are always expressed in lt NR3 gt form Neither lt Multiplier gt nor Unit is used therefore the default unit is used IM 701240 17E 5 5 5 4 Data lt Register gt lt Register gt indicates an integer and can be expressed in hexadecimal octal or binary as well as a decimal number lt Register gt is used when each bit of a value has a particular meaning lt Register gt is expressed in one of the following forms Form Example lt NRf gt 1 H HOF lt Hexadecimal value
248. VE ANAMING NUMBERING NAME PDF PDF SAVE ANAMing Function Sets the auto naming function of the saved files or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PDF SAVE ANAMing DATE NUMBering OFF PDF SAVE ANAMing Example PDF SAVE ANAMING DATE HCOPY PDF SAVE ANAMING gt HCOPY PDF SAVE ANAMING DATE PDF SAVE CDIRectory Function Syntax Example Changes the save destination directory HCOPy PDF SAVE CDIRectory String lt String gt Up to 16 characters HCOPY PDF SAVE CDIRECTORY NO 1 HCOPy PDF SAVE DRIVe Function Syntax Example Description HCOPy PDF SAVE NAME Function Syntax Example Sets the save destination storage medium HCOPy PDF SAVE DRIVe SCSI NRf NRf PCCard lt NRf gt NETWork USB lt NR gt lt NR gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt of PCCard Partitions 0 to 3 The first lt NRf gt of USB USB address The second lt NRf gt of USB Partition 0 to 3 or LUN logical unit number 0 to 3 The third lt NRf gt of USB Partition 0 to 3 when LUN is specified in the second lt NRf gt HCOPY PDF SAVE DRIVE SCSI 4 1 Ifthe drive does not contain partitions omit the lt NRf gt corresponding to partitions NETWork can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed The second or third lt NRf gt when USB is selected can be omitted if the drive
249. VEFORM TYPE NORMAL Description AVERage ENVelope BAVerage or NORMal is returned 6 144 IM 701240 17E 6 31 XY Group 6 31 XY Group The commands in this group deal with the XY display You can make the same settings and inquiries as when you press the DISPLAY on the front panel TRANge lt Space gt lt NRf gt lt Space gt lt gt Function Queries all settings related to the X Y display Syntax lt gt lt gt 1 to 4 Example XY1 gt XY1 MODE XY XAXIS SINGLE DISPLAY 1 TRANGE 5 00 5 00 XTRACE 1 YTRACE 2 lt gt Function Sets the display mode or queries the current setting Syntax XY x2 MODE TY TY XY XY XY x MODE lt gt 1 to 4 Example XY1 MODE XY XY1 MODE gt XY1 MODE XY Description same setting or query is performed regardless of the x value any value from 1 to 4 XY x TRANge Function Sets the range of the T Y waveform to be displayed on the X Y display or queries the current setting Syntax XY lt x gt TRANge lt gt lt gt XY x TRANge lt gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions 10 divisions record length steps Example XY1 TRANGE 4 4 1 TRANGE gt 1 TRANGE 4 00 4 00 Description The same setting or query is performed regardless of the x value any value from 1 to 4
250. VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype MODE 6 42 VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit 6 42 015 6 41 6 42 VOLTage LSCale MODE 6 42 VOLTage LSCale UNIT eee 6 42 VOL Tage LSCale sss 6 41 VOLTage POSition sese 6 43 6 43 6 43 6 43 VOLTage VDIV 6 43 0 6 43 CLEar Group io zr DE 6 44 COMMunicate Group 6 45 Group CURSO eA SEN Eno 6 50 XXY HORizontal DY 6 54 lt gt 6 54 XXY HORizontal STRAQCe 6 54 IXY HORIZontal TRACE 22 6 54 lt gt 2 6 54 2 6 53 6 54 5 6 54 6 54 OC MARKerTRAGS ciet tice eere 6 54
251. WAIT command halts communications until a specific event is generated Example STATus FILTerl FALL STATus EESR TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt lt PMT gt Response to STATus EESR is decoded COMMunicate WAIT 1 WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt For a description of STATus FILTerl FALL and STATus EESR refer to Using the extended event register on this page COMMunicate WAIT 1 means communications is halted until bit 0 of the extended event register is set to 1 IM 701240 17E 5 9 a10jag 6 1 List of Commands Chapter 6 Commands 6 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page ACQuire Group ACQuire Queries all settings related to the waveform acquisition 6 19 ACQuire AVERage Queries all settings related to averaging 6 19 ACQuire AVERage COUNt Sets the waveform acquisition count or queries the current setting 6 19 ACQuire AVERage EWEight Sets the attenuation constant of exponential averaging or queries the current setting 6 19 ACQuire CLOCk Sets the time base or queries the current setting 6 19 ACQuire COUNt Sets the waveform acquisition count when not in average mode or queries the current setting 6 19 ACQuire MODE Sets the waveform acquisition mode or queries the current setting 6 19 ACQuire PROTate Sets pulse rotate when applying external clock or queries the current setting 6 19 ACQuire RTOut Queries all settings related to realtime recording 6 19
252. WAVeform FORMat ASCii BYTE WORD WAVeform FORMat Example WAVEFORM FORMAT WORD WAVEFORM FORMAT WAVEFORM FORMAT WORD Description For details on the differences in the format setting see the description of WAVeform SEND WAVeform LENGth Function Queries the total number of points of the waveform main waveform specified by WAVeform TRACe WAVeform LENGth WAVEFORM LENGTH gt WAVEFORM LENGTH 10020 Description The total number of data points varies depending on the SL1400 setting For details see appendix 1 Relationship between the Time Axis Setting Sample Rate and Record Length in the User s Manual Syntax Example WAVeform MODule Function Queries the module corresponding to the waveform specified WAVeform TRACe WAVeform MODule WAVEFORM MODULE gt WAVEFORM MODULE M701250 Description The following values are returned from the module NOMODULE No module M701250 701250 HS10M12 M701251 701251 HS1M16 M701255 701255 NONISO_10M12 M701260 701260 HV with RMS M701261 701261 Voltage Temp Syntax Example M701262 701262 Voltage Temp with AAF M701265 701265 TEMP HPV M701270 701270 STRAIN_NDIS M701271 701271 STRAIN_DSUB M701275 701275 ACCL VOLT M701280 701280 FREQ WAVeform OFFSet Function Queries the offset value used when converting the waveform data specified by WAVeform TRACe to physical values WAVeform OFFSet WAVEFORM OFFS
253. WINDOW SYNC LEVEL 10 TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC LEVEL gt TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC LEVEL 10 Description Cannot be specified when TRIGger WWINdow SYNC TRACe is to e AUTO 3 TRIGger WWINdow SYNC TRACe 2 Function Sets the synchronization channel of the wave o window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger WWINdow SYNC TRACe lt NRf gt AUTO TRIGger WWINdow SYNC TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 16 Example TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC TRACE AUTO TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC TRACE gt TRIGGER WWINDOW SYNC TRACE AUTO IM 701240 17E 6 139 6 30 WAVeform Group 6 30 WAVeform Group The commands in this group deal with the acquired waveform data There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group WAVeform 5 2 BYTeorder LSBFirst DATaselect ACQData END Space lt NRf gt FORMat lt Space gt STARt TRACe TRIGger lt 2 A lt Space gt MINimum gt A gt A lt 2 4 lt Space gt aR 4 m J Space lt gt PODA PODB 6 140 IM 701240 17E 6 30 WAVeform Group WAVeform Function Queries all information about the waveform data Syntax WAVeform Example WAVEFORM gt WAVEFORM TRACE 2 REC
254. When the coupling is set to TC or when linear scaling is used it is lt NRf gt lt Time gt when lt Parameter gt is AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DELay FALL NWIDth PERiod PWIDth or RISE lt Frequency gt when lt Parameter gt is AVGFreq or FREQuency and lt NRf gt when lt Parameter gt is DUTYcycle NOVershoot PNUMber POVershoot TY1Integ TY2Integ XY1Integ or XY2Integ 6 78 IM 701240 17E 6 12 5 Group HISTory Function Queries all settings related to the history memory function Syntax HISTory Example HISTORY HISTORY RECORD 0 DMODE ONE DISPLAY 0 0 SMODE 0 ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 3 0000000 2 5000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT2 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 1 0000000 0 5000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT3 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 1 0000000 1 5000000 HISTORY ZONE EDIT4 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 3 0000000 3 5000000 HISTORY ZONE LOGIC AND HISTory ABORt Function Aborts the history search Syntax HISTory ABORt Example HISTORY ABORT HISTory CLEar Function Clears the history memory data Syntax HISTory CLEar Example HISTORY CLEAR Description Executing this command will clear all the waveform data HISTory DISPlay Function Sets the start number or end number of the display record or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory DISPl
255. XIBLEZONE MATH5 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH6 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH8 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP GDLIGHT LIGHT GWIDTH DIV1 SCALE OFF CHLABEL OFF TIME OFF GAUGE 0 ANNOTATION MM200 ANTYPE INFORMATION CHANNELI1 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL2 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL3 MESSAGE PSETUP CHANNELA MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL5 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL6 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL8 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNELO MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL10 MESSAGE PSETUP CHANNEL11 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL12 MESSAGE PSETUP CHANNEL13 MESSAGE PSETUP CHANNEL14 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL15 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP CHANNEL16 MESSAGE 5 1 MESSAGE 2 6 74 1 701240 17 6 11 Group MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP MATH3 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP MATH4 MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP MATH5 MESSAGE MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP MATH MESSAGE HCOPY PSETUP MATHS8 MESSAGE HCOPy PSETup EARea Function Turns ON OFF the extra area when printing with the display format set to Single Dual Triad Quad or queries the current
256. XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL4 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL4 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 4 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL4 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000 00 MEASURE CHANNEL4 METHOD AUTO MEASURE CHANNELS AMPLITUDE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS AVERAGE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS AVGFREQ STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS AVGPERIOD STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS BWIDTH1 STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS5 BWIDTH2 STATE 0 5 DUTYCYCLE STATE 0 5 FALL STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS5 FREQUENCY STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 HIGH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS5 LOW STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 MAXIMUM STATE 0 5 MIDDLE STATE 0 5 MINIMUM STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 NOVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 NWIDTH STATE 0 CHANNEL5 PERIOD STATE 0 CHANNEL5 PNUMBER STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 POVERSHOOT STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 PTOPEAK STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 PWIDTH STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 RISE STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 RMS STATE 0 MEASURE 5 SDEVIATION STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 TYLINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 TY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 XYLINTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNEL5 XY2INTEG STATE 0 MEASURE CHANNELS
257. Y VALUE gt MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY VALUE 4 5900000E 03 Description Ifthe measurement is not possible NAN Not A Number is returned The last NR is used to query the parameter value of the lt NR gt time after executing the statistical processing If the value corresponding to the relevant count is not present NAN Not A Number is returned NR can be omitted If omitted inquiry is made on the newest waveform parameter value in the history memory If lt NR gt is attached inquiry is made on parameter value of the lt NR gt th oldest waveform from the newest waveform in the history memory Example IM 701240 17E 6 101 6 18 MEASure Group MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal Function Queries all settings related to distal mesial and proximal Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DPROXIMAL gt MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DPROXIMAL MODE PERCENT PERCENT 10 0 50 0 90 0 UNIT 150 000E 00 0 0E 00 150 000E 00 Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal MODE Function Sets the mode of the distal mesial and proximal points or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal MODE PERCent UNIT MEASure
258. a Format 2 5 Matching the Data Format The serial RS 232 interface of this instrument performs communications using start stop synchronization In start stop synchronization one character is transmitted at a time Each character consists of a start bit data bits a parity bit and a stop bit Refer to the figure below Level returns to idle state dotted line Circuit Idle State 1 character until the start bit of the next item of data Data Bit solid line 7 or 8 bits 0p 0 1 34 7 41 StpBt Parity Bit Start Bit Even Odd or None 1 or 2 Bits 2 IM 701240 17E 2 7 uondo zez su leues IU JO 2 6 Setting up this Instrument Serial 2 6 Setting up this Instrument Serial Operating Procedure Explanation lecting th mmunication Interf Press MENU Press the Next 1 2 soft key Press the Remote soft key 4 Press the Device soft key to select RS232 Not Only the communications interfaces selected under Device are available If commands sent using an unselected communications interface the command will not be received e Selecting the Baud Rate the Data Format and etc 4 Press the Baud Rate baud rate Format data format Rx Tx handshaking method and the Terminator terminator soft keys individually and turn the jog shuttle to set each item
259. age reference waveform 6 101 number of points to be computed e ns D Ro UD iE n 5 6 number of pulses per rotations Remote Cnt 1 5 2 8 3 4 4 5 numeric monitor remote mode 1 8 2 2 3 2 4 3 numeric value remote local switching of 1 8 2 2 3 2 4 3 REN Remote Enable 1 6 reprint output destination O JA reprint range OFFE OFE EUR REGI GUERRE 2 5 reprinting Offset B 6 32 6 41 Nul Offset value odii a 6 33 6 141 response data 2 Operation Pending Status Enable register response header OP trigger tet tci nete 6 134 response 5 1 6 73 FOVISIONS ii output format etie UMP e is ez EET overlap command 5 7 6 46 P Page S data ie pun IO e EFE 6 141 paper feeding 6 71 6 73 sample DrOGFalmi antea idi paper SIZB iiie Gn REDE D ER ERE 6 73 sample rate irme eee parameter search 6 80 SAVE password 4 6 save destination storage medium PDF file gener
260. ample The following is an example when printers are connected to address 2 and 3 HCOPY EXTPRINTER PRINTER gt HCOPY EXTPRINTER PRINTER 2 3 HCOPy EXTPrinter SELect Function Sets the address of the target printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter SELect lt gt HCOPy EXTPrinter SELect lt NRf gt 1 to 127 HCOPY EXTPRINTER SELECT 3 HCOPY EXTPRINTER SELECT gt HCOPY EXTPRINTER SELECT 3 Description If you specify an address where no printer is connected an error occurs If a query is made to an address where no printer is connected NAN Not A Number is returned Example HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Function Turns ON OFF color printing on the external printer USB printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Boolean HCOPy EXTPrinter HCOPY EXTPRINTER TONE ON HCOPY EXTPRINTER TONE HCOPY EXTPRINTER TONE 1 Example HCOPy EXTPrinter Function Sets the output format and output resolution for printing to the external printer USB printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE BJ NRf LIPS PCL5 ESCP2 ESCPR HCOPy EXTPrinter lt NRf gt 180 300 360 or 600 dpi HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE BJ 360 HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE HCOPY EXTPRINTER TYPE BJ 360 Description NR is specified only when the type is set to Example BJ HCOPy NETPrint
261. annels that are inserted For channels whose input is turned OFF the measured value is output as Off Response Format 484 121311 IBE l 11 11 Label 8 characters Measured value Unit 4 characters 11 characters Logic right justified Binary notation 1 0 1 IL 1 Label 8 characters Measured value 8 characters 1 1 m Hexadecimal notation lt gt Label 8 characters Measured value 8 characters MONitor ASENd CHANnel lt x gt PODA PODB Function Outputs the numeric monitor data ASCII format of the specified trace Syntax MONitor ASENd 1 lt gt PODB lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 Example MONitor ASENd CHANnell gt See the response format below Description The data is output according to the response format described below MONitor ASENd CHAN lt X gt 542 1 Label 8 characters Measured value Unit 4 characters 11 characters right justified MONitor ASENd PODAIPODB Binary 1 o 1 o 1 o 1 o 1 IL 1 Label 8 characters Measured value 8 characters MONitor ASENd PODAIPODB Hexa 1 lt
262. ard COPY Function Queries all settings related to the printing of screen images Syntax HCOPy Example HCOPY gt HCOPY DIRECTION PRINTER PRINTER TYPE NORMAL RANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 HCOPY COMMENT EXTPRINTER TYPE ESCP TONE 0 SELECT HCOPY NETPRINT TYPE ESCP TONE 0 HCOPY PDF PSIZE BUILTIN ORIENTATION LANDSCAPE DPPAGE 20 TITLE AUTHOR SUBTITLE KEYWORD COLOR 0 COMPRESSION 0 SAVE ANAMING NUMBERING NAME HCOPY PSETUP EAREA 0 FLEXIBLEZONE MODE 0 CHANNEL UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL2 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL3 UPP 100 LOW 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL4 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL5 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL6 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL7 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNELS UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL9 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL10 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL11 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL12 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL13 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL14 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL15 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE 16 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY FLEXIBLEZONE MAT
263. ary to use certain procedures by mutual agreement to ensure the proper transfer of data These procedures are called handshaking Various handshaking systems are available depending on the computer to be used the same handshaking system must be used for both the computer and this instrument This instrument allows you to choose any handshaking mode from the following three modes Handshake Format Descriptions Data Sending Control Control Method When Sending Data to a Computer Handshake Method The Menu of this Instrument OFF OFF NO NO Data Receiving Control Control Method When Receiving Data from a Computer Software Handshake Hardware Handshake Sending stops when X off is received and sending is resumed when X on is received Sending stops when CB CTS is False and sending is resumed when CB is True No handshake Software Handshake Hardware Handshake X off is sent when received data buffer becomes 3 4 full and X on is sent when the received data CA RTS is set to False when received data buffer is only 3 4 full and is set to True when received data buffer is only 1 4 full No handshake buffer is only 1 4 full XON XON XON XON CS RS OFF OFF XON XON CTS RTS Transmission Data Control There is no handshake status between the instrument and host computer The X OFF and X ON signal from the host computer is process
264. ata loading from the history memory You make the same settings execute the same operations and make the same inquiries as when the HISTORY key on the front panel is used O CEO Ke DISPlay T Space lt NRf gt C J 4 DMODe lt gt 2 4 RECord 4 lt Space gt lt NRf gt 4 O lt gt CONDition 4 lt Space gt OFF 4 9 3 Lar E 2 o o EN TYPE Setting See the next page LOGic Space O TLINKage lt Space gt OFF 4 lt NRf gt TRANge lt Space gt lt NRf gt gt 9 1 4 6 77 IM 701240 17E 6 12 5 Group t N zone d f x 1 CONDition lt Space gt HORizontal lt Space gt SOURce lt Space gt J 4 VERTical Space lt NRf gt O 5 29 1 lt Space gt 2 i TYPE Setting lt Parameter gt 4 Space lt Voltage gt lt voltage gt lt Voltage gt when lt Parameter gt is AMPLitude AVERage HIGH LOW MIDDle MINimum PTOPeak RMS SDEViation except when using a current probe then it is lt Current gt
265. ated or queries the current setting 6 131 TRIGger ACTion MAIL MODE Queries whether a mail is set to be transmitted when an action is activated 6 131 TRIGger ACTion MODE Sets the action on trigger mode or queries the current setting 6 131 TRIGger ACTion SAVE MODE Sets whether to save the waveform data to the storage medium when an action is activated or queries the current setting 6 131 TRIGger ACTion SAVE TYPE Sets the data type for saving waveform data when an action is activated or queries the current setting 6 132 TRIGger ACTion SEQuence Sets whether to repeat the action or queries the current setting 6 132 TRIGger ADB Queries all settings related to the A Delay B trigger 6 132 TRIGger ADB DELay Sets the delay time of condition B or queries the current setting 6 132 TRIGger ATRigger Queries all settings related to condition A 6 132 ATRigger CHANnel lt x gt Sets the channel condition of condition A or queries the current setting 6 132 ATRigger CONDition Sets the condition to be satisfied for condition or queries the current setting 6 132 ATRigger LOGic Queries all settings related the logic of condition 6 132 TRIGger ATRigger LOGic A1 B8 Sets the logic bit of condition A or queries the current setting 6 132 TRIGger ATRigger PODA Sets the logic condition of condition A or queries the current setting 6 132 TRIGger BGTime Queries all
266. ation 2 2 4 SAVE TOMAT teinte itecto meii phase offset E save operation aborting Of save PDF 6 73 port HORT OI zs aas cocco arcae nece eet te tits scale print 6 76 ports number of nus scaling coefficient A 6 41 screen image data saving of 6 83 screen images printing of 6 71 print destination SCIOMl GIN CHON 6 149 Scroll 6 149 print length en ert eerte rines eic d teer Li ir did 6 121 print operation aborting of D O Nm 2 3 print screen imiage osinaren SDC and DCL differences between 1 7 Print sets hel aes SDC Selected Device 1 6 printed characters size of dis search condition 6 81 probe attenuatiorn tar c cr Searci mode e ci rr rere cri vr i SR EE ELE X 6 80 ERE TETTE 6 81 program data self test program header 2 sending 2
267. ay lt gt lt gt HISTory DISPlay lt NRf gt 0 to 1999 HISTORY DISPLAY 2 10 HISTORY DISPLAY HISTORY DISPLAY 2 10 Description selectable number of records varies depending on the acquisition setting and memory extension Example HISTory DMODe Display Mode Function Sets the waveform display format one waveform all waveforms or average or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory DMODe ONE ALL AVE HISTory DMODe HISTORY DMODE ALL HISTORY DMODE HISTORY DMODE ALL Description If you specify ALL the record numbers specified by HISTory DISPlay are displayed accumulated Example HISTory EXECute Function Executes the history search This is an overlap command Syntax HISTory EXECute Example HISTORY EXECUTE HISTory PARameter Function Queries all settings related to the history search waveform parameter Syntax HISTory PARameter Example HISTORY PARAMETER HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE PTOPEAK DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM2 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE MAXIMUM DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM3 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE MINIMUM DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM4 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 TYPE RMS DONTCARE DONTCARE HISTORY PARAMETER LOGIC AND TLINKAGE 0 TRANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt Function Queries all setti
268. bytes Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data Private Function GpibGetWord As Integer Dim msg As String Dim As String Dim sts As Integer Dim vdv As Variant Dim ofs As Variant Dim eos As Integer Dim hlg As Integer Dim dlg As Integer Dim dat As Variant Dim i As Integer msg Space 100 qry Space 100 sts InitGpib If sts lt gt 0 Then GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg STOP term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg COMMUNICATE HEADER OFF term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM TRACE 1 term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM RECORD 0 term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM FORMAT WORD term sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg WAVEFORM BYTEORDER LSBFIRST term Command buffer Query buffer Vdiv value Offset value EOS Block Header Length Block Data Length Data Initialize GPIB Stop Acquisition Query Header Off for Get V div Trace 1 Record number 0
269. ch is to be output when an query is made Refer to page 7 5 Bit 5 ESB Event Summary Bit Set to 1 when the logical AND of the standard event register and the corresponding enable register is 1 i e when an event takes place in the instrument Refer to page 7 3 Bit 6 RQS Request Status MSS Master Summary Status Sets to 1 when the logical AND of any one of the Status Byte bits other than bit 6 and the corresponding Service Request Enable Register bit becomes 1 that is when the instrument is requesting service from the controller RQS is set to 1 when MSS changes from 0 to 1 andis cleared when a serial poll is performed or when MSS changes to 0 Bit Masking To mask a bit in the status byte so that it does not cause an SRQ set the corresponding bit of the service request enable register to 0 For example to mask bit 2 EAV so that no service will be requested even if an error occurs set bit 2 of the service request enable register to 0 This can be done using the SRE command To query whether each bit of the service request enable register is 1 or 0 use SRE For details of the SRE command refer to Chapter 6 7 2 IM 701240 17E 7 2 Status Byte 7 3 Standard Event Register Operation of the Status Byte A service request is issued when bit 6 of the status byte becomes 1 Bit 6 becomes 1 when any of the other bits becomes 1 or when the corresponding bit in the
270. cter strings in Chapter 6 148 Character data not allowed Enter a format other than in Chapter 6 150 String data error Character string must be enclosed by double quotation 5 6 marks or single quotation marks 151 Invalid string data Character string is too long or contains characters Chapter 6 which cannot be used 158 String data not allowed Enter in a data format other than Character string Chapter 6 161 Invalid block data Block data is not allowed 5 7 Chapter 6 168 Block data not allowed Block data is not allowed 5 7 Chapter 6 171 Invalid expression Equation is not allowed Chapter 6 178 Expression data not allowed Equation is not allowed Chapter 6 181 Invalid outside macro definition Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 App 2 IM 701240 17E Appendix 2 Error Messages Error in Communication Execution 200 to 299 Code Message Action Reference Page 221 Setting conflict Check the relevant setting Chapter 6 222 Data out of range Check the setting range Chapter 6 223 Too much data Check the data byte length Chapter 6 224 Illegal parameter value Check the setting range Chapter 6 241 Hardware missing Check availability of options 260 Expression error Equation is not allowed 270 Macro error Does not conform to the macro function specified in IEEE488 2 272
271. ction Executes the balance on the channel with the strain module installed Syntax lt gt 5 1 BALance EXECute lt gt 1 10 16 Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN BALANCE EXECUTE Description Balance is executed on channels that are turned ON with the CHANnel x STRain CHANnel lt x gt command error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt STRain BWIDth FULL lt gt Function Sets the filter on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain BWIDth FULL lt Frequency gt CHANnel lt x gt STRain BWIDth lt gt 1 to 16 lt Frequency gt 10 Hz 100 Hz or 1 kHz Example 7 STRAIN BWIDTH FULL CHANNEL7 STRAIN BWIDTH gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN BWIDTH FULL Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt STRain EXCitation lt Voltage gt Function Sets the bridge voltage on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt STRain EXCitation lt Voltage gt CHANnel lt x gt STRain EXCitation lt gt 1 to 16 lt Voltage gt 2 V 5 V or 10 V Example CHANNEL7 STRAIN EXCITATION 2V CHANNEL7 STRAIN EXCITATION gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN EXCITATION 2 000000E 00 Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHA
272. d Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 OPC lt PMT gt Response to OPC is decoded CHANnel1 VDIV lt PMT gt The coMMunicate OPSE command is used to designate which commands are to be subject to the OPC command In the above example only medium access commands are designated Since OPC does not generate a response until an overlap operation is completed file loading will have been completed when a response to OPC is read Most commands sequential commands Commands used Chapter 6 are sequential commands unless otherwise specified Synchronization with Non Overlap Commands Synchronization is sometimes required for reasons other than communications related reasons such as the activation of a trigger even if a sequential command is used For example if a next program message is transmitted to make an inquiry about the waveform data which has been acquired using single mode as the trigger mode the WAVeform SEND command is sometimes executed whether acquisition has been completed or not causing a command execution error TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt In this case synchronization with the time at which acquisition is completed must be accomplished as shown next Using STATus CONDition Query STATus CONDition query is used to make an query about the contents of the condition register page 7 4 Itis possible to judge whet
273. d until the completion of the specified overlap operation 6 154 IM 701240 17E spuewwog 6 2 ACQuire Group 6 2 ACQuire Group The commands in this group deal with the waveform acquisition You can make the same settings and inquiries as when you press the MENU key gt Next 1 2 soft key gt Others soft key on the front panel 9 Caan CLOCk INTernal E EXTernal lt Space gt B INFinity J Space lt NRf gt COUNt lt Space gt lt NRf gt INFinity 9 ENVelope AVERage BAVerage PROTate lt Space gt lt NRf gt NUMBering M lt 2 7 lt gt 4 lt NRf gt L M 29 7 lt Space gt lt String gt CONTinue 6 18 IM 701240 17E 6 2 ACQuire Group ACQuire Function Queries all settings related to the waveform acquisition Syntax ACQuire Example ACQUIRE gt ACQUIRE RLENGTH 10000 MODE NORMAL PROTATE 1 AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY EWEIGHT 16 ACQUIRE COUNT INFINITY CLOCK INTERNAL RTOUT MODE OFF ANAMING DATE FILENAME COMMENT ACQuire AVERage Function Queries all settings related to averaging Syntax ACQuire AVERage Example ACQUIRE AVERAGE gt ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY EWEIGHT 16 ACQuire AVERage COUNt Function Sets the wave
274. dicates a value expressed as a decimal number as shown in the table below Decimal values are given in the NR form specified in ANSI X3 42 1975 Symbol Description Example lt NR1 gt Integer 125 1 1000 NR2 Fixed point number 125 0 90 001 lt NR3 gt Floating point number 125 0 0 9 1 1 4 lt NRf gt Any of the forms lt NR1 gt to lt NR3 gt is allowed Decimal values which are sent from the controller to this instrument can be sent in any of the forms to lt NR 8 gt In this case lt NRf gt appears Forresponse messages which are returned from this instrument to the controller the form lt NR1 gt to lt NR3 gt to be used is determined by the query same form is used irrespective of whether the value is large or small Inthe case of lt NR3 gt the after the E can be omitted but the cannot If a value outside the setting range is entered the value will be normalized so that it is just inside the range fthe value has more than the significant number of digits the value will be rounded Voltage Current Time Frequency Voltage Current Time and Frequency indicate decimal values which have physical significance lt Multiplier gt or Unit can be attached to lt NRf gt They be entered in any of the following forms Form Example lt NRf gt lt Multiplier gt lt Unit gt 5MV lt NRf gt lt Unit gt 5E 3
275. display Syntax CURSOr TY VERTical Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL TRACE 1 5 1 2 0000000 POSITION2 4 0000000 6 52 IM 701240 17E 6 8 CURSor Group CURSor TY VERTical DX Function Queries the X axis value between the V cursors of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY 1 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL DX gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL DX 2 0000000E 03 Description When the time base is set to internal clock When in the time domain the query is for the time between the markers when in the frequency domain the query is for the frequency between the markers When the time base is set to external clock The query is for the number of points between the marker cursors CURSor TY VERTical DY Function Queries the Y axis value between V cursors of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY VERTical DY Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL DY gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL DY 10 000000E 03 Description When linear scaling of the Y trace is ON the query is for the scaled value CURSor VERTical JUMP Function Jumps the V cursor on the T Y display onto the specified zoom waveform Syntax CURSor TY 1 JUMP ci zi ci z2 c2 zi C2 z2 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL JUMP C1 21 Description Jumps to the center position of the zoom waveform C1 and C2 indicate V cursors Cursor1 and Cursor2 respectively CURSor
276. e status byte are cleared As a result the corresponding bits in the status byte are cleared except bit 4 MAV since the output queue cannot be emptied by the cLS command However the output queue will also be cleared if the cLS command is received just after a program message terminator 7 3 Standard Event Register Overview of the Standard Event Register 76 5 4 2 PONURQCMEEXE DDEQYERQCOPC Bit 7 PON Power ON Bit 7 PON Power ON Set to 1 when power is turned ON Bit 6 URQ User Request Not used always 0 Bit 5 CME Command Error Set to 1 when the command syntax is incorrect Examples Incorrectly spelled command name 9 used in octal data Bit 4 EXE Execution Error Set to 1 when the command syntax is correct but the command cannot be executed in the current state Examples Parameters are outside the setting range an attempt is made to make a hard copy during acquisition Bit 3 DDE Device Dependent Error Set to 1 when execution of the command is not possible due to an internal problem in the instrument that is not a command error or an execution error Example The circuit breaker is reset Bit 2 QYE Query Error Set to 1 if the output queue is empty or if the data is missing even after a query has been sent Examples No response data data is lost due to an overflow in the output queue Bit 1 RQC Request Control Not used always 0
277. e Specifications 1 4 GP IB Interface Specifications GP IB Interface Specifications Electrical and Mechanical Specifications Conforms to IEEE Standard 488 1978 Interface Functions Refer to the table below Protocol Conforms to IEEE Standard 488 2 1992 Code ISO ASCII code Mode Addressable mode Address Setting Addresses 0 to 30 can be selected from the GP IB setting screen in the remote control menu Remote Mode Clear Remote mode can be cleared by pressing CLEAR TRACE key However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller Interface Functions Function Subset Name Description Source Handshaking SH1 Full source handshaking capability Acceptor Handshaking 1 Full acceptor handshaking capability Talker T6 Basic talker capability serial polling untalk on MLA My Listen Address no talk only capability Listener L4 Basic listener capability unlisten on MTA My Talk Address no listen only capability Service Request SR1 Full service request capability Remote Local RL1 Full remote local capability Parallel Poll PPO No parallel polling capability Device Clear DC1 Full device clear capability Device Trigger DTO No device trigger capability Controller CO No controller function Electrical Characteristic E1 Open collector Data Transfer Rate The table below shows approximate response times for output of waveform data assuming the following con
278. e auto naming function of the saved files or queries the current setting Syntax FILE SAVE ANAMing DATE NUMBering OFF FILE SAVE ANAMing Example FILE SAVE ANAMING DATE FILE SAVE ANAMING gt FILE SAVE ANAMING DATE FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the saving of the data FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat FILE SAVE BINARY gt FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE ALL RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE COMPRESSION 0 FILE SAVE MEASure SETup SNAP ABORt Function Syntax Example FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP EXECute Function Syntax Example Aborts the saving of the data FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP ABORt The following is an example for the waveform data FILE SAVE BINARY ABORT spuewwog Executes the saving of the data to a file This is an overlap command FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP EXECute The following is an example for the waveform data FILE SAVE BINARY EXECUTE FILE SAVE FLOat HISTory Function Syntax Example Sets the save target of the history memory of the data or queries the current setting FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory ONE ALL AVE FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory FILE SAVE
279. e current setting Syntax STATus QMESsage lt Boolean gt STATus OMESsage Example STATUS QMESSAGE ON STATUS QMESSAGE gt STATUS QMESSAGE 1 STATus SPOL1 Serial Poll Function Syntax Example Description Executes serial polling STATus SPOLI1 STATUS SPOLL gt STATUS SPOLL 0 This command is dedicated to the RS 232 interface For GP IB this function is provided as an interface message spuewwog The command in this group is used to stop the waveform acquisition You can execute the same operation as the START STOP key on the front panel STOP Function Stops the waveform acquisition Syntax STOP Example STOP Description Use to start the waveform acquisition To perform realtime recording use the COMMunicate OVERlap command to apply the overlap command for bit 6 during file access before starting stopping IM 701240 17E 6 117 6 27 SYSTem Group 6 27 SYSTem Group The commands in this group deal with the system You can make the same settings and inquiries as when you press the MENU key gt System Config soft key on the front panel O va lt Space gt SYSTem CLOCk Space String MODE lt Space gt lt Space gt lt String gt TIME lt Space gt lt String gt T lt Space gt OOD 4 LI
280. e measurement of the P1 X P2 X values of linear scaling on the channel with the frequency module installed Syntax 1 lt gt 15 1 1 2 lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE GETMEASURE 1 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale MODE Function Sets linear scaling on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale MODE 12 1 lt gt FREQ LSCale MODE lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE MODE OFF CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE MODE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE MODE OFF Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANnel x FREQ LSCale P1X P1y P2X P2Y Function Sets the P1 x P1 Y P2 X P2 Y values of linear scaling on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt 5 1 P2X P2Y lt gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale P1X P1Y P2X P2Y lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt of P1X and P2X 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999E 30 lt NRf gt or P1Y or P2Y 9 9999E 25 to 9 9999E 25 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE P1X 10 CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE P1X gt CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE P1X 10 0000E 00 Description error occurs if the frequenc
281. e message even if there it no response message an error will occur An error will also occur if the controller makes an attempt to receive a response message before transmission of a program message has been completed program message of more than one unit is sent and some of the units are incomplete this instrument receives program message units which the instrument thinks complete and attempts to execute them However these attempts may not always be successful and a response may not always be returned even if the program message contains queries Dead Lock This instrument has a buffer memory in which both program and response messages of 1024 bytes or more can be stored The number of bytes available will vary depending on the operating state of the instrument If both buffer memories become full at the same time this instrument becomes inoperative This state is called deadlock In this case operation can be resumed by discarding the response message No dead lock will occur if the size of the program message including the PMT is kept below 1024 bytes Furthermore no deadlock will occur if the program message does not contain a query IM 701240 17E 5 2 Commands 5 2 Commands Commands There are three types of command program header which can be sent from the controller to this instrument They differ in the format of their program headers Common Command Header Commands defined in IEEE 488 2 1987
282. e upper and lower limits on the screen on the channel with the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt TEMPerature SCALe lt NRf gt lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature SCALe lt x gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 5432 to 5432 0 1 C steps CHANNEL 1 TEMPERATURE SCALE 1200 0 200 0 CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE SCALE gt CHANNEL 1 TEMPERATURE SCALE 1200 0 200 0 Description The unit of the value is the unit specified by 1 lt gt TEMPerature UNIT Anerror occurs if the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation or Universal Module is not installed Example 1 lt gt TEMPerature TYPE Function Sets the thermocouple type to be used on the channel with the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature K E J T L U N R S B W Au7 e 1 lt gt TEMPerature TYPE lt gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE K CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE gt CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE TYPE K Description error occurs if the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation or Universal Module is not installed Example 1 lt gt TEMPerature UNIT Function Sets the unit of the upper and lower limits on the channel with the Temperature High Prec
283. ecord number 6 80 o HISTory SMODe Turns ON OFF the search mode of history memory or queries the current setting 6 80 HISTory TIME Queries the time of the target record number 6 80 HISTory ZONE Queries all settings related to the zone search 6 81 HISTory ZONE EDIT x Queries all settings related to the specified search zone 6 81 HISTory ZONE EDIT x CONDition Sets the search condition of the zone cursor or queries the current setting 6 81 HISTory ZONE EDIT x HORizontal Sets the upper lower of the search zone or queries the current setting 6 81 HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt SOURce Sets the target waveform of the zone search or queries the current setting 6 81 HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt VERTical Sets the left right of the search zone or queries the current setting 6 81 HISTory ZONE LOGic Sets the search logic condition between zone searches or queries the current setting 6 81 IMAGe Group IMAGe Queries all settings related to the saving of screen image data 6 83 IMAGe ABORt Aborts saving the screen image data to the storage medium 6 83 IMAGe COMMent Sets the comment on the screen or queries the current setting 6 83 COMPression Sets the screen data compression of the BMP format or queries the current setting 6 83 IMAGe EXECute Executes the saving of the screen image data to the storage medium 6 83 IMAGe FORMat Sets the save format of the screen image data or queries the current setting 6 83
284. ectime 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml CTSHolding True End If msg TIMEBASE RECTIME 2ms term MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout RS232Rectime 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 Set Rectime 2 ms Send Command Wait until OutBufferCount 0 msg IM 701240 17E 8 4 Sets Queries the Record Time msg TIMEBASE RECTIME term MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout RS232Rectime 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 TimerCount 1 Do MSComml Input Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount Timeout Then Get Rectime value Send Command Wait until OutBufferCount 0 msg Receive Query Wait until End Data Terminator Call DIsplayRS232Error Receive Timeout msg RS232Rectime 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until Right qry 1 term Query 0 Left qry Len qry 1 RS232Rectime 0 finish MSComml PortOpen False Timerl Interval 0 TIM RECT 20 00 03 End Function 5 232 Port Close TIM RECT 20 00 03 m END IM 701240 17E ejduies 8 5 Data Output in Word Format 2 bytes 8 5 Data Output in Word Format 2
285. ed WAVeform Syntax WAVeform SEND lt gt lt NRf gt 1 to 2000 Varies depending on the record length setting Example WAVeform SEND gt 9 number of bytes 9 digits series of data bytes Or lt NRf gt lt NRfs Description The output format of WwAVeform SEND varies depending on the WAVeform FORMat setting 1 When set to ASCii For the voltage module the data is output as lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt lt Voltage gt When measuring temperature the data is output as lt Temperature gt Temperature Temperature The unit specified by CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature UNIT is used for the output For the strain module the data is output as lt NRf gt lt NRfs lt NRf gt For logic waveforms the data is output as lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt lt NR1 gt is 8 bit bit pattern LSB bit 1 MSB bit 8 expressed in decimal notation For computed waveforms the data is output as lt NRf gt lt NRfs lt NRf gt For acceleration measurements the data is output as lt NRf gt lt NRf gt lt NRf gt When measuring frequency on the frequency module the data is output as lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt lt Frequency gt When measuring RPMs on the frequency module the data is output as lt NRf gt lt NRfs lt NRf gt When measuring RPSs on the frequency module the data is output as lt NRf gt lt NRfs lt NRf gt
286. ed The part enclosed by is also omitted in the abbreviated form 5 4 IM 701240 17E 5 4 Data 5 4 Data Data A data section comes after the header A space must be included between the header and the data The data contains conditions and values Data is classified as below Data Description lt Decimal gt Value expressed as a decimal number Example Type of probe of CH2 gt CHANnel2 PROBe 100 lt Voltage gt lt Current gt Physical value lt Time gt lt Frequency gt Example Time axis range gt TIMebase TDIV 1US lt Register gt Register value expressed as either binary octal decimal or hexadecimal Example Extended event register value gt STATUS EESE HFE lt Character data gt Specified character string mnemonic Can be selected from Example CH2 input coupling gt CHANnel1l COUPling AC lt Boolean gt Indicates ON OFF Set to ON OFF or value Example CH2 display ON gt CHANnel2 DISPlay ON lt Character string data gt Arbitrary character string Example Comment on screen data output gt HCOPy COMMent ABCDEF lt Filename gt Gives the name of a file Example Name of file to be saved gt FILE SAVE WAVeform NAME CASE1 lt Block data gt Arbitrary 8 bit data Example Response to acquired waveform data gt 800000010ABCDEFGHIJ lt Decimal gt lt Decimal gt in
287. ed as data and the CS signal is ignored R tion Dat ntrol There is no handshake status between the recorder and host computer When the recorder reception buffer becomes full the excess data is discarded RS True fixed Transmission Dat ntrol A software handshake status is established between the instrument and host computer The instrument will stop a data transmission when an X OFF signal is received from the host computer and will resume transmission when the next X ON signal is received A CS signal from the host computer is ignored Reception Data Control A software handshake status is established between the instrument and host computer When the instruments reception buffer vacancy reaches 64 bytes the X OFF signal will be sent to the host computer When the reception buffer vacancy reaches 192 bytes the X ON signal will be sent RS True fixed IM 701240 17E 2 5 uondo 262 5 leues eui JO S 2 4 Handshaking 5 5 Transmission Data Control A software handshake status is established between the instrument and host computer The instrument will stop a data transmission if a CS False status is established and will resume the transmission when a 5 True status is established The X OFF and X ON signals from the host computer are processed as data Reception Data Control A hardware handshake status is established between the instrument and host computer W
288. el Therefore it is possible to omit the header if the commands belong to the same group Example ACQuire MODE NORMal COUNt 1 lt gt When Concatenating Commands of Different Groups A colon must be included before the header of a command if the command does not belong to the same group as the preceding command It is impossible to omit a colon Example ACQuire MODE NORMal DISPlay FORMat SINGle lt PMT gt When Concatenating Simple Headers When you type in a simple header after another command you must include a colon before the simple header It is impossible to omit a colon Example ACQuire MODE NORMal STARt PMT When Concatenating Common Commands Common commands defined in IEEE 488 2 1992 are independent of hierarchical level Thus it is not necessary to add a colon before a common command Example ACQuire MODE NORMal CLS COUNt 1 lt PMT gt When Separating Commands with lt gt If a terminator is used to separate two commands each command is a separate message Therefore the common header must be typed in for each command even when commands of the same command group are being concatenated Example ACQuire MODE NORMal PMT ACQuire COUNt 1 lt gt IM 701240 17E 5 3 a10jag 5 2 Commands 5 3 Response Upper level Query An upper level query is a compound header to which a question mark is appended Execution of an upper
289. el lt x gt STRain LSCale GETMeasure Executes the measurement of the P1 X P2 X values of linear scaling when the strain module is installed 6 38 IM 701240 17E 6 3 6 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale MODE Turns ON OFF linear scaling when the strain module is installed SHUNt can be specified only on the Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal or queries the current setting 6 38 CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale PIX P1Y P2X P2Y Sets the P1 X P1 Y P2 X P2 Y values of linear scaling when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 39 CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale SHUNt Executes the shunt calibration when the strain module is installed only on the Strain Module DSUB Shunt Cal 6 39 CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale UNIT Sets the unit to be added to the result of linear scaling when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 39 CHANnel x STRain RANGe Sets the measurement range when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 39 CHANnel x STRain SCALe Sets the upper and lower limits on the screen when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 39 CHANnel lt x gt STRain UNIT Sets the unit when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 39 CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature Queries all settings related to the Temperature High Precision Volta
290. elated to the specified search zone Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 HORIZONTAL 0 50 0 50 VERTICAL 3 0000000 1 0000000 HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the search condition of the specified zone cursor or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CONDition OFF IN OUT HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 CONDITION IN Description Use EDIT lt x gt to specify the search zone to be registered HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt HORizontal Function Sets the upper lower position of the specified search zone or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt HORizontal lt NR gt lt NR gt HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt HORizontal lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 0 01 steps in the order Upper and Lower Example HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 HORIZONTAL 4 00 4 00 HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 HORIZONTAL gt HISTORY ZONE EDIT1 HORIZONTAL 4 00 4 00 Description Use EDIT lt x gt to specify the search zone to be registered HISTory ZONE EDIT x SOURCe Function Sets the source waveform of the zone search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory ZONE EDIT lt x gt SOURce lt NRf gt HISTory ZONE ED
291. enerated USB Interface Specifications Data Transfer Rate Electrical and Mechanical Specifications Conforms to USB Rev 1 0 Connector Type B connector receptacle Number of Ports 1 Power Supply Self powered Supported Systems PC system supported Models with a standard USB port that operates on Windows 2000 or Windows XP a separate device driver is required for connection to the PC The table below shows approximate response times for output of waveform data assuming the following configuration Model 701240 Controller PC Pentium4 2 0 GHz USB1 1 OS Windows 2000 Professional Programming Language Visual C Data Volume Byte Format Word Format ASCII Format 1000 approx 29 ms approx 31 ms approx 479 ms 10000 approx 47 ms approx 52 ms approx 4 5 100000 approx 210 ms approx 330 ms approx 45 15 1000000 approx 2 0s approx 3 2 approx 453 s Switching between Remote and Local Mode When Switching from Local to Remote Mode If the SL1400 receives a COMMunicate REMote ON command from the PC when it is in the local mode it switches to the remote mode REMOTE is displayed at the lower left corner of the screen All keys except CLEAR TRACE are disabled The settings that existed in the local mode are maintained even when the SL1400 switches to the remote mode When Switching from Remote to Local Mode Pressing CLEAR TRACE when the instrument is in the remote mode causes the instrum
292. ent to switch to the local mode However this is void when the SL1400 has received a COMMunicate LOCKout ON command from the PC local lockout condition When the SL1400 receives a COMMunicate REMote OFF command from the PC the SL1400 switches to the local mode regardless of the local lock condition REMOTE indication at the lower right corner disappears Key operations are enabled The settings that existed in the remote mode are maintained even when the instrument switches to the local mode Note L The USB interface cannot be used simultaneously with other communications interface GP IB serial RS 232 or network IM 701240 17E 3 3 Connection via the USB Interface 3 3 Connection the USB Interface Connection Precautions Connect the USB cable by inserting the connector firmly into the USB connector When connecting multiple devices using USB hubs connect the SL1400 to the USB hub that is closest to the controller Do not mistakenly insert the USB cable to the START STOP output terminal This may cause damage to the SL1400 Do not connect or disconnect the USB cable after the power is turned ON until the SL1400 boots up completely until the SL1400 is ready for operation approximately 20 to 30 s Doing so can cause damage to the SL1400 IM 701240 17E 3 3 ASN n 3 4 Setting up this Instrument USB 3 4 Setting up this Instrument USB Operating Procedure
293. er 5 4 high and low points 6 102 HISTory group 6 77 history memory history search hold off hysteresis ID value IEEE 488 2 1992 1 i eee HG App 4 IFC Interface Clear 1 6 IMAGe group m ure m INITialize group onore te ee rtt cerei 6 84 input coupling sees cere rennen n ert P re aee interface 2 2 4 4 1 interpolation method IDdc m K Page oT EM 6 73 L Page LGD vives 6 120 level indicator 6 60 line specific status 6 46 linear scaling 6 37 6 41 linear scaling coefficient 6 32 linear scaling coefficient B 6 32 listener function 2 8 4 1 3 LLO Local 1 1 6 load operation aborting Of local lockout local mode log start logic bit E ie er nte re logic trigger slope IMAQNITICATON manual trigger marker Cursor uie menu MASK PH MATH group MEASure group measurement
294. eries all settings related to cursor measurements 6 50 CURSor TY Queries all settings related to the cursor of the T Y display 6 50 CURSor TY DEGRee Queries all settings related to the angle cursor 6 50 CURSor TY DEGRee DX Queries the angle difference AD between angle cursors 6 50 CURSor TY DEGRee DY Queries the AV value between angle cursors 6 50 CURSor TY DEGRee JUMP Jumps the angle cursor onto the zoom waveform 6 50 CURSor TY DEGRee POSition lt x gt Sets the angle cursor position or queries the current setting 6 50 CURSor TY DEGRee REFerence lt x gt Sets the position of the start point Reference 1 or the end point Reference 2 of the angle reference or queries the current setting 6 50 CURsor TY DEGRee RVALue Sets the reference angle of the angle cursor or queries the current setting 6 50 CURSor DEGRee TRACe Sets the target waveform of the angle cursor or queries the current setting 6 51 DEGRee X lt x gt Queries the angle of the angle cursor 6 51 CURSor DEGRee Y lt x gt Queries the voltage of the angle cursor 6 51 CURSor TY HORizontal Queries all settings related to H cursor 6 51 CURSor TY HORizontal DY Queries the Y axis value between the H cursors 6 51 CURSor TY HORizontal POSition x Sets the cursor position or queries the current setting 6 51 CURSor TY HORizontal TRACe Sets the target waveform of the H cursor o
295. ersal Commands Valid for any item of equipment irrespective of whether the item is designated as a listener or a talker The following five universal commands are available LLO Local LockOut DCL Device CLear PPU Parallel Poll Unconfigure SPE Serial Poll Enable SPD Serial Poll Disable In addition to the above commands a listener address talker address on secondary command can be sent in an interface message Interface Messages Multi Line Messages r Uni Line Messages Address Universal Command Command REN IDY GTL SDC DCL PPC PPU GET 5 SPD Listener Talker Secondary Address Address Command Messages marked with a are interface messages supported by the SL1400 Note Differences between SDC and DCL The SDC command is an address command and requires that both the talker and listener be designated however DCL is a universal command and does not require that the talker and listener be designated Therefore SDC is used for particular items of equipment while DCL can be used for any equipment connected to the communications bus IM 701240 17E 1 7 o2ejo1u gi d9 Jo B 2 1 Names of the Parts and their Function Chapter 2 Overview of the Serial RS 232 Interface 2 1 Names of the Parts and their Function Front Panel CLEAR TRACE Key
296. es the current setting 6 114 RECorder REPRint PTO Sets the output destination for reprinting or queries the current setting 6 114 RECorder REPRint RANGe Sets the range to be reprinted start and end points or queries the current setting 6 114 RECorder REPRint PRNMag Sets the waveform magnification for reprinting or queries the current setting 6 114 RECorder REPRint WINMag Sets the magnification of the section to be reprinted or queries the RECorde SNAP Gro SNAP r REPRint WINPos up SSTart Group SSTart SSTart STARt Group STARt STATus G STATus STATus STATus STATus STATus STATus STATus STATus STATus STOP Gro STOP roup CONDition EESE lt gt QENable QMESsage SPOL1 up SYSTEM Group SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem SYSTem CLICk CLOCk CLOCk DATE CLOCk MODE CLOCk SNTP GMTTime CLOCk TIME CLOCk TYPE HDMotor KEYResponse LANGuage LCD current setting 6 115 Sets the zoom position of the section to be reprinted or queries the current setting 6 115 Executes the snapshot 6 115 Executes single start 6 115 Waits for the completion of the single start execution 6 115 Starts the waveform acquisition 6 116 Queries all settings related to the communication status function 6 116 Queries the condition register 6
297. essary for proper operation of the instrument Key Probe Indicates text of the soft key menu displayed on the screen Symbols Used in Syntax Descriptions Symbols which are used in the syntax descriptions in Chapter 6 are shown below These symbols are referred to as BNF notation Backus Naur Form For detailed information refer to page 5 5 Symbol Description Example Example of Input lt gt Defined value CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 gt CHANNEL2 One of the options in is COUPling AC DC GND gt COUPLING AC selected Exclusive 1 Abbreviated TRIGger SIMPle SLOPe gt TRIGger SLOPe IM 701240 17E Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 5 How to Use this Mantal 5 2 3 5 c ret t o adt iii Overview of the GP IB Interface 1 1 Names of the Parts and their Function 1 1 1 2 Connection the GP IB Interface 1 2 1 3 GP IB Interface Functions nnne 1 3 1 4 GP IB Interface 1 4 1 5 Setting up this Instrument 1 1 5 1 6 Response to Interface 1 6 Overview of the Serial RS 232 Interface 2 1 Names of the Parts and their Func
298. et Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet When measuring RPSs on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet When measuring the period on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion to time Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet When measuring duty cycle on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet When measuring the power frequency PowerFreq on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion to frequency Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet When measuring the pulse width on the frequency module the following equatio
299. ettings related to distal mesial and proximal 6 102 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DPRoximal MODE Sets the mode of the distal mesial and proximal points or queries the current setting 6 102 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal PERCent Sets the distal mesial and proximal points or queries the current setting 6 102 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DPRoximal UNIT Sets the distal mesial and proximal points or queries the current setting voltage 6 102 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt METHod Sets the High and Low points or queries the current setting 6 102 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt Queries all settings related to the parameter of the waveform 6 102 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt COUNt Queries the number of measured values of the cycle statistical processing of the parameter 6 103 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH x Parameter MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Queries the cycle statistical processing value of the parameter 6 103 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt STATe Turns ON OFF the parameter of the waveform or queries the current setting 6 103 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt VALue Queries the value of the parameter of the wa
300. f the delay between channels Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay REFerence TRACe lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay REFerence TRACe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 2 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE TRACE 2 Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay STATe Function Sets the display format of the delay parameter or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay STATe TIME 1 lt gt lt gt DELay STATe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY STATE TIME MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY STATE gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY STATE TIME Example spuewwog MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt gt VALue Function Queries the delay measurement value of the waveform parameter Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay VALue NRf x of CHANnel x 1 to 16 x of MATH x 1 to 8 The following is an example for the average value of CH1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELA
301. f the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ SETup PROTate Function Sets the number of pulses per rotation on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup PROTate lt NRf gt 1 lt gt FREQ SETup PROTate lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 1 to 99999 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP PROTATE 10 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP PROTATE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP PROTATE 10 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANe1 lt x gt FREQ SETup RESet Function Executes pulse count reset on the channel with the frequency module installed Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup RESet lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP RESET Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ SETup STOPpredict Function Turns ON OFF the stop prediction on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup STOPpredict lt NR gt OFF 1 lt gt FREQ SETup STOPpredict lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 1 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 or 10 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP STOPPREDICT OFF CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP STOPPREDICT gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP STOPPREDICT OFF Description error occurs if the frequency
302. figuration Model 701240 Controller EPSON Endeavor VZ 6000 Pentium III 733 MHz GP IB Board AT GPIB TNT PNP Programming Language Visual C Data Volume Byte Format Word Format ASCII Format 1000 approx 64 ms approx 68 ms approx 530 ms 10000 approx 114 ms approx 160 ms approx 5 3 5 100000 approx 673 ms approx 1 25 approx 52 8 s 1000000 approx 6 5 approx 11 85 approx 530 5 1 4 701240 17 1 5 Setting up this Instrument GP IB 1 5 Setting up this Instrument GP IB Operating Procedure lecting th mmunication Interf Press MENU Press the Next 1 2 soft key Press the Remote soft key 4 Press the Device soft key to select GP IB Only communications interfaces selected under Device are available If commands sent using an unselected communications interface the command will not be received ons Setting the Address 4 the jog shuttle to set the desired address 7 1 Renote Device Device System Conf ig GP IB GP IB GP IB Address TRIGGER Remote Cntl RS232 1 1 MATH Network USB PRINT INITIAL IZE CAL Netuork IMAGE Self Test gt gt Setting Bata Others Store Recall Next Next 12 2 2 Explanation When
303. form zoom Syntax ZOOM Example ZOOM gt ZOOM MODE MAIN 21 FORMAT MAIN ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 1 CHANNEL2 1 CHANNEL3 1 CHANNEL4 1 CHANNEL5 1 CHANNEL6 1 CHANNEL7 1 CHANNEL8 1 CHANNEL9 1 CHANNEL10 1 CHANNEL11 1 CHANNEL12 1 MATH1 0 MATH2 0 MATH3 0 4 0 MATH5 0 MATH6 0 MATH7 0 8 0 PODA 0 PODB 0 ZOOM MLINKAGE 0 TDIV2 10 00E 03 PLINKAGE 0 POSITION 0 0000000 POSITION2 0 0000000 ZOOM ALLocation Function Queries all settings related to the zoom target waveform Syntax ZOOM ALLocation Example ZOOM ALLOCATION gt ZOOM ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 1 CHANNEL2 1 CHANNEL3 1 CHANNEL4 1 CHANNEL5 1 CHANNEL6 1 CHANNEL7 1 CHANNEL8 1 CHANNEL9 1 CHANNEL10 1 CHANNEL11 1 CHANNEL12 1 CHANNEL13 1 CHANNEL14 1 CHANNEL15 1 CHANNEL16 1 MATH1 0 MATH2 0 MATH3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 0 PODA 0 PODB 0 ZOOM ALLocation ALL Function Sets all waveforms to be zoomed Syntax 200M ALLocation ALL Boolean Example ZOOM ALLOCATION ALL ON ZOOM ALLocation CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt PODA PODB Function Sets the zoom target waveform or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM ALLocation 1 lt gt MATH x PODA PODB Boolean ZOOM ALLocation CHANnel x MATH lt x gt PODA PODB lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 Example ZOOM ALLOCATION CHANNEL1 ON ZOOM ALLOCATION CH
304. form acquisition count when in average mode or queries the current setting ACQuire AVERage COUNt lt gt INFinity ACQuire AVERage COUNt lt NRf gt 2 to 65536 2 steps ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT gt ACQUIRE AVERAGE COUNT INFINITY Syntax Example ACQuire AVERage EWEight Exponent WEIGHT Function Sets the attenuation constant of exponential averaging or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire AVERage EWEight lt NRf gt ACQuire AVERage EWEight lt NRf gt 2 to 256 21 steps Example ACQUIRE AVERAGE 16 ACQUIRE AVERAGE EWEIGHT gt ACQUIRE AVERAGE EWEIGHT 16 ACQuire CLOCk Function Sets the time base or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire INTernal EXTernal ACQuire CLOCk Example ACQUIRE CLOCK INTERNAL ACQUIRE CLOCK gt ACQUIRE CLOCK INTERNAL ACQuire COUNt Function Sets the waveform acquisition count when in normal mode or queries the current setting Syntax ACQuire COUNt lt NRf gt INFinity ACQuire COUNt lt NRf gt 2 to 65535 Example ACQUIRE COUNT INFINITY sACQUIRE COUNT gt ACQUIRE COUNT INFINITY ACQuire MODE Function Syntax Example Sets the waveform acquisition mode or queries the current setting ACQuire MODE AVERage BAVerage ENVelope NORMal ACQuire MODE ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL ACQUIRE MODE gt ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL ACQuire PROTate Fu
305. front panel keys Measured or computed data setup data and error codes can be received Measured computed data can be output Setup data and the status byte can be output Error codes which have occurred can be output Network Interface Specifications Communication Port Number 1 Electrical and Mechanical Specifications IEEE802 3 Compliant No of simultaneous connections 1 Transmission mode 100BASE TX 10BASE T Transmission rate Max 100 Mbps Communication protocol TCP IP Connector type RJ 45 connector Port No 10001 tcp The table below shows approximate response times for output of waveform data assuming the following configuration Model 701240 Controller EPSON Endeavor VZ 6000 Pentium III 733 MHz Network Adaptor Corega F Ether PCI TXL Programming Language Visual C Data Volume Byte Format Word Format ASCII Format 1000 approx 9 ms approx 9 ms approx 464 ms 10000 approx 25 ms approx 31 ms approx 3 7 100000 approx 195 ms approx 404 ms approx 36 1000000 approx 1 9 5 approx 2 5 380 5 4 2 701240 17 4 2 Network Interface Functions and Specifications Switching between Remote and Local Mode When Switched from Local to Remote Remote mode is activated when the COMMunicate REMote ON command is received from a controller while local mode is active REMOTE is displayed on the upper right of the screen All front panel keys except CLEAR TRACE can
306. ge Isolation Module 6 39 1 lt gt TEMPerature BURNout Sets whether to detect burnouts when the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module is installed or queries the current setting 6 39 CHANnel x TEMPerature BWIDth Sets the filter when the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module is installed or queries the current setting 6 40 CHANnel x TEMPerature COUPling Sets the input coupling when the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module is installed or queries the current setting 6 40 CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature RJC Sets the RJC when the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module is installed or queries the current setting 6 40 1 lt gt TEMPerature SCALe Sets the upper and lower limits the screen when the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module is installed or queries the current setting 6 40 CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature Sets the thermocouple to be used when the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module is installed or queries the current setting 6 40 CHANnel x TEMPerature UNIT Sets the unit of the upper and lower limits when the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module is installed or queries the current setting 6 40 CHANnel x UNIT Queries the unit added to the channel 6 40 CHANnel x VOLTage Queries all settings related to the voltage module 6 40 CHANnel x VOLTage BWIDth Sets
307. ger 6 137 TRIGger TIMer DATE Sets the date of the timer trigger or queries the current setting 6 137 TRIGger TIMer INTerval Sets the trigger time interval of the timer trigger or queries the current setting 6 137 TRIGger TIMer TIME Sets the trigger time of the timer trigger or queries the current setting 6 137 TRIGger TITime Queries all settings related to the 1 lt lt 2 trigger 6 137 TRIGger TITime TIME lt x gt Sets the pulse width of the T1 lt T lt T2 trigger or queries the current setting 6 138 TRIGger TLTime Queries all settings related to the T Time trigger 6 138 TRIGger TLTime TIME Sets the pulse width of the T Time trigger or queries the current setting 6 138 TRIGger TOTime Queries all settings related to the T lt T1 T2 lt T trigger 6 138 TRIGger 1 TIME lt x gt Sets the pulse width of the T lt T1 T2 lt T trigger or queries the current setting 6 138 TRIGger TYPE Sets the trigger type or queries the current setting 6 138 TRIGger WINDow Queries all settings related to the window trigger 6 138 TRIGger WINDow 1 lt gt Sets the channel condition of the window trigger or queries the current setting 6 138 TRIGger WINDow PODA PODB Sets the logic condition of the window trigger or queries the current setting 6 138 TRIGger WWINdow Queries all settings related to the wave window trigger 6 138 TRIGger WWINdow CHANnel lt x gt Sets the channel condition of the wave
308. ger Group TRIGger Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the trigger TRIGger TRIGGER gt TRIGGER ACTION MODE 0 HCOPY 0 IMAGE 0 SAVE 0 BUZZER 0 MAIL MODE 0 COUNT 100 TRIGGER ACTION SEQUENCE CONTINUE TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 16 LEVEL 0 0 00 HYSTERESIS LOW SLOPE RISE ABN COUNT 1 TRIGGER ADB DELAY 0 0E 00 TRIGGER MODE AUTO EOA CHANNEL2 RISE CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF CHANNEL5 OFF CHANNEL6 OFF CHANNEL7 OFF CHANNEL8 OFF CHANNEL9 OFF CHANNEL10 OFF CHANNEL11 OFF CHANNEL12 OFF CHANNEL15 OFF CHANNEL16 OFF PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER OR CHANNEL1 RISE CHANNEL2 OFF CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF CHANNEL5 OFF CHANNEL6 OFF CHANNEL7 OFF CHANNEL8 OFF CHANNEL9 OFF CHANNEL10 OFF CHANNEL11 OFF CHANNEL12 OFF CHANNEL15 OFF CHANNEL16 OFF PODA DISABLE PODB DISABLE TRIGGER TYPE SIMPLE BGTIME TIME 100 000E 09 TRIGGER BLTIME TIME 100 000E 09 TRIGGER BTOUT TIME 100 000E 09 TRIGGER TGTIME TIME 100 000E 09 TRIGGER TLTIME TIME 100 000E 09 TRIGGER 1 100 000E 09 TIME2 200 000 09 TRIGGER TOTIME TIME1 100 000E 09 2 200 000 09 TRIGGER TIMER DATE 2002 01 01 TIME 00 00 00 INTERVAL HOUR1 TRIGGER WINDOW CHANNEL1 IN CHANNEL2 OFF CHANNEL3 OFF CHANNEL4 OFF CHANNEL5 OFF CHANNEL6 OFF CHANNEL7 OFF CHANNEL8 OFF CHANNEL9 OFF CHANNEL10 OFF CHANNEL11 OFF CHANNEL12 OFF CHANNEL15 OFF CHANNEL16 OFF PO
309. gt lt gt J lt Space gt gt lt Time gt J UNIT lt Space gt lt String gt lt gt Function Queries all settings related to the computation Syntax MATH lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 8 Example 1 gt MATH1 MODE 1 OPERATION PLUS SCALE MODE AUTO VALUE 1 00000E 00 1 00000E 00 MATH1 UNIT LABEL Math1 DISPLAY 1 DEFINE D3 D6 FFT POINTS 1000 WINDOW MATH1 MREFERENCE 5 0000000 5 0000000 AVERAGE MODE OFF TYPE TIME COUNT 16 EWEIGHT 16 CCOUNT 720 MATH1 FILTER1 TYPE GAUSS BAND LPASS CUTOFF1 10 0 CUTOFF2 10 0 MATH1 FILTER2 GAUSS BAND LPASS CUTOFF1 10 0 CUTOFF2 10 0 MATH1 CONSTANT1 1 00000E 00 CONSTANT2 1 00000E 00 CONSTANT3 1 00000E 00 CONSTANT4 1 00000E 00 CONSTANTS 1 00000E 00 CONSTANT6 1 00000E 00 CONSTANT7 1 00000E 00 CONSTANTS 1 00000E 00 SHIFT CHANNEL1 5 000000000E 03 CHANNEL2 0 0E 00 CHANNEL3 CHANNEL4 0 0E 00 CHANNEL5 CHANNEL6 0 0E 00 CHANNEL7 CHANNEL8 0 0 00 9 CHANNEL10 0 0 00 CHANNEL11 0 0 00 CHANNEL12 0 0 00 MATH2 0 0 00 0 0 00 4 0 0E 00 MATHS 0 0 00 MATH6 0 0E 00 MATH7 0 0 00 MATH8 0 0 00 1 CHANNEL1 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL2 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL3 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL4 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNELS 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL6 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 CHANNEL7 0
310. gt HCOPY PRINTER TYPE LONG Description To set the output format to Fine select LONG Example HCOPy PSETup Function Queries all settings related to the print setting of the screen image Syntax HCOPy PSETup Example HCOPY PSETUP gt HCOPY PSETUP EAREA 0 FLEXIBLEZONE MODE 0 CHANNEL1 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL2 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL3 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL4 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL5 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL6 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL7 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNELS UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL9 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL10 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL11 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL12 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL13 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL14 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL15 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE CHANNEL16 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE 1 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH2 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLEXIBLEZONE MATH3 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY FLEXIBLEZONE MATH4 UPPER 100 LOWER 0 HCOPY PSETUP FLE
311. he following is an example for the maximum value MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MAXIMUM gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MAXIMUM 69 000000E 06 Syntax Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay MEASure Function Queries all settings of the source waveform of the delay between channels MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay MEASure lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE gt MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 Syntax Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay MEASure COUNt Function Sets the number of counts of the source waveform of the delay between channels MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt lt NRf gt MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure COUNt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 1 to 9 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 2 MEASURE CHANNEL 1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY MEASURE COUNT 2 Syntax Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay SLOPe Function Sets the slope of the source waveform of the delay between channels MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure SLOPe RI
312. he print destination or queries the current setting 6 71 HCOPy EXECute Executes printing 6 71 HCOPy EXTPrinter Queries all settings related to printing to an external printer 6 71 HCOPy EXTPrinter PRINter Queries the addresses of all the printers that are currently connected 6 71 HCOPy EXTPrinter SELect Sets the address of the printer or queries the current setting 6 72 HCOPy EXTPrinter TONE Turns ON OFF color printing to the external printer or queries the current setting 6 72 IM 701240 17E 6 7 6 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page HCOPy EXTPrinter TYPE Sets the output format and output resolution for printing to the external printer or queries the current setting 6 72 HCOPy NETPrint Queries all settings related to printing on the network printer 6 72 NETPrint TONE Turns ON OFF color printing to the network printer or queries the current setting 6 72 HCOPy NETPrint TYPE Sets the output format and output resolution for printing to the network printer or queries the current setting 6 72 HCOPy PDF Queries all settings related to the PDF file generation 6 72 HCOPy PDF AUTHor Sets the author of the PDF file or queries the current setting 6 72 HCOPy PDF COLor Sets color or monochrome for the PDF file or queries the current setting 6 72 HCOPy PDF COMPression Sets the compression of the PDF file or queries the current setting 6 72 HCOPy PDF DPPage Sets the number of divi
313. he range and offset settings For details see the User s Manual For lt gt lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 0 01 div steps Example MATH1 BINARY CHANNEL1 0 0 MATH1 BINARY CHANNEL1 gt 1 BINARY CHANNEL1 0 0E 00 0 0E 00 MATH lt x gt DISPlay Function Sets whether to display computed waveforms or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt DISPlay lt Boolean gt MATH lt x gt DISPlay lt gt 1 to 8 Example MATH1 DISPLAY MATH1 DISPLAY gt MATH1 DISPLAY 1 MATH x ESHift 1 lt gt lt gt Function Sets the phase offset of shift computation of the waveform measured with an external clock or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt ESHIFT CHANNEL lt x gt lt gt lt gt ESHIFT CHANNEL lt x gt lt gt x of Math lt x gt 1 to 7 lt x gt of CHANNEL lt x gt 1 to 16 Example MATH1 ESHIFT CHANNEL1 1 2 MATH1 ESHIFT CHANNEL1 gt MATH1 ESHIFT CHANNEL1 1 2 MATH lt x gt EXECute Function Executes the computation Syntax MATH lt x gt EXECute lt gt 1 to 8 Example 1 EXECUTE MATH lt x gt FFT Function Queries all settings related to the FFT computation Syntax MATH lt x gt FFT lt gt 1 to 8 Example 1 gt 1 POINTS 1000 WINDOW HANNING MATH lt x gt FFT POINt Function Sets the
314. he strain module is not installed spuewwog CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature Function Syntax Example Description Queries all settings on the channel with the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module installed CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature lt gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE gt CHANNEL 1 TEMPERATURE COUPLING TC TYPE K BWIDTH FULL SCALE 1300 0 200 0 UNIT C RJC 1 BURNOUT 0 An error occurs if the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation or Universal Module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature BURNout Function Syntax Example Description Sets whether to detect burnouts on the channe with the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature BURNout lt Boolean gt CHANNEL 1 TEMPERATURE BURNOUT ON CHANNEL 1 TEMPERATURE BURNOUT gt CHANNEL 1 TEMPERATURE BURNOUT 1 An error occurs if the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation or Universal Module is not installed IM 701240 17E 6 39 6 5 CHANnel Group 1 lt gt TEMPerature BWIDth Function Sets the bandwidth limit on the channel with the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation Module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature BWIDth FULL lt Frequency gt CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature BWIDth lt gt 1 to
315. he value that can be specified depending on the specified Window Mag setting Example 6 114 IM 701240 17E 6 21 Group 6 22 SNAP Group 6 23 SSTart Group RECorder REPRint WINMag Function Sets the magnification of the section to be reprinted or queries the current setting RECorder REPRint WINMag lt gt HOUR1 HOUR2 HOUR3 HOUR4 HOURS HOUR6 HOUR7 HOUR8 HOUR9 HOUR10 RECorder REPRint WINMag lt gt 200 ms to 30000 s RECORDER REPRINT WINMAG HOUR1 RECORDER REPRINT WINMAG gt RECORDER REPRINT WINMAG HOUR1 Syntax Example 6 22 SNAP Group RECorder REPRint WINPos Function Sets the zoom position of the section to be reprinted or queries the current setting RECorder REPRint WINPos lt NRf gt RECorder REPRint WINPos lt NRf gt 5 00 or greater div 0 01 div steps RECORDER REPRINT WINPOS 5 00div RECORDER REPRINT WINPOS gt RECORDER REPRINT WINPOS 5 00 There is a limitation on the value that can be specified depending on the specified Window Mag setting Syntax Example Description The command in this group is used to execute the snapshot You can execute the same operation as the SNAP SHOT key on the front panel SNAP Function Executes the snapshot Syntax SNAP Example SNAP Description Clear trace is carried out using CLEar 6 23 SSTart Group The commands in this group executes single start Set
316. he voltage range when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 32 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale Queries all settings related to linear scaling when the frequency module is installed 6 32 CHANnel x FREQ LSCale AVALue Sets scaling coefficient A when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 32 CHANnel x FREQ LSCale BVALue Sets offset B when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 32 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale GETMeasure Executes the measurement of the P1 X 2 values of linear scaling when the frequency module is installed 6 32 CHANnel x FREQ LSCale MODE Sets linear scaling when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 32 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale P1X P1Y P2X P2Y Sets the 1 1 2 2 values when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 32 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale UNIT Sets the unit to be added to the result of linear scaling when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 32 1 lt gt FREQ OFFSet Sets offset value when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 33 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ POSition Sets the vertical position when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 33 1 lt gt FREQ SCALe Sets the upper and lower limits when the freque
317. hen the instruments reception buffer vacancy reaches 64 bytes an RS False status will be established When the reception buffer vacancy reaches 192 bytes an RSzTrue status will be established Precautions Regarding Data Receiving Control When handshaking is used to control the reception of data data may still be sent from the computer even if the free space in the receive buffer drops below 64 bytes In this case after the receive buffer becomes full the excess data will be lost whether handshaking is in effect or not Data storage to the buffer will begin again when there is free space in the buffer lt 256 bytes When handshaking is in use reception of data will stop when the free space in the buffer drops to 64 bytes since data cannot passed to Used Free 64 bytes the main program fast enough to keep up with the transmission After reception of data stops data continues to be passed to the internal program Reception of data starts a again when the free space in the Used Free 192 bytes buffer increases to 192 bytes Whether handshaking is in use or not if the buffer becomes full any additional data received is no longer stored and is lost Used Data Receiving Control Using Handshaking Note It is necessary to create a host computer program which prevents the buffers of both the instrument and the computer from becoming full 2 6 701240 17E 2 5 Matching the Dat
318. her acquisition is in progress or not by reading bit 0 of the condition register Bit O is 1 if acquisition is in progress and 0 if acquisition is stopped Example TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt lt PMT gt STATus CONDition PMT Returns to the previous status if bit O is found to be 1 when the response is decoded WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt WAVeform SEND query will not be executed until bit O of the condition register has been set to 5 8 701240 17 5 5 Synchronization with the Controller Using the Extended Event Register Changes in the condition register are reflected in the extended event register page 7 4 Example STATus FILTerl FALL STATus EESE 1 EESR SRE 8 TRIGger MODE SINGle STARt lt PMT gt Response to STATus EESR is decoded Service request is awaited WAVeform SEND lt PMT gt STATus FILTerl FALL command sets the transition filter such that Bit 0 FILTer1 of the Extended Event Register sets to 1 when Bit 0 of the Condition Register changes from 1 to 0 STATus EESE 1 is a command used only to reflect the status of bit 0 of the extended event register in the status byte STATus EESR is used to clear the extended event register The SRE command is used to generate a service request caused solely by the extended event register WAVeform SEND will not be executed until a service request is generated Using the COMMunicate WAIT Command The COMMunicate
319. htness of the displayed items 6 59 DISPlay INTENsity CURSor GRID SNAP CAPTure BACK Sets the brightness of the display item or queries the current setting 6 60 DISPlay INTerpolate Sets the interpolation method or queries the current setting 6 60 DISPlay LEVel Sets the level indicator display or queries the current setting 6 60 DISPlay MAPPing Sets the mode of the waveform mapping to the split screen or queries the current setting 6 60 6 6 IM 701240 17E 6 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page DISPlay SMAPping Queries all the settings related to the waveform mapping to the split screen 6 60 DISPlay SMAPping 1 lt gt lt gt PODA PODB Sets the waveform mapping to the split screen or queries the current setting 6 60 DISPlay SVALue Turns ON OFF the scale value display or queries the current setting 6 60 DISPlay TLABel Turns ON OFF the waveform label display or queries the current setting 6 60 DISPlay TRANslucent Turns ON OFF the translucent mode of the pop up menu or queries the current setting 6 60 FILE Group FILE Queries all settings related to the storage medium 6 77 FILE BACKup Queries all settings related to the saving and loading setup data on the SL1400 6 64 FILE BACKup NUMBer Sets the number of the SL1400 memory to save or load the setup data or queries the current setting 6 64 FILE BACKup COM
320. iOn eicere ena da ina 4 3 V Page R takers 6 52 6 55 Midiv val e one tere eee rn tne rere 6 43 Variable 6 36 6 43 Variable 6 30 velocity unit 6 36 vertical AXIS 6 29 vertical position 6 33 6 43 6 87 video OUTPUT ennt eterne teen trennen 6 121 voltage rarige eere rn eene einn 6 32 W WAINING eR wave window trigger 2 waveform acquisition waveform acquisition starting of waveform acquisition stopping 6 117 waveform color eec nente ee rend 6 59 waveform data waveform display 6 79 WAVeform 6 140 waveform label ES waveform label waveform mapping esee waveform parameters waveform 200 8 4 window trigger erret rre X Page display oae enero dee 6 145 X Y recorder 6 113 Steere tritt e ce ena 2 5 XY ertt te qii me rebote eire 6 145 Index 4 IM 701240 17E eie 6 32 7 FREQ LSCale 6 32 FREQ OFFSet 6 33 aaa ZREQPOSH
321. ication Example PRINter RANGe Function Sets the print range for fine print long or A4 print on the built in printer or queries the current setting Syntax PRINter RANGe lt NR gt lt NRf gt PRINter RANGe lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 10 div record length steps HCOPY PRINTER RANGE 5 0 5 0 PRINTER RANGE gt HCOPY PRINTER RANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 Example PRINter RATE Function Sets the magnification set in terms of the record time for fine copy when the measurement is performed using the internal clock Syntax HCOPY PRINTER RATE lt Time gt MIN1 MIN5 MIN10 MIN20 MIN30 50 MIN100 HOUR1 HOUR2 HOURS HOUR10 HOUR20 HOUR30 HOUR50 HOUR100 DAY5 10 20 DAY30 HCOPY PRINTER RATE Time See the SL1400 User s Manual HCOPY PRINTER RATE 1MS HCOPY PRINTER RATE gt HCOPY PRINTER RATE 1 000E 03 Description Sets the print length in terms of a record time value when making a fine copy of the waveform measured using the internal clock Example HCOPy PRINter TYPE Function Sets the output format normal fine print long zoom print or A4 print when printing on the built in printer or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PRINter TYPE NORMal LONG ZOOM A4PRint PRINter TYPE HCOPY PRINTER TYPE LONG HCOPY PRINTER TYPE
322. ies the installed options Syntax OPT Example OPT gt CH25MW PCCARD HD ETHER USERDEFINE PROBEPOWER Description Returns the presence of Channel HD User defined equation and 32 bit extended logic input The query must be the last query of the program message An error occurs if there is a query after this query PSC Power on Status Clear Function Sets whether or not to clear the registers below at power on or queries the current setting The register is cleared when the value rounded to an integer is a non zero value Standard event enable register Extended event enable register Transition filter Syntax PSC lt NRf gt PSC lt NRf gt 0 not clear non zero clear Example PSC 1 PSC gt 1 Description For details on the registers see chapter 7 RST ReSeT Function Collectively initializes the current settings of the following command groups ACCumulate ACQuire CHANnel lt x gt TRIGger Syntax RST Example RST Description Also clears OPC and OPC commands that have been sent earlier SRE Service Request Enable register Function Sets the service request enable register or queries the current setting Syntax SRE lt NRf gt SRE lt NRf gt 0 to 255 Example SRE 239 SRE gt 175 Description Specify the value as a sum of decimal values of each bit For example specifying 239 will cause the service req
323. if the voltage module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale UNIT Function Sets the unit to be added to the result of linear scaling on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale UNIT lt String gt 1 lt gt VOLTage LSCale UNIT lt gt 1 10 16 lt String gt Up to 4 characters Example 1 VOLTAGE LSCALE UNIT RPM CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE UNIT gt 1 VOLTAGE LSCALE UNIT RPM Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed 6 42 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group 1 lt gt VOLTage POSition Function Sets the vertical position on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt VOLTage POSition lt NRf gt CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage POSition lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 div 0 01 div steps Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE POSITION 1 00 CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE POSITION gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE POSITION 1 00 Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed 1 lt gt VOLTage PROBe Function Sets the probe type on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax 1 lt gt VOLTage PROBe lt NR gt C10 C100 1 lt
324. ified logic waveform or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic PODA PODB LABel String LOGic PODA PODB LABel lt String gt Up to 8 characters Example LOGIC PODA LABEL LABEL A LOGIC PODA LABEL gt LOGIC PODA LABEL LABEL A 6 16 LSTart Group The commands in this group executes log start Sets the trigger mode to Log and starts the waveform acquisition LSTart Log START Function Executes log start Syntax LSTart Example LSATART LSTart Function Executes log start and waits for the completion Syntax LSTart Example LSTART gt 0 Description When the operation is complete 0 is always returned LOGic PODA PODB POSition Function Sets the vertical position of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting Syntax LOGic PODA PODB POSition lt NRf gt LOGic PODB POSition lt NRf gt 5 00 to 5 00 div 0 01 div steps Example LOGIC PODA POSITION 0 00 LOGIC PODA POSITION gt LOGIC PODA POSITION 0 00 1061 PODA PODB ZOOM Function Sets the vertical zoom rate of the specified logic waveform or queries the current setting LOGic PODA PODB ZOOM lt NRf gt LOGic PODA PODB ZOOM lt NRf gt 0 1 0 111 0 125 0 143 0 167 0 2 0 25 0 33 0 4 0 5 0 556 0 625 0 667 0 714 0 8 0 833 1 1 11 1 25 1 33 1 43 1 67 2 2 22 2 5 3 33 4 5 6 67 8 10 12 5 16 7 20 25 40 50 or 100 LOGIC PODA ZO
325. ing Syntax 1 lt gt FREQ SETup DPULse lt NRf gt lt gt FREQ SETup DPULse lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999 30 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP DPULSE 1 15 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP DPULSE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP DPULSE 1 00000E 15 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example 1 lt gt FREQ SETup FILTer Function Queries all settings related to the filter on the channel with the frequency module installed Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER gt CHANNEL 15 FREQ SETUP FILTER PAVERAGE MODE 0 VALUE 2 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING MODE 0 VALUE 0 0100 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed IM 701240 17E 6 33 spuewwog 6 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing Function Queries all settings related to smoothing on the channel with the frequency module installed Syntax CHANne1l lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING MODE 0 VALUE 0 0100 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing MODE Function Turns ON OFF smoothing on the channe
326. ing 6 135 TRIGger SIMPle LOGic SLOPe Sets the logic trigger slope or queries the current setting 6 135 TRIGger SIMPle SLOPe Sets the trigger slope of the channel or queries the current setting 6 135 TRIGger SIMPle SOURce Sets the trigger source or queries the current setting 6 136 TRIGger SOURce Queries all settings related to the trigger source of enhance trigger 6 136 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Queries all settings related to the trigger source of the specified channel 6 136 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel x CENTer Sets the center of the window trigger or queries the current setting 6 136 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis of the search level or queries the current setting 6 136 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel Sets the trigger level of the specified channel or queries the current setting 6 136 TRIGger SOURce 1 lt gt Sets the width of the window trigger or queries the current setting 6 137 TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt WWIDth Sets the width of the wave window trigger or queries the current setting 6 137 TRIGger SOURce LOGic A1 A8 B1 B8 Sets the logic bit condition or queries the current setting 6 137 TRIGger TGTime Queries all settings related to the T gt Time trigger 6 137 TRIGger TGTime TIME Sets the pulse width of the T gt Time trigger or queries the current setting 6 137 TRIGger TIMer Queries all settings related to the timer trig
327. ing stopping 6 25 STATus Group The commands in this group are used to make settings and inquiries related to the status report There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group For details on the status report see chapter 7 STATus STATus QENable Space Space RISE aH QMESsage lt Space gt SPOLI Function Queries all settings related to the communication status function Syntax STATus Example STATUS gt STATUS EESE 0 FILTER1 FILTER3 FILTERS FILTER7 FILTER9 NEVER FILTER2 NEVER NEVER FILTER4 NEVER NEVER FILTER6 NEVER NEVER FILTER8 NEVER NEVER FILTER10 NEVER FILTER11 NEVER FILTER12 NEVER FILTER13 NEVER FILTER14 NEVER FILTER15 NEVER FILTER16 NEVER OENABLE 0 55 1 STATus CONDition Function Queries the contents of the condition register Syntax STATus CONDition Example STATUS CONDITION gt 16 Description For the description regarding how to synchronize the program using STATus CONDition see page 5 8 6 116 IM 701240 17E 6 25 STATus Group 6 26 STOP Group STATus EESE Extended Event Status Enable register Function Sets the extended event enable register or queries the current setting Syntax STATus EESE lt Register gt STATus EESE lt Register gt 0 to 65535 Example STATUS EESE B00000000 STATUS EESE gt STATUS EESE 0 STATus
328. is installed or queries the current setting 6 37 CHANnel lt x gt STRain EXCitation Sets the bridge voltage when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 37 CHANnel lt x gt STRain GFACtor Sets the gauge factor when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 37 CHANnel x STRain INVert Sets whether to invert the waveform when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 37 CHANnel x STRain LSCale Queries all settings related to linear scaling of the channel when the strain module is installed 6 37 CHANnel x STRain LSCale AVALue Sets scaling coefficient A when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 38 CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale BVALue Sets offset B when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 38 CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype Queries all settings related to the display type when using linear scaling 6 38 CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype MODE Sets the display mode when using linear scaling or queries the current setting 6 38 CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnum Sets the decimal place when the display type is Float when using linear scaling or queries the current setting 6 38 CHANnel lt x gt STRain LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit Sets the sub unit when the display type is Float when using linear scaling or queries the current setting 6 38 CHANn
329. is not partitioned or divided by LUN Sets the name of the file to be saved or queries the current setting HCOPy PDF SAVE NAME Filename HCOPy PDF SAVE HCOPY PDF SAVE NAME PDF HCOPY PDF SAVE NAME gt HCOPY PDF SAVE NAME PDF spuewwog HCOPy PDF SAVE PATH Function Queries the current directory Syntax HCOPy PDF SAVE PATH Example HCOPY PDF SAVE PATH gt PDF SAVE PATH Path PC_Card_PDF PRINter Function Queries all settings related to printing on the built in printer Syntax HCOPy PRINter Example HCOPY PRINTER HCOPY PRINTER TYPE LONG MAG 20 00E 03 RANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 HCOPy PRINter FEED Function Syntax Example Executes paper feeding on the built in printer This is an overlap command HCOPy PRINter FEED PRINTER FEED IM 701240 17E 6 73 6 11 Group PRINter MAG Function Sets the magnification for fine print long or zoom print when making measurements using an external clock or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PRINter MAG lt gt HCOPy PRINter MAG lt NRf gt 1 to 100000000 see the User s Manual HCOPY PRINTER MAG 10 HCOPY PRINTER MAG gt HCOPY PRINTER MAG 10 0 Description When making a fine print long or zoom print of the waveform measured using the external clock set the print length using the magnif
330. ision Voltage Isolation Module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature UNIT C F K CHANnel lt x gt TEMPerature UNIT lt gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE UNIT CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE UNIT gt CHANNEL1 TEMPERATURE UNIT Description An error occurs if the Temperature High Precision Voltage Isolation or Universal Module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt UNIT Function Queries the unit added to the channel Syntax CHANnel lt x gt UNIT lt x gt 1 to 16 When a voltage module is installed in channel 7 slot 3 and the coupling is DC CHANNEL7 UNIT gt CHANNEL7 UNIT Example CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage Function Queries all settings on the channel with the voltage module installed Syntax lt gt VOLTage lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE VDIV 50 000 00 VARIABLE 0 COUPLING DC PROBE 10 BWIDTH FULL SCALE 250 000E 00 250 000E 00 POSITION 0 00 LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 1 0 00000 00 2 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE ZOOM 1 000 INVERT 0 OFFSET 0 0E 00 Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed 6 40 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage BWIDth Function Se
331. ister Reading from the Standard Event Register The contents of the standard event register can be read by the ESR command After completion of the read out the register will be cleared Clearing the Standard Event Register The standard event register is cleared in the following three cases When the contents of the standard event register are read using ESR When the CLS command is received When power is turned ON again Reading the extended event register tells you whether changes in the condition register reflecting internal conditions have occurred A filter can be applied which allows you to decide which events are reported to the extended event register FILTer x gt 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Condition Register 15 14 13 12 11 1019 8 17 1615 4 31 21 11 0 STATus CONDition FFT INI SUP HST MES acs PRN TST CAL TRG RUN T ition Filt Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y ransition Filter 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 STATus FILTer lt x gt RISE FALL BOTH NEVer y y y y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Extended Event Register STATus EESR The meaning of each bit of the condition register is as follows Bit 0 RUN Running Set to 1 during acquisition Bit 2 TR
332. ition register changes from 1 to 0 Both The bit of the extended event register becomes 1 when the bit of the condition register changes from 0 to 1 orfrom 1 to 0 Never The bit of the extended event register is disabled and always 0 7 4 IM 701240 17E 7 5 Output Queue and Error Queue 7 5 Output Queue and Error Queue Overview of the Output Queue The output queue is provided to store response messages to queries For example when the WAVeform SEND query is sent to request output of the acquired waveform the response data will be stored in the output queue until it is read out The example below shows that data is stored record by record in the output queue and is read out oldest item first newest item last The output queue is emptied in the following cases in addition to when read out is performed When a new message is received from the controller When dead lock occurs page 5 2 When a device clear command DCL or SDC is received When power is turned ON again The output queue cannot be emptied using CLS command To see whether the output queue is empty or not check bit 4 MAV of the status byte gt D2 o D1 D1 D2 D1 Overview of the Error Queue The error queue stores the error No and message when an error occurs For example if the controller sends an incorrect program message the number 113 Undefined
333. l DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 TimerCount 1 Do qry qry MSComml Input Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Receive Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until Right qry 1 term vdv Val qry qry CStr Empty msg WAVEFORM OFFSET term Offset value MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 TimerCount 1 Do qry MSComml Input Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Receive Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until Right qry 1 term ofs Val qry msg WAVEFORM SEND term Receive Waveform Data MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 MSComml InputLen 2 Receive x TimerCount 1 Until MSComml InBufferCount gt 1 Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Receive Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop MSComml Input hlg Val Mid qry 2 1 MSComml In
334. l settings related to the time base 6 122 TIMebase RECTime Sets the record time or queries the current setting 6 122 TIMebase SOURce Sets the time base or queries the current setting 6 122 TIMebase SRATe Sets the sample rate or queries the current setting 6 122 TIMebase SRATe Queries the sample rate or queries the current setting 6 123 TRIGger Group TRIGger Queries all settings related to the trigger 6 130 TRIGger ABN Queries all settings related to the gt B n trigger 6 131 TRIGger ABN COUNt Sets the number times condition B is to be satisfied or queries the current setting 6 131 TRIGger ACTion Queries all settings related to the action on trigger 6 131 TRIGger ACTion COUNt Sets the action count of action on trigger or queries the current setting 6 131 TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Sets whether a beep is sounded when a action is activated or queries the current setting 6 131 TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Sets whether to output a hard copy to the built in printer or an external printer when an action is activated or queries the current setting 6 131 TRIGger ACTion IMAGe Sets whether to save the screen image to the storage medium when an action is activated or queries the current setting 6 131 TRIGger ACTion MAIL Queries all settings related to the mail transmission when an action is activated 6 131 ACTion MAIL COUNt Sets the upper limit on the number of transmitted mail when an action is activ
335. l settings related to the waveform accumulation display Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE gt DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE PERSISTENCE PERSISTENCE 16 DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Function Sets the waveform accumulation display mode or queries the current setting Syntax DISPlay ACCumulate MODE OFF PERSistence DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Example DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE PERSISTENCE DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE gt DISPLAY ACCUMULATE MODE PERSISTENCE DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence Function Sets the number of accumulated waveforms or queries the current setting DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence lt gt INFinity DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence lt NRf gt 2 to 128 2 steps DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE 16 DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE gt DISPLAY ACCUMULATE PERSISTENCE 16 Syntax Example 6 58 IM 701240 17E 6 9 DISPlay Group DISPlay COLor Function Queries all settings related to the display color Syntax DISPlay COLor Example DISPLAY COLOR gt DISPLAY COLOR CHANNEL1 YELLOW CHANNEL2 GREEN CHANNEL3 MAGENTA CHANNEL4 CYAN CHANNELS RED CHANNEL6 ORANGE CHANNEL7 LBLUE CHANNEL8 PURPLE CHANNEL9 PINK CHANNEL10 LGREEN CHANNEL11 DBLUE CHANNEL12 YELLOW MATH1 YELLOW MATH2 GREEN MATH3 MAGENTA MATH4 CYAN MATH5 RED MATH6 ORANGE MATH7 LBLUE MATH8 PURPLE PODA PINK PODB LGREEN BACK BLACK CAPTURE BLACK BASECOLOR 1 DISPlay COLor
336. l with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing MODE lt Boolean gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing MODE lt x gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING MODE ON CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING MODE gt CHANNEL15 FREO SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING MODE 1 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example CHANnel x FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing VALue Function Sets the moving average order of smoothing on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing VALue lt Time gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing VALue lt x gt 1 to 16 lt gt 0 to 1000 CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING VALUE 10ms CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING VALUE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER SMOOTHING VALUE 0 0100 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage Function Queries all settings related to pulse average on the channel with the frequency module installed Syntax CHANne1l lt x gt FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER PAVERAGE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ SETUP FILTER PAVERAGE MODE 0 VALUE
337. ling lt Space gt lt Space gt PRESet lt Space gt E iud 288 lt Space gt PULLup lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt 4 lt Voltage gt BVALue lt Space gt 4 lt NRf gt lt Space gt lt Space gt 6 24 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group lt Space gt lt Space gt 4 lt NRf gt lt Space gt r lt Space gt lt Space gt lt String gt OFFSet POSition lt Space gt lt NRf gt E n Space lt NRf gt O Freeones lt O lt Space gt Frequency Space DPULse d lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt FUNCtion ADDition VELocity IM 701240 17E 6 25 6 5 CHANnel Group LRESet lt Space gt lt Space gt POSitive PROTate lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Space gt VUNit lt Space gt lt String gt VARiable lt Space gt e zoom HA lt Space gt 4
338. logic condition of the OR trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger OR PODA PODB DISable ENABle TRIGger OR PODA PODB Example TRIGGER OR PODA ENABLE TRIGGER OR PODA gt TRIGGER OR PODA ENABLE TRIGger POSition Function Sets the trigger position or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger POSition lt NRf gt TRIGger POSition lt NRf gt 0 to 100 95 0 1 steps Example TRIGGER POSITION 50 TRIGGER POSITION gt TRIGGER POSITION 50 000 TRIGger SCOunt Single N Count Function Sets the number of times the trigger is to be activated when the trigger mode is Single N or queries the current setting TRIGger SCOunt lt NRf gt TRIGger SCOunt lt NRf gt 1 to 2000 TRIGGER SCOUNT 100 TRIGGER SCOUNT gt TRIGGER SCOUNT 100 Syntax Example TRIGger SIMPl1e Function Queries all settings related to the simple trigger Syntax TRIGger SIMPle Example TRIGGER SIMPLE gt TRIGGER SIMPLE SOURCE 1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW SLOPE RISE LOGIC BIT 2 SLOPE RISE TRIGger SIMPle HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the simple trigger search level or queries the current setting TRIGger SIMPle HYSTeresis HIGH LOW MIDDle TRIGger SIMPle HYSTeresis TRIGGER SIMPLE HYSTERESIS MIDDLE TRIGGER SIMPLE HYSTERESIS gt TRIGGER SIMPLE HYSTERESIS MIDDLE This command cannot be used when the trigger is set to EXTernal LINE TIME LOGICA or
339. lt gt 1 or 2 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL X1 gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL 1 2 0000000 03 Description When the time base is set to internal clock When in the time domain the query is for the time when in the frequency domain the query is for the frequency When the time base is set to external clock When in the time domain the query is for the number of points with respect to delay 0 when in the frequency domain the query is for the number of points with respect to the head of the memory spuewwog VERTical lt gt Function Queries the Y axis value at the V cursor position of the T Y display Syntax CURSor TY VERTical Y lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 Example CURSOR TY VERTICAL Y1 gt CURSOR TY VERTICAL 1 0 0000000E 00 CURSor XY Function Queries all settings related to the cursor of the X Y display Syntax CURSor XY Example CURSOR XY gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL HORIZONTAL TRACE XY1 POSITION1 5 00 POSITION2 5 00 STRACE 3 CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE XY1 POSITION1 2 00 POSITION2 5 00 STRACE 1 CURSOR XY MARKER TRACE XY1 POSITION 1 0000000 STRACE 2 CURSor XY HORizontal Function Queries all settings related to the H cursor of the X Y display Syntax CURSor XY HORizontal Example CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL gt CURSOR XY HORIZONTAL TRACE XY1 POSITION1 5 00 POSITION2 5 00 STRACE 3 IM 701240 17E
340. lt NRf gt 5 to 5 divisions 10 divisions record length steps CURSOR TY DEGREE REFERENCE1 1 CURSOR TY DEGREE REFERENCE1 gt CURSOR TY DEGREE REFERENCE1 1 0000000 Example CURSor TY DEGRee RVALue Function Sets the reference angle of the angle cursor of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee RVALue lt NRf gt CURSor TY DEGRee RVALue lt NRf gt 1 to 720 CURSOR TY DEGREE RVALUE 180 CURSOR TY DEGREE RVALUE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE RVALUE 180 Example 6 50 IM 701240 17E 6 8 CURSor Group DEGRee TRACe Function Sets the target waveform of the angle cursor of the T Y display or queries the current setting Syntax CURSor TY DEGRee TRACe lt NRf gt MATH x ALL PODA PODB PODA PODB CURSOr TY DEGRee TRACe lt NRf gt 1 to 16 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 Example CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE gt CURSOR TY DEGREE TRACE 1 CURSor DEGRee X lt x gt Function Queries the angle of the angle cursor of the T Y display Syntax CURSor DEGRee X lt x gt lt x gt 1 or 2 Example Example of the query of Cursor1 CURSOR TY DEGREE X1 gt CURSOR TY DEGREE X1 120 00000E 00 CURSor DEGRee Y lt x gt Function Queries the voltage of the angle cursor of the T Y display Syntax CURSor DEGRee Y lt x gt lt
341. lt Parameter gt MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt Parameter gt AMPLitude AVERage AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MIDD1le MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ Example The following is an example for the maximum value MEASURE CHANNEL 1 AVERAGE MAXIMUM gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE MAXIMUM 38 506321E 03 Description If the statistics cannot be determined NAN Not A Number is returned MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt lt Parameter gt STATe Function Turns ON OFF the waveform parameter of the waveform one by one or queries the current setting Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt STATe lt Boolean gt MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt lt Parameter gt STATe lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 lt Parameter gt AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH Low MAXimum MIDDle MINimum NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ Example The following is an example for the average value of CH1 MEA
342. lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the trigger source of the specified channel of the enhanced trigger Syntax TRIGger SOURCe 1 lt gt lt gt 1 to 16 Example The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 0 0E 00 HYSTERESIS LOW CENTER 0 0E 00 WIDTH 50 000E 00 TRIGger SOURce 1 lt gt Function Sets the center of the window trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt CENTer lt Voltage gt lt NR gt lt Current gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt CENTer lt gt 1 to 16 lt Voltage gt lt NRf gt lt Current gt The selectable range varies depending on the range and offset settings For details see the User s Manual The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 CENTER 5V TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 CENTER gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 CENTER 5 000E 00 Example TRIGger SOURce 1 lt gt HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the enhanced trigger search level or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURce lt gt HYSTeresis HIGH LOW MIDDle TRIGger SOURce lt gt HYSTeresis lt gt 1 to 16 The following is an example for CH1 TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 HYSTERESIS HIGH TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1
343. lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 Example The following is an example of copying the ON OFF setting of all items of CH1 to all other channels MEASURE CHANNEL 1 COPY MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay Function Queries all settings of the source waveform of the delay between channels Syntax MEASure CHANnel x MATH lt x gt DELay x of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 x of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 Example MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY gt MEASURE 1 DELAY STATE OFF MEASURE SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY REFERENCE SOURCE TRACE TRACE 1 SLOPE RISE COUNT 1 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay COUNt Function Queries the statistical processing count of the delay between channels Syntax MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay COUNt lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY COUNT gt MEASURE CHANNEL1 DELAY COUNT 1 Example MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Function Queries the statistical value of the delay between channels MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay 1 MEAN MINimum SDEViation lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt x gt of MATH lt x gt 1 to 8 T
344. made up of the digits 0 to 9 and A to F gt Q lt Octal value made up of the digits 0 to 7 gt 0777 B lt Binary value made up of the digits 0 and 1 gt B001100 lt Register gt is not case sensitive Response messages are always expressed as lt 1 gt lt data gt lt Character data gt is a specified string of character data mnemonic It is mainly used to indicate options and is chosen from the character strings given in For interpretation rules refer to Header Interpretation Rules on page 5 4 Form Example AC DC DC50 GND AC As with a header the COMMunicate VERBose command can be used to return a response message in its full form Alternatively the abbreviated form can be used The CoMMunicate HEADer command does not affect character data Boolean Boolean is data which indicates ON or OFF and is expressed in one of the following forms Form Example ON OFF lt NR gt ON OFF 1 0 When Boolean is expressed in lt NRf gt form OFF is selected if the rounded integer value is 0 and ON is selected if the rounded integer is Not 0 Aresponse message is always 1 if the value is ON and 0 if itis OFF Character string data Character string data is not a specified character string like Character data It is an arbitrary character string A character string must be enclosed in single quotation marks
345. mands the range is set in terms of a value per division For example if you want to set a range of 50 Hz to channel 2 the command is CHANnel12 FREQ VDIV 5Hz lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt Frequency lt gt details see the User s Manual CHANNEL15 FREQ VDIV 10Hz CHANNEL15 FREQ VDIV gt CHANNEL15 FREQ VDIV 10 0E 00 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed On the front panel you specify the value for 10 divisions However specify the value for 1 division with this communication command Example CHANnel x FREQ ZOOM Function Sets the vertical zoom rate on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ ZOOM lt NRf gt 1 lt gt FREQ ZOOM lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 0 33 0 4 0 5 0 556 0 625 0 667 0 714 0 8 0 833 1 1 11 1 25 1 33 1 43 1 67 2 2 22 2 5 3 33 4 5 6 67 8 10 12 5 16 7 20 25 40 50 or 100 CHANNEL15 FREQ ZOOM 10 CHANNEL15 FREQ ZOOM gt CHANNEL15 FREQ ZOOM 10 000 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt LABel Function Sets the waveform label of channel or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt LABel lt String gt CHANnel lt x gt LABel lt x gt 1 to 16 lt String gt Up to 8 characters CHANNEL1 LABEL TRACE1 CHANNEL1 LABEL
346. marks or registered trademarks of their respective holders 1st Edition June 2006 IM 701240 17E How to Use this Manual Structure of this Manual This User s Manual consists of eight chapters an Appendix and an Index as described below Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Appendix Index Overview of the GP IB Interface Describes the functions and specifications of GP IB interface Overview of the Serial RS 232 Interface Describes the functions and specifications of serial interface RS 232 Overview of the USB Interface Describes the functions and specifications of USB interface Overview of the Network Interface Option Describes the functions and specifications of Network interface Before Programming Describes formats used when sending a command Commands Describes each command Status Report Describes the status byte various registers and queues Sample Programs Sample programs written in Visual BASIC for MS DOS V machines equipped with the following GP IB board PCI GPIB IEEE 488 2 from National Instruments Contains references including the ASCII character code table Provides an alphabetically ordered index Conventions Used in this Manual m for Not nd K Type Symbol Description Unit 1000 e g 100 kS s sample rate 1024 e g 720 KB floppy disk memory capacity Notes Note Provides information that is nec
347. meters as described on page 2 8 Baud Rate 19200 Handshake CTS RTS Parity Check NO Stop Bit 1 Character Length 8 Terminator LF Note The sample programs can be downloaded from the following Web page http www yokogawa com tm software IM 701240 17E 8 1 ejduieg 8 2 Image of Sample Program 8 2 Image of Sample Program im 511400 Sample Program 8 2 IM 701240 17E 8 3 Initialize Error Execute 8 3 Initialize Error Execute Option Explicit Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim Dim StartFlag As Integer TimerCount As Integer addr As Integer Timeout As Integer Dev As Integer CtsFlag As Integer term As String Query 3 As String WaveBuffer 20070 As Integer Dummy As Integer Private Function InitGpib As Integer End Dim eos As Integer Dim eot As Integer Dim brd As Integer Dim sts As Integer eos amp HCOA eot 1 term Chr 10 Timeout T10s brd ilfind GPIBO If brd lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError brd ilfind InitGpib 1 Exit Function End If Dev ildev 0 addr 0 Timeout eot eos If Dev 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError Dev ildev InitGpib 1 Exit Function End If sts ilsic brd If sts 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts ilsic InitGpib 1 Exit Function End If InitGpib 0 Function Private Function InitSerial As Integer End Private Sub Dim rat As String m MSComm1 CommPo
348. mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder CHARt OUTDevice CHARt FILE RECorder CHARt OUTDevice RECORDER CHART OUTDEVICE CHART RECORDER CHART OUTDEVICE gt RECORDER CHART OUTDEVICE CHART Example RECorder CHARt INTerval Function Sets the recording interval for numeric value recording in Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder CHARt INTerval Time RECorder CHARt INTerval Time 1 s to 3600 s RECORDER CHART INTERVAL 3600 RECORDER CHART INTERVAL gt RECORDER CHART INTERVAL 3 600E 03 Example 6 112 IM 701240 17E 6 21 RECorder Group RECorder CHARt DIRection Function Sets the print direction for numeric value recording in Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting RECorder CHARt DIRection NORMal ROTation RECorder CHARt DIRection RECORDER CHART DIRECTION NORMAL RECORDER CHART DIRECTION gt RECORDER CHART DIRECTION NORMAL Syntax Example RECorder CHARt SAVE Function Queries all settings related to the saving of the numeric recording in Chart Recorder mode to the storage medium Syntax RECorder CHARt SAVE Example RECORDER CHART SAVE gt RECORDER CHART SAVE ANAMING DATE NAME CHART RECorder CHARt SAVE ANAMing Function Sets the auto naming function of the saved files or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder CHARt SAVE ANAMing DATE NUMBering OFF RECorder CHARt SAVE AN
349. mple4 RS232 Set Get REC TIME Sample5 RS232 Get Word Data 8 16 IM 701240 17E Appendix 1 ASCII Character Code Appendix Appendix 1 ASCII Character Codes ASCII character codes are given below 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 20 40 0160 16 100 0 120 16 140 0 160 16 DEL S 0 P 10 16 20 32 30 48 40 64 50 80 60 96 70 112 21 41 161 17 101 1 121 17 141 1 161 17 1 4 11 17 21 33 31 4941 65 51 81 61 97 71 113 22 42 2 62 18 102 2 122 18 142 2 162 18 55 DC2 2 B R b r 12 18 22 34 32 50 42 66 52 82 62 9 72 114 23 43 363 19 103 3 123 19 143 3 163 19 DC3 3 C S 5 13 19 23 35 33 51143 67 53 83 63 99 73 115 24 DCL 44 464 20 104 4 124 20 144 4 164 20 14 20 24 36 34 52 44 68 54 84 64 100 74 116 25 PPU 45 5 65 21 105 5 125 21 145 5 165 21 5 U e u 15 21 25 37 35 53 45 69 55 85 65 101 75 117 26 46 6 66 22 106 6 126 22 146 6 166 22 amp 6 V f V 16 22 26 38 36 54 46 70 56 86 66 102 76 118 27 47 767 23 107 7 127 23 147 7 167 23 5 ETB 7 G 9 17 23 27 39 37 55 47 71 57 87 67 103 77 119 30 50 870 24 110 8 130 24 150 8 170 24 CAN 8 H X x 18 24 28 40 38 56 48 72 58 88 68 104 78 120 31 SPD 51 91 71 25 111 9 131 25 151 9171 25 EM 9 Y i y 19 25 29 41 39 57 49 73 59 89 69 105 79 121 32 52 10 72 26 112 10 132 26 152 10 172 26 E H SUB J Z j 2 26 2 42 58 4A 74 90 6 106 7 1
350. n is used to make a conversion to time Range data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet When performing pulse integration Pulselnteg on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range data x 10 Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet Value Offset IM 701240 17E 6 143 spuewwog 6 30 WAVeform Group When measuring velocity on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value 9 2 Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of WAVeform RANGe Offset The return value of WAVeform OFFSet NHf can be omitted If lt NRf gt is attached waveform data is queried lt NRf gt times in order from the record number specified by WAVeform CAPTure RECord lt NRf gt WAVeform SIGN Function Queries the existence of a sign when querying the waveform data specified by WAVeform TRACe using block data Syntax WAVeform SIGN Example WAVEFORM SIGN gt WAVEFORM SIGN 1 Description When the target waveform is a logic module waveform 0 is returned For all other waveforms 1 is returned WAVeform
351. nction Syntax Example ACQuire Function Syntax Example ACQuire Function Syntax Example ACQuire Function Syntax Example ACQuire Function Syntax Example Sets pulse rotate when applying external clock or queries the current setting ACQuire PROTate lt NRf gt ACQuire PROTate lt NRf gt 1 to 24000 ACQUIRE PROTATE 100 ACQUIRE gt ACQUIRE PROTATE 100 RTOut Queries all settings related to realtime recording ACQuire RTOut ACQuire RTOut ACQUIRE RTOUT ACQUIRE RTOUT MODE HD ANAMING DATE COUNT 2 FILENAME COMMENT SEQUENCE SINGLE spuewwog RTOut ANAMing Sets auto naming for realtime recording or queries the current setting ACQuire RTOut ANAMing DATE 1 OFF ACQuire RTOut ANAMing ACQUIRE RTOUT ANAMING NUMBERING ACQUIRE RTOUT ANAMING gt ACQUIRE RTOUT ANAMING NUMBERING RTOut COMMent Sets the comment for realtime recording or queries the current setting ACQuire RTOut COMMent String ACQuire RTOut COMMent lt String gt Up to 160 characters ACQUIRE RTOUT COMMENT XYZ ACQUIRE RTOUT COMMENT gt ACQUIRE RTOUT COMMENT XYZ RTOut COUNt Sets the number of times to perform realtime recording during continuous operation or queries the current setting ACQuire RTOut COUNt NRf ACQuire RTOut COUNt lt NRf gt 2 to 128 ACQUIRE RTOUT COUNT 5 ACQUIRE RTOUT COUNT gt
352. ncy module is installed queries the current setting 6 33 1 lt gt FREQ SETup Queries all settings related to FV setup when the frequency module is installed 6 33 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup CFRequency Sets the center frequency when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 33 CHANnel x FREQ SETup DECeleration Turns ON OFF the deceleration prediction when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 33 1 lt gt FREQ SETup DPULse Sets the distance per pulse when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 33 1 lt gt FREQ SETup FILTer Queries all settings related to the filter when the frequency module is installed 6 33 1 lt gt FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing Queries all settings related to smoothing when the frequency module is installed 6 34 1 lt gt FREQ SETup SMOothing MODE Turns ON OFF smoothing when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 34 1 lt gt FREQ SETup FILTer SMOothing VALue Sets the moving average order of smoothing when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 34 1 lt gt FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage Queries all settings related to pulse average when frequency module is installed 6 34 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SET
353. ncy module is installed or queries the current setting 6 35 1 lt gt FREQ SETup UPULse Sets the unit pulse when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 35 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup VUNit Sets the unit of velocity when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 36 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ VARiable Sets the variable when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 36 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ VDIV Sets Value Div when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 36 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ ZOOM Sets the vertical zoom rate when the frequency module is installed or 3 queries the current setting 6 36 i CHANnel lt x gt LABel Sets the waveform label of the channel or queries the current setting 6 36 z CHANnel lt x gt MODUle Queries the installed modules 6 36 CHANnel lt x gt STRain Queries all settings related to the strain module 6 36 CHANnel lt x gt STRain BALance Queries all settings related to the balance when the strain module is installed 6 37 CHANnel lt x gt STRain BALance CHANnel lt x gt Sets the channel on which to execute the balance when the strain module is installed or queries the current setting 6 37 CHANnel lt x gt STRain BALance EXECute Executes the balance when the strain module is installed 6 37 CHANnel lt x gt STRain BWIDth Sets the filter when the strain module
354. ngs related to each parameter of the history search waveform parameter Syntax HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM gt HISTORY PARAMETER 1 CONDITION OFF SOURCE 1 DONTCARE DONTCARE 5 PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the criteria of each parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting Syntax 5 PARameter ITEM lt x gt CONDition OFF IN OUT HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt SOURCe lt gt 1 to 4 HISTORY PARAMETER I TEM CONDITION IN HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM CONDITION gt HISTORY PARAMETER 1 CONDITION IN Example HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt SOURce Function Sets the source trace of each parameter of the history search waveform parameter or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt SOURce lt NRf gt 5 PARameter ITEM lt x gt SOURCe x of ITEM 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM SOURCE CHANNEL1 HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM SOURCE gt HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 SOURCE 1 Example IM 701240 17E 6 79 spuewwog 6 12 5 Group sHISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt lt Parameter gt Function Sets the parameter and the upper and lower limits of each parameter of the history
355. nition of DDT Trigger Macro Not supported App 4 IM 701240 17E Appendix 3 Overview of IEEE 488 2 1992 15 Maximum Length of Macro Label Used in Definition of Macro Maximum Length of Block Data which can be Used for Definition of Macro Processing when Recursion is Used in Definition of Macro Macro functions are not supported 16 Response to IDN Refer to section 6 33 Common Command Group 17 Size of Storage Area for Protected User Data for PUD and PUD PUD and PUD are not supported 18 Length of RDT and RDT Resource Name RDT and RDT are not supported 19 Change in Status Due to RST LRN RCL and SAV RST LRN Refer to section 6 33 Common Command Group RCL SAV These commands are not supported 20 Execution Range of Self Test Using the TST All the memory tests for each internal memory given in the Self Test menu displayed using MISC can be executed 21 Structure of Extended Return Status Refer to Chapter 7 22 To Find out whether Each Command is Performed in Parallel or Sequentially Refer to Section 5 5 Synchronization with the Controller and to Chapter 6 23 Description of Execution of Each Command Refer to Chapter 6 of this manual and to the User sManuallM701240 01E IM 701240 17E App 5 xipueddy H Index Index Symbols
356. nt setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Boolean TRIGger ACTion BUZZer Example TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER ON TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER gt TRIGGER ACTION BUZZER 1 TRIGger 1 HCOPy Function Sets whether to output a hard copy to the built in printer or an external printer when an action is activated or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion HCOPy Boolean TRIGger ACTion HCOPY Example TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY ON TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY gt TRIGGER ACTION HCOPY 1 TRIGger ACTion IMAGe Function Syntax Example Sets whether or not to save the screen image to the external storage medium when action is activated or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion IMAGe Boolean TRIGger ACTion IMAGe TRIGGER ACTION IMAGE ON TRIGGER ACTION IMAGE gt TRIGGER ACTION IMAGE 1 TRIGger ACTion MAIL Function Syntax Example Description TRIGger Function Syntax Example Description Sets whether to save the screen image to the storage medium when an action is activated or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion MAIL TRIGGER ACTION MAIL gt TRIGGER ACTION MAIL MODE 0 COUNT 100 Can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed ACTion MAIL COUNt Sets the upper limit on the number of transmitted mail when an action is activated or queries the current setting TRIGger ACTion MAIL COUNt lt gt
357. o 5 divisions 10 divisions record length steps MATHI MREFERENCE 4 4 MATH1 MREFERENCE gt 1 MREFERENCE 4 0000000 4 0000000 Example 6 90 IM 701240 17E 6 17 MATH Group MATH lt x gt OPERation Function Sets the computation details or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt OPERation PLUS MINus MULTiple BINary DIVIde SHIFt PS OFF lt gt lt gt NR lt gt 11 MATH lt x gt OPERation lt gt lt gt 1 10 8 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 Example MATH1 OPERATION PLUS 1 2 MATH1 OPERATION gt 1 OPERATION PLUS 1 2 Description For unary operators BINary SHIFt 5 select the target waveform using the first lt gt MATH lt x gt For binary operators PLUS MINus MULTiple DIVIde select the target waveform of the first term using the first lt gt lt gt and the target waveform of the second term using the second lt NRf gt There is not target waveform selection for OFF MATH lt x gt SCALe Function Queries all settings related to scaling Syntax MATH lt x gt SCALe lt x gt 1 to 8 Example MATH1 SCALE gt MATH1 SCALE MODE AUTO VALUE 200 000E 00 0 0E 00 lt gt SCALe MODE Function Sets the scaling mode or queries the current setting Syntax lt gt SCALe MODE AUTO MANual lt gt SCALe
358. o 90 characters Example HCOPY PDF KEYWORD PDF KEYWORD HCOPY PDF KEYWORD gt HCOPY PDF KEYWPORD PDF KEYWORD HCOPy PDF ORIentation Function Sets the orientation portrait or landscape of the PDF output or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PDF ORIEntation LANDscape PORTrait PDF ORIEntation Example HCOPY PDF ORIENTATION LANDSCAPE HCOPY PDF ORIENTATION gt HCOPY PDF ORIENTATION LANDSCAPE HCOPy PDF PSIZe Function Sets the paper size of the PDF file or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PDF PSIZe A3 A4 A5 BUILtin HCOPy PDF PSIZe Example HCOPY PDF PSIZE BUILTIN HCOPY PDF PSIZE gt HCOPY PDF PSIZE BUILTIN HCOPy PDF SUBTitle Function Sets the subtitle of the PDF file or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PDF SUBTitle String HCOPy PDF SUBTitle lt String gt Up to 30 characters Example HCOPY PDF SUBTITLE PDF SUBTITLE HCOPY PDF SUBTITLE gt HCOPY PDF SUBTITLE PDF SUBTITLE HCOPy PDF TITLe Function Sets the title of the PDF file or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PDF TITLe String HCOPy PDF TITLe lt String gt Up to 30 characters Example HCOPY PDF TITLE PDF TITLE HCOPY PDF TITLE gt HCOPY PDF TITLE PDF TITLE HCOPy PDF SAVE Function Queries all settings related to the saving of the PDF file to the storage medium Syntax HCOPy PDF SAVE Example HCOPY PDF SAVE gt HCOPY PDF SA
359. o be assigned to the X axis of the XY waveform for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder XY XY lt x gt XTRace lt NRf gt RECorder XY lt gt lt gt of XY lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 RECORDER XY XY2 XTRACE 1 RECORDER XY XY2 XTRACE gt RECORDER XY XY2 XTRACE 1 Description There is a limitation on the channels that can be specified Example lt gt Function Sets the channel to be assigned to the Y axis of the XY waveform for X Y recorder mode or queries the current setting Syntax RECorder XY XY lt x gt YTRace lt NRf gt RECorder XY lt gt lt gt of XY lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 1 to 16 RECORDER XY XY2 YTRACE 15 RECORDER XY XY2 YTRACE gt RECORDER XY XY2 YTRACE 15 Description There is a limitation on the channels that can be specified Example RECorder REPRint Function Queries all settings related to reprinting Syntax RECorder REPRint Example RECORDER REPRINT gt RECORDER REPRINT PTO PRIN RANGE 5 0000000 5 0000000 PRNMAG 1 000E 00 WINMAG 1 000E 00 WINPOS 0 00 RECorder REPRint ABORt Function Aborts reprinting or paper feeding Syntax RECorder REPRint ABORt Example RECORDER REPRINT ABORT RECorder REPRint EXECute Function Executes reprinting This is an overlap command Syntax RECorder REPRint
360. ode Syntax COMMunicate REMote Boolean COMMunicate REMote COMMUNICATE REMOTE ON COMMUNICATE REMOTE gt 1 Description This command is for the serial RS 232 USB or Ethernet interface For GP IB this function is provided as an interface message Example COMMunicate STATus Function Queries line specific status Syntax COMMunicate STATus Example COMMUNICATE STATUS gt COMMUNICATE STATUS 0 Description The meaning of each status bit is as follows Bit GP IB RS 232 0 Unrecoverable Parity error transmission error 1 Always 0 Framing error 2 Always 0 Break character detected 3 or greater Always 0 Always 0 For USB and Ethernet communications 0 is always returned The status bit is set when the corresponding cause occurs and cleared when it is read COMMunicate VERBose Function Sets whether to return the response to a query using full spelling example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE PROBE 10 or using abbreviation example CHAN PROB 10 Syntax COMMunicate VERBose lt Boolean gt COMMunicate VERBose Example COMMUNICATE VERBOSE VERBOSE gt 1 COMMunicate WAIT Function Waits for one of the specified extended events to occur Syntax COMMunicate WAIT lt Register gt lt Register gt 0 to 65535 extended event register see page 7 4 Example COMMUNICATE WAIT 65535
361. of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet When measuring velocity on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet For example when outputting the data of a single channel word the output data is 202 where XX is the two byte measured data If 10 channels of data is output when ALL is specified the output data is 220XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX When ALL is specified all channels that are installed are output excluding logic data For channels whose input is turned off 8000 is output for word data and 80 for byte data 6 20 MTRigger Group The command in this group deals with the manual trigger MTRigger gt MTRigger Function Activates the manual trigger Syntax MTRigger Example MTRIGGER 6 108 IM 701240 17E 6 21 RECorder Group 6 21 RECorder Group The commands in this group deal with realtime recording on the built in printer You can make the same settings execute the same operations and make the same inquiries as when you select Recorder mode or X Y Recorder mode using the MODE key on the front panel gt RECorder MODE CHARtrec CSPeed
362. on the M701261 M701262 Syntax Example CHANnel x VOLTage INVert Function Sets whether to invert the waveform on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel x VOLTage INVert Boolean CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage INVert lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE INVERT ON CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE INVERT gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE INVERT 1 Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed 1 lt gt VOLTage 15 1 Function Queries all settings related to linear scaling on the channel with the voltage module installed Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE MODE OFF AVALUE 1 00000E 00 BVALUE 0 00000E 00 P1X 0 00000E 00 P1Y 0 00000 00 2 1 00000E 00 P2Y 1 00000E 00 UNIT DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT DECIMALNUM AUTO SUBUNIT AUTO Description error occurs if the voltage module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale AVALue Function Sets scaling coefficient A of linear scaling on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale AVALue lt NRf gt lt gt VOLTage LSCale AVALue lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 9 9999E 30 to 9 9999 30 CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE AVALUE 10 CHANNEL
363. ons 0 to 1 The first lt NRf gt of USB USB address The second lt NRf gt of USB Partition 0 to 3 or LUN logical unit number 0 to 3 The third lt NRf gt of USB Partition 0 to 3 when LUN is specified in the second lt NRf gt IMAGE SAVE DRIVE NETWORK IMAGE SAVE DRIVE gt IMAGE SAVE DRIVE NETWORK Description Ifthe drive does not contain partitions omit the lt NR gt corresponding to partitions NETWork can be used when the Ethernet interface option is installed The REALTIME recording partition SCSI address internal ID partition 0 cannot be specified The second or third lt NRf gt when USB is selected can be omitted if the drive is not partitioned or divided by LUN Example spuewwog SAVE Function Sets the name of the file to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax IMAGe SAVE NAME Filename IMAGe SAVE NAME Example IMAGE SAVE NAME DISP 1 IMAGE SAVE NAME IMAGE SAVE NAME DISP 1 SAVE PATH Function Queries the current directory Syntax IMAGe SAVE PATH Example IMAGe SAVE PATH gt IMAGE SAVE PATH Path HD 0 IMAGe SEND Function Queries the screen image data Syntax IMAGe SEND Example IMAGE SEND gt 6 number of bytes 6 digits series of data bytes Description The number of bytes of Block data is 2 6 number of data points 1 delimiter f you
364. or queries the current setting 6 145 XY lt x gt XTRace Sets the channel assigned to the X axis or queries the current setting 6 145 XY lt x gt YTRace Sets the channel assigned to the Y axis or queries the current setting 6 146 ZOOM Group ZOOM Queries all settings related to the waveform zoom 6 149 ZOOM ALLocation Queries all settings related to the zoom target waveform 6 149 ZOOM ALLocation ALL Sets all waveforms to be zoomed 6 149 ZOOM ALLocation 1 lt gt lt gt PODA PODB Sets the zoom target waveform or queries the current setting 6 149 ZOOM ASCRo11 Queries all settings related to the auto scroll function 6 149 ZOOM ASCRoll DIRection Sets the scroll direction of the auto scroll function or queries the current setting 6 149 ZOOM ASCRo11 SPEed Sets the scroll speed of the auto scroll function or queries the current setting 6 149 ZOOM FITMeasure Moves the range of the automated measurement of waveform parameters to the ends of the zoom box 6 149 ZOOM FORMat Sets the zoom waveform display format or queries the current setting 6 149 ZOOM MAG lt x gt Sets the zoom rate of the target zoom waveform window or queries the current setting 6 149 ZOOM MLINkage Turns ON OFF the magnification link or queries the current setting 6 149 ZOOM MODE Sets the zoom waveform display mode or queries the current setting 6 150 ZOOM MOVE Moves the zoom box to the beginning of the wa
365. or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt ZOOM POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5div Example ZOOM POSITION1 0 ZOOM POSITION1 gt ZOOM POSITION1 0 0000000 ZOOM RATE lt x gt Function Sets the magnification of the zoom waveform in terms of time or queries the current setting Syntax ZOOM RATE lt x gt lt gt 5 MIN10 MIN20 MIN30 MIN50 MIN100 HOUR1 HOUR2 HOURS HOUR10 HOUR20 HOUR30 HOUR50 HOUR100 DAY5 DAY10 DAY20 DAY30 ZOOM RATE lt x gt lt x gt 1 or2 Time See the SL1400 User s Manual Example ZOOM RATE1 1MS 700 1 gt ZOOM RATE1 1 000 03 Description When zooming waveforms measured using the internal clock the magnification is set in terms of time 6 150 IM 701240 17E 6 33 Common Command Group 6 33 Common Command Group The commands in the common group are defined in the IEEE 488 2 1987 and are independent of the instrument s functions There are no front panel keys that correspond to the commands in this group CAL 4 4 ESE Space lt A ESR J gt 2 4 4 1 oPC 4 2 J Psc Space lt 7 A SRE ae lt Space gt lt NRf g
366. p The commands in this group deal with the vertical axis of each channel You can make the same settings and inquiries as when you press the CH key on the front panel Comm Le ULL com eC COUPIing Space Camo Spaces E Space DISPlaytype Space FLOating DECimalnum lt 5 gt SUBunit lt Space gt AUTO MILI KILO TERA P1Y Pix Space 4 NRf lt Space gt 7 6 22 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group lt Space gt UNIT lt 5 gt 4 L 7 4 POSition H lt Space gt 4 lt NRf gt Space 4 lt Voltage gt VARiable lt Space gt lt Voltage gt a pe BWIDth lt Space gt COUPling lt Space gt Css me 98 SENSitivity 4 lt NRf gt 4 UNIT lt Space gt 4 lt String gt 4 VARiable lt Space gt IM 701240 17E 6 23 6 5 CHANnel Group lt Space gt DISPlay H lt Space gt OFF BWIDth lt Space gt lt Space gt lt Time gt COUP
367. p command Syntax FILE DIRectory MDIRectory String Example FILE DIRECTORY MDIRECTORY NO 1 DIRectory PATH Function Queries the current directory Syntax FILE DIRectory PATH Example FILE DIRECTORY PATH gt FILE DIRECTORY PATH Path HD 0 FILE LOAD BINary REALtime SETup SNAP ABORt Function Aborts the loading of the data Syntax FILE LOAD BINary REALtime SETup SNAP ABORt Example The following is an example for the setup data FILE LOAD SETUP ABORT FILE LOAD BINary REALtime SETup SNAP EXECute Function Executes the loading of the data This is an overlap command Syntax FILE LOAD BINary REALtime SETup SNAP EXECute lt Filename gt Example The following is an example for the setup data FILE LOAD SETUP EXECUTE CASE1 Description The target medium to be loaded is selected using DIRectory DRIVe This command cannot be executed on data on the REALTIME partition SCSI address internal ID partition 0 FILE SAVE Function Queries all settings related to the saving of files Syntax FILE SAVE Example FILE SAVE gt FILE SAVE BINARY TRACE ALL RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE COMPRESSION 0 FILE SAVE ASCII TRACE ALL RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE INTERVAL OFF FILE SAVE FLOAT TRACE ALL RANGE MAIN HISTORY ONE FILE SAVE ANAMING OFF NAME TTL COMMENT FILE SAVE ANAMing Function Sets th
368. pe MODE lt gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE MODE gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE MODE EXPONENT CHANnel lt x gt LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnum Function Sets the decimal place when the display type is Float when using linear scaling or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnum lt NRf gt AUTO CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnum lt gt 0 to 3 Example CHANNEL VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE DECIMALNUM AUTO CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE DECIMALNUM gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE DECIMALNUM AUTO 1 lt gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit Function Sets the sub unit when the display type is Float when using linear scaling or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit AUTO NONE PICO MICRO MILI KILO TERA CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit lt x gt 1 to 16 Example CHANNEL 1 VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE SUBUNIT AUTO CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE SUBUNIT gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE LSCALE DISPLAYTYPE SUBUNIT AUTO 1 lt gt VOLTage LSCale GETMeasure Function Executes the measurement of the P1 X
369. pendix 2 ipaam 2 Appendix 3 Overview of IEEE 488 2 1992 App 4 Index IM 701240 17E 1 1 Names of the Parts and their Function Chapter 1 Overview of the GP IB Interface 1 4 Names of the Parts and their Function Front Panel CLEAR TRACE Key Press to switch from remote mode to local mode which allows key operation However this is not possible if Local Lockout has been set by the controller refer to ppage 1 6 YOKOGAWA 511400 scopecorder ure MENU Key Page 1 5 Press to enter the communication settings such as the address and the timeout Side Panel GP IB Connector This connector is for connecting the controller such as a PC with the GP IB cable For information on how to connect the cable refer to the following page 1no oaan 90 AOPZ 002 A0Z 00L soo WV MODEL SUFFIX 51 YOKOGAWA Made in Japan IM 701240 17E 1 1 o2ejo1u gi d9 Jo B 1 2 Connection via the Interface 1 2 Connection via the GP IB Interface GP IB Cable The GP IB connector on the side panel of the SL
370. print long or A4 print or queries the current setting 6 74 HCOPy PRINter RATE Sets the magnification set in terms of the record time for fine copy when the measurement is performed using the internal clock 6 74 HCOPy PRINter TYPE Sets the output format normal fine print long zoom print or A4 print or queries the current setting 6 74 PSETup Queries all settings related to the print setting of the screen image 6 74 HCOPy PSETup EARea Turns ON OFF the extra area when printing with the display format set to Single Dual Triad Quad or queries the current setting 6 75 HCOPy PSETup FLEXiblezone Queries all settings related to flexible zone recording when printing with the format set to Single 6 75 HCOPy PSETup FLEXiblezone MODE Turns ON OFF the flexible zone area when printing with the display format set to Single or queries the current setting 6 75 HCOPy PSETup FLEXiblezone 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt UPPer Sets the upper limit of the flexible zone area of the channel when printing with the display format set to Single or queries the current setting 6 75 PSETup FLEXiblezone CHANnel lt x gt MATH lt x gt LOWer Sets the lower limit of the flexible zone area of the channel when printing with the display format set to Single or queries the current setting 6 75 PSETup GDLight Sets the density of the print graticule or queries the current setting 6 75
371. putLen hlg Receive Block Header TimerCount 1 Do Until MSComml InBufferCount hlg IM 701240 17E 8 11 ejduieg 8 5 Data Output in Word Format 2 bytes Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Receive Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop MSComml Input dlg Val Left qry 14 leng Data Byte Length MSComml InputMode comInputModeBinary MSComml InputLen 2 Receive Waveform Data 2 Byte For 0 414 2 1 Step 1 Loop dlg TimerCount 1 Do Until MSComml InBufferCount 2 Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Receive Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop buf MSComml Input Receive 1 Data 2 Byte dat buf 1 256 buf 0 If dat 32767 Then dat dat 65536 End If dat dat 2400 ofs Listl AddItem CStr i CStr dat Next i msg COMMUNICATE HEADER ON term Query Header On MSComml Output msg TimerCount 1 Do Dummy DoEvents If TimerCount gt Timeout Then Call DIsplayRS232Error Send Timeout msg RS232GetWord 1 GoTo finish End If Loop Until MSComml OutBufferCount 0 RS232GetWord 0 finish MSComml PortOpen False Port Close Timerl Interval 0 End Function 8 12 IM 701240 17E 8 5 Data Output in Word Format 2 bytes GP IB gt Sample Program
372. r Function Syntax Example Description CURSor Function Syntax Example CURSor Function Syntax Example CURSor Function Syntax Example CURSor Function Syntax Example XY TYPE Sets the cursor type of the X Y display or queries the current setting CURSor XY TYPE OFF HORizontal VERTical MARKer HAVertical CURSor XY TYPE CURSOR XY TYPE VERTICAL CURSor XY TYPE CURSOR XY TYPE VERTICAL XY VERTical Queries all settings related to the V cursor of the X Y display CURSor XY VERTical CURSOR XY VERTICAL CURSOR XY VERTICAL TRACE XY1 POSITION1 2 00 POSITION2 5 00 STRACE 1 XY VERTical DX Queries the X axis value between the V cursors of the X Y display CURSOr XY VERTical DX CURSOR XY VERTICAL DX gt CURSOR XY VERTICAL DX 30 000000E 00 When linear scaling of the X trace is ON the query is for the scaled value VERTical POSition lt x gt Sets the V cursor position of the X Y display or queries the current setting CURSor XY VERTical POSition lt x gt lt NRf gt CURSor XY VERTical POSition lt x gt lt gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div 1 100 steps 1 2 CURSOR VERTICAL POSITION1 gt 1 2 00 XY VERTical STRACe Queries the target waveform of the V cursor of the X Y display when the X
373. r queries the current setting 6 91 MEASure Group MEASure Queries all settings related to the automated measurement of waveform parameters 6 94 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt Turns ON OFF all the waveform parameters of the channel or queries the current setting 6 95 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt ALL Turns ON OFF collectively all the measurement items of the channel 6 100 MEASure CHANnel x lt gt COPY Copies the ON OFF setting of all measurement items of a specified channel to all other channels 6 100 6 10 IM 701240 17E 6 1 List of Commands Command Function Page MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay Queries all settings related to the delay between channels of the waveform 6 100 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay COUNt Queries the statistical processing count of the delay between channels 6 100 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay MAXimum MEAN MINimum SDEViation Queries the statistical value of the delay between channels 6 100 MEASure 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt DELay MEASure Queries all settings of the source waveform of the delay between channels 6 100 MEASure 1 lt gt lt gt DELay MEASure COUNt Sets the number of counts of the source waveform of the delay between channels 6
374. r queries the current setting 6 51 CURSor TY HORizontal Y x Queries the Y axis value of the H cursor 6 51 CURSor TY LOGic Queries all settings related to the logic display of the T Y display 6 51 CURSor TY LOGic FORMat Sets the numerical notation of the logic display of the T Y display 6 51 CURSor TY LOGic ORDer Sets the higher lower bit of the logic display of the T Y display 6 51 CURSor TY MARKer Queries all settings related to the marker cursor 6 51 CURSor MARKer DX lt x gt Queries the X axis value between the marker cursors 6 52 CURSor MARKer DY lt x gt Queries the physical value of the Y axis between the marker cursors 6 52 M lt x gt Queries all settings related to the specified marker cursor 6 52 CURSor MARKer M lt x gt JUMP Jumps the marker cursor onto the zoom waveform 6 52 CURSor TY MARKer M x POSition Sets the X axis value at the marker cursor position or queries the current setting 6 52 IM 701240 17E 6 1 List of Commands Command Function Page CURSor lt gt TRACe Sets target waveform of the marker cursor or queries the current setting 6 52 CURSor TY MARKer X lt x gt Queries the X axis value at the marker cursor position 6 52 CURSor TY MARKer Y lt x gt Queries the Y axis value at the marker cursor position 6 52 CURSor TY TYPE Sets the cursor
375. r1 4 i ta 4 Ld OR _ A M 4 A A 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Extended Event Register A k A 15 14 13 12 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Transit Filter 15 14 13 12 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Condition Filter 701240 17 7 1 7 1 Overview of the Status Report 7 2 Status Byte Overview of Registers and Queues Name Function Writing Reading Status byte Serial poll RQS STB MSS Service request Masks status byte SRE SRE enable register Standard event Change device ESR register status Standard event Masks standard ESE ESE enable register event register Extended event Change in device register status STATus EESR Extended event Masks standard STATus EESE STATus EESE enable register event register Condition Current instrument STATus register status CONDition Extended event STATus STATus occurrence FILTer lt x gt FILTer lt x gt conditions Transit filter Output queue Stores response executable queues message to a query Stores error Nos and messages Error queue STATus ERRor Registers and Queues which Affect the Status Byte Registers which affect each bit of the status byte are shown below Standard event register Sets bit 5 ESB of status byte to 1 or Sets bit 4 of status byte to 1 or
376. rogram header Space dE Program data Program Header A program header is used to indicate the command type For details refer to page 5 3 Program Data If certain conditions are required for the execution of a command program data must be added Program data must be separated from the header by a space ASCII code 20H If multiple items of program data are included they must be separated by a comma For details refer to page 5 5 Example ACQuire MODE 1 lt gt Header Data Response Messages The format of a response message is shown below Jl Response message m lt RMT gt lt Response Message Units gt A response message consists of one or more response message units each response message unit corresponds to one response Response message units are delimited For the response message format refer to the next page Example ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL COUNT 1 lt gt Unit Unit lt RMT gt RMT is the terminator used for every response message Only one type of response message is available NL END IM 701240 17E a10jag 5 1 Messages Response Message Unit Format The format of a program message unit is shown below lt Response data gt Response header Space Response Header A response header sometimes precedes the response data Re
377. roup TOTIMO fm 6 138 6 131 TRIGger on 6 131 ACTion BUZZer 6 131 WINDow CHANnel x ACTion COUNt 6 131 WINDow PODA PODB ACTion HCOPy 6 131 WIN DOW 6 138 ACTion IMAGe 6 131 WWINdow CHANnel x ACTion MAIL COUNt 246 131 WWINdow FREQuency ACTion MAIL MODE 22 0 40000 6 131 6 131 WWINdow SYNC HYSTeresis 6 139 ACTion MODE E WWINdow SYNC LEVel 6 139 6 132 WWINdow SYNC TRAQGe eee 6 139 ACTion SAVE 6 131 WWINdow SYNC 2 000000 6 138 ACTion SEQuence e ANWINGOW iiio tb ceteri ctio 6 138 ACTion 6 131 5 6 135 ADB 02 SIMPle EVOL 6 135 m SIMPle LOGic BIT 6 135 ATRigger PODA PODB SIMPle LOGic SLOPe 6 135 lt gt SIMPle LOGic sss 6 135 ATRigger CONDition ET ESIMPIe SEOPS eiecti retten 6 135 ATRigger
378. rt rat 19200 N 8 1 rat MSComm1 Settings MSComml Handshaking comRTS MSComm1 RTSEnable True CtsFlag 1 term Chr 10 Timeout 10 InitSerial 0 Function Dim wrn As String Dim ers As String Dim ern As Integer If sts And TIMO Then wrn Time out Chr 13 Else wrn End If If sts And EERR Then ern iberr If ern EDVR Then ers EDVR System error ElseIf ern ECIC Then Start Flag Timeout RS232 GPIB Address Timeout Device ID GPIB CTS Flag Terminator Query String WaveData Buffer GPIB EOS EOI GPIB Board ID Terminator LF Enable Timeout 10s Set IFC Port COMI Rate 19200 NoParity 8Bit 1Stopbit Handshake CTS RTS RTS TRUE Terminator LF Timeout 10s DisplayGPIBError ByVal sts As Integer ByVal msg As String ers ECIC Function requires GPIB board to be CIC ElseIf ern ENOL Then ers ENOL No Listeners on the GPIB ElseIf ern EADR Then ers EADR GPIB board not addressed correctly ElseIf ern EARG Then ers EARG Invalid argument to function call ElseIf ern ESAC Then ers ESAC GPIB board not System Controller as required ElseIf ern EABO Then ers operation aborted timeout ElseIf ern ENEB Then ers ENEB Nonexistent GPIB board ElseIf ern EDMA Then ers EDMA DMA error IM 701240 17E ajd
379. rtical axis or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PSETup GWIDth DIV1 MM10 PSETup GWIDth Example HCOPY PSETUP GWIDTH DIV1 HCOPY PSETUP GWIDTH gt PSETUP GWIDTH DIV1 PSETup SCALe Function Sets the scale print interval for waveform printing or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PSETup SCALe OFF MM200 MM400 MM800 PSETup SCALe HCOPY PSETUP SCALE 200 HCOPY PSETUP SCALE gt HCOPY PSETUP SCALE 200 Example HCOPy PSETup CHLabel Function Sets the channel label print interval for waveform printing or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PSETup CHLabel OFF MM200 MM400 800 PSETup CHLabel PSETUP CHLABEL MM200 PSETUP CHLABEL gt PSETUP CHLABEL MM200 Example PSETup TIME Function Sets the time print interval for waveform printing or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PSETup TIME OFF MM200 MM400 MM800 PSETup PSETUP Example PSETUP HCOPY PSETUP TIME TIME MM200 TIME gt TIME MM200 HCOPy PSETup GAUGe Function Turns ON OFF gauge printing for waveform printing or queries the current setting Syntax HCOPy PSETup GAUGe ON OFF FINE HCOPy PSETup GAUGe Example PSETUP GAUGE FINE
380. s Command Function Page SYSTem LCD AUTO Queries all settings related to the auto off function of the LCD backlight 6 120 SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Turns ON OFF the auto off function of the LCD backlight or queries the current setting 6 120 SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME Sets the auto off time of the LCD backlight or queries the current setting 6 121 SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness Sets the brightness of the LCD or queries the current setting 6 121 SYSTem LCD MODE Turns ON OFF the LCD backlight or queries the current setting 6 121 SYSTem MLANguage Sets the menu language or queries the current setting 6 121 SYSTem OVERview Displays system information 6 121 SYSTem PACTion Sets whether to enable the action on trigger mode at power ON or queries the current setting 6 121 SYSTem PSTart Sets whether to start the waveform acquisition at power ON or queries the current setting 6 121 SYSTem SCALefont Sets the display size large or small of the scale values and waveform labels or queries the current setting 6 121 SYSTem SCSI Queries all settings related to the SCSI ID 6 121 SYSTem SCSI INITialize Changes the SCSI ID 6 121 SYSTem SCSI INTernalid Set the SCSI ID of the internal hard disk or queries the current settings 6 121 SYSTem SCSI OWNid Set the SCSI ID of the SL1400 or queries the current settings 6 121 SYSTem VIDeo Turns ON OFF the video output or queries the current setting 6 121 TiMebase Group Queries al
381. s 6 65 FILE SAVE ANAMing Sets the auto naming function of the saved files or queries the current setting 6 65 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat Queries all settings related to the saving of the data 6 65 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP ABORt Aborts the save operation 6 65 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat MEASure SETup SNAP EXECute Executes the saving of the file 6 65 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat HISTory Sets the save target of the history memory or queries the current setting 6 65 FILE SAVE ASCii BINary FLOat RANGe Sets the range of data to be saved or queries the current setting 6 65 FILE SAVE 11 FLOat TRACe Sets the waveform to be saved or queries the current setting 6 66 FILE SAVE ASCii INTerval Sets the decimation interval for saving data or queries the current setting 6 66 FILE SAVE BINary COMPression Sets the data compression of the waveform to be saved or queries the current setting 6 66 FILE SAVE COMMent Sets the comment or queries the current setting 6 66 FILE SAVE NAME Sets the name of the saved file or queries the current setting 6 66 HCOPy Group HCOPy Queries all settings related to the printing of screen image data 6 71 HCOPy ABORt Aborts printing and paper feeding 6 71 HCOPy COMMent Sets the comment at the lower right corner of the screen or queries the current setting 6 71 HCOPy DIRection Sets t
382. s not installed SYSTem KEYResponse Function Set or query the START STOP key response time setting Syntax SYSTem KEYResponse QUICk SEC1 SYSTem KEYResponse Example SYSTEM KEYRESPONSE QUICK SYSTEM KEYRESPONSE gt SYSTEM KEYRESPONSE QUICK SYSTem LANGuage Function Sets the message language or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem LANGuage ENGLish JAPANese CHINese KOREan FRENch GERMan ITALian SPANish SYSTem LANGuage Example SYSTEM LANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTEM LANGUAGE SYSTEM LANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTem LCD Function Queries all settings related to the LCD Syntax SYSTem LCD Example SYSTEM LCD gt SYSTEM LCD MODE 1 BRIGHTNESS 2 AUTO MODE 0 TIME 1 SYSTem LCD AUTO Function Queries all settings related to the auto off function of the LCD backlight Syntax SYSTem LCD AUTO Example SYSTEM LCD AUTO gt SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE 0 TIME 1 SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Function Turns ON OFF the auto off function of the LCD backlight or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Boolean SYSTem LCD AUTO MODE Example SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE ON SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE gt SYSTEM LCD AUTO MODE 1 6 120 IM 701240 17E 6 27 SYSTem Group SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME Function Sets the auto off time of the LCD backlight or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME lt gt SYSTem LCD AUTO TIME lt NRf gt 1
383. s the target waveform of the V cursor of the X Y display or queries the current setting 6 55 CURSor XY VERTical lt gt Queries the X axis value at the V cursor position of the X Y display 6 55 DISPlay Group DISPlay Queries all settings related to the display 6 58 DISPlay ACCumulate Queries all settings related to the accumulated display of waveforms 6 58 DISPlay ACCumulate MODE Sets the accumulate mode or queries the current setting 6 58 DISPlay ACCumulate PERSistence Sets the accumulate count or queries the current setting 6 58 DISPlay COLor Queries all settings related to the color 6 59 DISPlay COLor 1 lt gt lt gt PodB Sets the color of the waveform or queries the current setting 6 59 DISPlay COLor BACK Sets the color of the background or the sub waveform window or queries the current setting 6 59 DISPlay COLor BASecolor Sets the basic color of the menu or queries the current setting 6 59 DISPlay DECimation Sets the number of decimation points or queries the current setting 6 59 DISPlay ESIZe Sets the extra window size or queries the current setting DISPlay EWINdow Turns ON OFF the extra window or queries the current setting 6 59 DISPlay FORMat Sets the display format or queries the current setting 6 59 DISPlay GRATicule Sets the grid graticule or queries the current setting 6 59 DISPlay INTENsity Queries all settings related to the brig
384. s the trigger mode to Single and starts the waveform acquisition SSTart Single Start Function Executes single start Syntax SSTart Example SSTART SSTart Function Executes single start and waits for the completion SSTart lt NRf gt lt NRf gt 1 to 36000 100 ms unit wait time START and wait 0 START only No wait 36000 to 1 100 ms resolution wait period START and wait SSTART 100 gt SSTART 0 specified time period is positive data acquisition is started in the SINGLE TRIGGER mode and waits for the operation to stop f the specified time period is 0 data acquisition is started and 0 is returned without waiting for the operation to stop If the specified time period is negative the instrument simply waits for the operation to stop Data acquisition is not started Syntax Example Description IM 701240 17E 6 115 spuewwog 6 24 STARt Group 6 25 STATus Group 6 24 STARt Group The command in this group is used to start the waveform acquisition You can execute the same operation as the START STOP key on the front panel STARt STARt Function Starts the waveform acquisition Syntax STARt Example START Description Use STOP to stop the waveform acquisition To perform realtime recording use the COMMunicate OVERlap command to apply the overlap command for bit 6 during file access before start
385. scription error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 1 lt gt FREQ INPut THReshold Function Sets the threshold level on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut THReshold lt Voltage gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ INPut THReshold lt gt 1 to 16 lt Voltage gt 100 10 100 V Example CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT THRESHOLD 10 CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT THRESHOLD gt CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT THRESHOLD 10 000E 00 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed IM 701240 17E 6 31 spuewwog 6 5 CHANnel Group 1 lt gt FREQ INPut VRANGe Function Syntax Example Description Sets the voltage range on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting 1 lt gt FREQ INPut VRANGe lt Voltage gt 1 lt gt FREQ INPut VRANGe lt gt 1 to 16 lt Voltage gt 1 to 500 V CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT VRANGE 10 CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT VRANGE gt CHANNEL15 FREQ INPUT VRANGE 10 An error occurs if the frequency module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale Function Syntax Example Description Queries all settings related to linear scaling on the channel with the frequency module installed CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale lt gt 1 to 16 CH
386. search waveform parameter or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt Parameter gt lt Voltage DONTcare gt Voltage DONTcare gt lt Time DONTcare gt lt Time DONTcare gt lt Frequency DONTcare gt lt Frequency DONTcare gt lt lt NRf gt DONTcare gt NR DONTcare HISTory PARameter ITEM lt x gt TYPE lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Parameter gt AMPLitude AVERage AVGFreq AVGPeriod BWIDth1 BWIDth2 DELay DUTYcycle FALL FREQuency HIGH LOW MAXimum MIDDle NOVershoot NWIDth PERiod PNUMber POVershoot PTOPeak PWIDth RISE RMS SDEViation TYlInteg TY2Integ XYlInteg XY2Integ Voltage Times Frequency lt NRf gt See the User s Manual HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM TYPE PTOPEAK 1 1 HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM TYPE gt HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM1 TYPE PTOPEAK 1 00000E 00 1 00000E 00 Example PARameter ITEM lt x gt VALue Function Queries the measured value of the specified parameter of the parameter search or queries the current setting Syntax 5 PARameter lt gt VALue lt gt 1 to 4 Example HISTORY PARAMETER ITEM VALUE gt HISTORY PARAMETER 1 VALUE 150 25000E 00 HISTory PARameter LOGic Function Sets the determination logic of the parameter search or queries the current setting Syntax HISTory PARameter LOGIC
387. sions per page of the PDF file or queries the current setting 6 72 HCOPy PDF KEYWord Sets the keyword of the PDF file or queries the current setting 6 73 HCOPy PDF ORIentation Sets the orientation portrait or landscape of the PDF file output or queries the current setting 6 73 HCOPy PDF PSIZe Sets the paper size of the PDF file or queries the current setting 6 73 HCOPy PDF SUBTitle Sets the subtitle of the PDF file or queries the current setting 6 73 HCOPy PDF TITLe Sets the title of the PDF file or queries the current setting 6 73 HCOPy PDF SAVE Queries all settings related to the saving of the PDF file to the storage medium 6 73 HCOPy PDF SAVE ANAMing Sets the auto naming function of the saved files or queries the current setting 6 73 PDF SAVE CDIRectory Changes the save destination directory 6 73 PDF SAVE DRIVe Sets the save destination storage medium 6 73 HCOPy PDF SAVE Sets the name of the saved file or queries the current setting 6 73 HCOPy PDF SAVE PATH Queries the current directory 6 73 HCOPy PRINter Queries all settings related to printing to the built in printer 6 73 HCOPy PRINter FEED Executes paper feeding of the built in printer 6 73 PRINter Sets the magnification for fine print long or zoom ptint during external clock measurement or queries the current setting 6 74 HCOPy PRINter RANGe Sets the print range for fine
388. sk Default Gateway For details about how to enter these settings see section 15 2 in user s manual IM701240 01E Use the settings below to setup communications so that you can input settings on the instrument using the controller or output settings or values to the controller tting th r Name and P wor There is a user verification function for the Network interface The user name and password are set on the instrument ahead of time User Name Setting 15 characters or less may be used The default value is anonymous Password Setting 15 characters or less may be used Setting the Timeout Time If the unit is not being accessed at the specified timeout time the connection to the network will be automatically closed TCP IP Settings For details see section 15 2 in user s manual IM701240 01E Note user verification error occurs the connection to the instrument is cut Ifthe login name is anonymous it is not necessary to enter a password When changing the user name password timeout time or TCP IP settings the settings will not take effect until the unit is turned OFF then back ON again 4 6 IM 701240 17E 5 1 Messages Chapter 5 Before Programming 5 1 Messages Messages Blocks of message data are transferred between the controller and this instrument during communications Messages sent from the controller to this instrument are called program messages and messages sent back from this in
389. specified 6 146 IM 701240 17E 6 32 ZOOM Group 6 32 ZOOM Group The commands in this group deal with the ZOOM display You can make the same settings and inquiries as when ZOOM on the front panel is used When the time axis is set to a range indicated below the selectable range varies depending on the record length setting For details see section 11 5 Measuring Waveforms Using Cursors in the 511400 User s Manual lt NRf gt 5 to 5div 4 lt Space gt bs 29 A MATH lt gt Space 2 7 mE E 4 lt 2 J lt Space gt 5 N j 4 lt Space gt lt 1 T t DUAL lt Space gt lt NRf gt IM 701240 17E 6 147 6 32 ZOOM Group TE t MODE 5 4 lt Space gt 4 LJ 7 9 POSition x Space lt NRf gt 2 lt Space gt lt Time gt _ gt gt Cun 100 oun 2 hours Hour 10 Hour 20 ou so E J 6 148 701240 17E 6 32 ZOOM Group ZOOM Function Queries all settings related to the wave
390. sponse data must be separated from the header by a space For details refer to page 5 4 Response Data Response data is used to define a response multiple items of response data are used they must be Separated by a comma For details refer to page 5 5 Example 1 25E 02 lt RMT gt ACQUIRE MODE NORMAL lt RMT gt A Header Data If a program message contains more than one query responses are made in the same order as the queries Normally each query returns only one response message unit but there are some queries which return more than one response message unit The first response message unit always responds to the first query but it is not always true that the n th unit always responds to the n th query Therefore if you want to make sure that a response is made to each query the program message must be divided up into individual messages Points to Note Concerning Message Transmission Itis always possible to send a program message if the previous message which was sent did not contain any queries fthe previous message contained a query it is not possible to send another program message until a response message has been received An error will occur if a program message is sent before a response message has been received in its entirety A response message which has not been received will be discarded f an attempt is made by the controller to receive respons
391. strument to the controller are called response messages If a program message contains a query command i e a command which requests a response this instrument returns a response message A single response message is always returned in reply to a program message Program Messages The format of a program message is shown below eo lt Program message unit gt lt PMT gt lt Program Message Unit gt A program message consists of one or more program message units each unit corresponds to one command This instrument executes commands one by one according to the order in which they are received Program message units are delimited by a For a description of the format of the program message unit refer to the explanation given further below Example ACQuire MODE NORMal COUNt 1 lt gt M Unit Unit lt PMT gt PMT is a terminator used to terminate each program message The following three types of terminator are available NL New Line Same as LF Line Feed ASCII code OAH is used END END message defined in IEEE488 1 EOI signal The data byte sent with an END message will be the final item of the program message unit NL with an END message attached NL is not included in the program message unit NL END Program Message Unit Format The format of a program message unit is shown below P
392. sts ilrd Dev qry 2 Receive x If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If hlg Val Mid qry 2 1 sts ilrd Dev hlg Receive Block Header If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If 414 Val Left qry 14 414 Data Byte Length sts ilrdi Dev WaveBuffer dlg 1 Receive Waveform Data LF If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If For 0 414 2 1 Step 1 dat WaveBuffer i vdv 2400 ofs Listl AddItem CStr i CStr dat Next i eos amp HCOA sts ileos Dev eos Terminator LF If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts ileos GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If msg COMMUNICATE HEADER ON term Query Header On sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetWord 1 Exit Function End If Call ibonl Dev 0 GpibGetWord 0 End Function ejduieg Private Function RS232GetWord As Integer Dim msg As String Command buffer Dim qry As String Query buffer Dim sts As Integer Dim vdv As Variant V div value Dim ofs As Variant Offset value Dim hlg As Integer Block Header Length Dim dlg As Integer Block Data Length Dim buf As Variant temporary buffer Dim dat As Variant data buffer Dim i As Integer msg Space 100 qry CStr Empty
393. t Cse pe mer 4 CAL CALibrate ESE standard Event Status Enable Function Performs calibration and queries the result register Syntax CAL Function Sets the standard event enable register or Example CAL gt 0 queries the current setting Description If the calibration terminates normally 0 is Syntax ESE NRf returned If an error is detected 1 is returned ESE lt NRf gt 0 to 255 CLS CLear Status Example ESE 251 Function Clears the standard event register extended ESE 251 event register and error queue Description Specify the value as a sum of decimal values Syntax CLS of each bit Example CLS For example specifying 251 will Description Ifthe CLS command is located immediately cause the standard enable register to be set after the program message terminator the to 11111011 In this case bit 2 of the output queue is also cleared standard event register is disabled which For details on the register and queue see means that bit 5 ESB of the status byte chapter 7 register is not set to 1 even if a query error occurs The default value is 0 all bits disabled A query using ESE will not clear the contents of the standard event enable register For details on the standard event enable register see page 7 3 IM 701240 17E 6 151 spuewwog 6 33 Common Command Group ESR standard Event Status
394. t Multi Line M niversal mman LLO Local Lockout Invalidates SHIFT CLEAR on the front panel to disable switching to local mode DCL Device Clear Same as SDC SPE Serial Poll Enable Sets the talker function to serial poll mode for all equipment connected to the communications bus The controller performs polling on equipment sequentially SPD Serial Poll Disable Clears serial poll mode as the talker function for all equipment connected to the communications bus PPU Parallel Poll Unconfigure is not supported What is an Interface Message An interface message is also called an interface command or bus command and is issued by the controller Interface messages are classified as follows Uni Line Messages Messages are transferred through a single control line The following three types of uni line message are available IFC InterFace Clear REN Remote ENable IDY IDentifY 1 6 IM 701240 17E 1 6 Response to Interface Messages Multi Line Message Eight data lines are used to transmit a message Multi line messages are classified as follows Address Commands Valid when the equipment is designated as a listener or a talker The following five address commands are available Commands valid for equipment designated as a listener GTL Go To Local SDC Selected Device Clear PPC Parallel Poll Configure GET Group Execute Trigger Command valid for equipment designated as a talker TCT Take ConTrol Univ
395. ted data or queries the current setting 6 141 WAVeform LENGth Queries the total number of data points of the target waveform 6 141 WAVeform MODule Queries the module of the target waveform 6 141 WAVeform OFFSet Queries the offset value of the target waveform 6 141 WAVeform RANGe Queries the range value of the target waveform 6 141 WAVeform RECord Sets the target record number or queries the current setting 6 142 WAVeform RECord MINimum Queries the minimum record number 6 142 WAVeform SEND Queries the target waveform data transmission 6 142 WAVeform SIGN Queries the existence of a sign of the target waveform data 6 144 WAVeform SRATe Sets the sample rate of the target record or queries the current setting 6 144 WAVeform STARt Sets the start data point of the target waveform or queries the current setting 6 144 WAVeform TRACe Sets the target waveform or queries the current setting 6 144 WAVeform TRIGger Sets the trigger position of the target record or queries the current setting 6 144 WAVeform TYPE Queries the acquisition mode of the target waveform 6 144 XY Group lt gt Queries all settings related to the X Y display 6 145 XY x MODE Sets the display mode or queries the current setting 6 145 XY lt x gt TRANge Sets the range of the T Y waveform to be displayed on the X Y display or queries the current setting 6 145 XY lt x gt XAXis Sets whether to make the channel assigned to the X axis common
396. the bandwidth limit when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 41 CHANnel x VOLTage COUPling Sets the input coupling when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 41 CHANnel x VOLTage INVert Sets whether to invert the waveform when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 41 lt gt VOLTage LSCale Queries all settings related to linear scaling when the voltage module is installed 6 41 1 lt gt VOLTage LSCale AVALue Sets scaling coefficient A when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 41 CHANne1 lt x gt VOLTage LSCale BVALue Sets offset B when the voltage module is installed or queries the current setting 6 41 CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype Queries all settings related to the display type when using linear scaling 6 41 lt gt LSCale DISPlaytype MODE Sets the display mode when using linear scaling or queries the current setting 6 42 1 lt gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype DECimalnum Sets the decimal place when the display type is Float when using linear scaling or queries the current setting 6 42 CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage LSCale DISPlaytype SUBunit Sets the sub unit when the display type is Float when using linear scaling or queries the current setting 6 42 CHANnel lt x gt
397. the current setting 6 112 RECorder CHARt CSPeed Sets the chart speed for Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 112 RECorder CHARt SHOT Sets the short recording for Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 112 RECorder CHARt PRINterout Turns ON OFF the chart recording for T Y recording in Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 112 RECorder CHARt OUTDevice Sets the output destination device for numeric value recording in Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 112 RECorder CHARt INTerval Sets the recording interval for numeric value recording in Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 112 RECorder CHARt DIRection Sets the print direction for numeric value recording in Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 113 RECorder CHARt SAVE Queries all settings related to the saving of the numeric recording in Chart Recorder mode to the storage medium 6 113 RECorder CHARt SAVE ANAMing Sets the auto naming function of the saved files or queries the current setting 6 113 RECorder CHARt SAVE CDIRectory Changes the save destination directory 6 113 RECorder CHARt SAVE DRIVe Sets the save destination storage medium 6 113 RECorder CHARt SAVE NAME Sets the name of the saved file or queries the current setting 6 113 RECorder CHARt SAVE PATH Queries the current directory 6 113 RECorder XY Queries all settings related to the X Y recorder mode 6 113 RECorder
398. ting Syntax TRIGger ACTion SAVE TYPE ASCii BINary FLOat TRIGger ACTion SAVE TYPE TRIGGER ACTION SAVE TYPE ASCII TRIGGER ACTION SAVE TYPE gt TRIGGER ACTION SAVE TYPE ASCII Example TRIGger ACTion SEQuence Function Sets whether to repeat the action or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ACTion SEQuence CONTinue SINGle TRIGger ACTion SEQuence TRIGGER ACTION SEQUENCE CONTINUE TRIGGER ACTION SEQUENCE gt TRIGGER ACTION SEQUENCE CONTINUE Example TRIGger ADB A Delay Function Queries all settings related to the A Delay B trigger Syntax TRIGger ADB Example TRIGGER ADB gt TRIGGER ADB DELAY 0 0E 00 TRIGger ADB DELay Function Sets the delay time of condition B for the A Delay B trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ADB DELay lt Time gt TRIGger ADB DELay lt Time gt 0 ns to 105 TRIGGER ADB DELAY 105 TRIGGER ADB DELAY gt TRIGGER ADB DELAY 1 000000 06 Example TRIGger ATRigger Function Queries all settings related to condition A Syntax TRIGger ATRigger Example TRIGGER ATRIGGER gt TRIGGER ATRIGGER CHANNEL1 HIGH CHANNEL2 DONTCARE CHANNEL3 DONTCARE CHANNEL4 DONTCARE CHANNEL5 DONTCARE CHANNEL6 DONTCARE CHANNEL7 DONTCARE CHANNEL8 DONTCARE CHANNEL9 DONTCARE CHANNEL10 DONTCARE CHANNEL11 DONTCARE CHANNEL12 DONTCARE CHANNEL13 DONTCARE CHANNEL14 DONTCARE CHANNEL15 DONTCARE CH
399. tion CHANnel lt x gt ACCL BWIDth Function Sets the bandwidth limit on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel x ACCL BWIDth FULL AUTO lt Frequency gt CHANnel lt x gt ACCL BWIDth lt gt 1 to 16 lt Frequency gt 4 kHz 400 Hz or 40 Hz CHANNEL11 ACCL BWIDTH AUTO CHANNEL11 ACCL BWIDTH gt CHANNEL11 ACCL BWIDTH AUTO An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed Syntax Example Description 1 lt gt 11 Function Syntax Example Description Sets the input coupling on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt ACCL COUPling AC DC ACCL GND lt gt 11 lt gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL11 ACCL COUPLING GND CHANNEL11 ACCL COUPLING gt CHANNEL11 ACCL COUPLING GND An error occurs if the acceleration voltage module is not installed CHANnel x ACCL GAIN Function Syntax Example Description CHANnel lt x gt ACCL SCALe Function Syntax Example Description Sets the gain on the channel with the acceleration voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt ACCL GAIN lt NRf gt CHANnel x ACCL GAIN lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 0 1 0 2 0 5 1 2 5 10 20 50 or 100 CHANNEL11 ACCL GAIN 10
400. tion 2 2 1 2 2 Serial RS 232 Interface Functions and Specifications 2 2 2 3 Connection via the Serial RS 232 Interface 2 3 2 4 Harndshakirig 2 1 p eee Ee e a 2 5 2 5 Matching the Data een enne nennen nnne 2 7 2 6 Setting up this Instrument Serial 2 022242 0 2 8 USB Interface 3 1 Names of the Parts and their 3 1 3 2 USB Interface Functions and 3 2 3 3 Connection via the USB 3 3 3 4 Setting up this Instrument 058 3 4 Network Interface Option 4 1 Names of the Parts and their 4 1 4 2 Network Interface Functions and Specifications 4 2 4 3 Connection via the Network Interface sse 4 4 4 4 Setting up this Instrument 4 5 Before Programming 5 1 ERR Eie tig Mi Pe ER Pre np le EUM e ERR 5 1 5 2 Gomimarids 2 e a dint eg en nette m quei 5 3 5 3 Response 2cucieti Mal haat 5 4 5 4 ao aetna ae 5 5 5 5 Synchronization with the
401. to 60 minutes Example SYSTEM LCD AUTO TIME 1 SYSTEM LCD AUTO TIME gt SYSTEM LCD AUTO TIME 1 SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness Function Sets the brightness of the LCD or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness lt gt SYSTem LCD BRIGhtness lt NRf gt 0 to 7 Example SYSTEM LCD BRIGHTNESS 2 SYSTEM LCD BRIGHTNESS SYSTEM LCD BRIGHTNESS 2 SYSTem LCD MODE Function Turns ON OFF the LCD backlight or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem LCD MODE Boolean SYSTem LCD MODE Example SYSTEM LCD MODE OFF SYSTEM LCD MODE gt SYSTEM LCD MODE 0 SYSTem MLANguage Function Sets the menu language or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem MLANguage ENGLish JAPANese CHINese KOREan SYSTem MLANguage Example SYSTEM MLANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTEM MLANGUAGE gt SYSTEM MLANGUAGE JAPANESE SYSTem OVERview Function Displays system information Syntax SYSTem OVERView Example SYSTEM OVERVIEW SYSTem PACTion Function Sets whether to enable the action on trigger mode at power ON or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem PACTion Boolean SYSTem PACTion Example SYSTEM PACTION ON SYSTEM PACTION SYSTEM PACTION 1 SYSTem PSTart Function Sets whether to start the waveform acquisition at power ON or queries the current setting Syntax SYSTem PSTart lt Boolean gt SYSTem PSTart Example SYSTEM PSTART ON SYSTEM PSTART gt SY
402. to make a conversion to time Range x data x 10 Value 4 Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet When measuring duty cycle on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet When measuring the power frequency PowerFreq on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion to frequency Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet 6 107 spuewwog 6 19 MONitor Group When measuring the pulse width on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion to time Range x data x 10 Value Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value of MONitor RANGe Offset The return value of MONitor OFFSet When performing pulse integration Pulselnteg on the frequency module the following equation is used to make a conversion Range x data x 10 Value 4 Offset Division BYTE Division 93 75 WORD Division 24000 Range The return value
403. ts the bandwidth limit on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage BWIDth FULL lt Frequency gt CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage BWIDth lt x gt 1 to 16 lt Frequency gt 500 Hz 5 kHz 50 kHz or 500 kHz M701250 M701255 400 Hz 4 kHz or 40 kHz M701251 2 Hz 8 Hz or 30 Hz M701265 100 Hz 1 kHz or 10 kHz M701260 4 kHz 400 Hz 40 Hz M701261 when coupling other than TC 30 Hz 8 Hz 2 Hz M701261 M701262 when coupling is TC Auto 4 kHz 400 Hz 40 Hz M701262 when coupling other than TC CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE BWIDTH FULL CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE BWIDTH gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE BWIDTH FULL Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed Syntax Example 1 lt gt VOLTage 11 Function Sets the input coupling on the channel with the voltage module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage COUPling AC DC GND ACRMS DCRMS TC lt gt VOLTage COUPling lt gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE COUPlING DC CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE COUPLING gt CHANNEL1 VOLTAGE COUPLING DC Description An error occurs if the voltage module is not installed The TC ACRMS and DCRMS settings are not available on the M701250 M701251 M701255 The AC ACRMS and DCRMS settings are not available on the M701265 ACRMS and DCRMS settings are not available
404. ttings related to the saving and loading setup data on the SL1400 Syntax FILE BACKup Example FILE BACKUP FILE BACKUP NUMBER 1 COMMENT YOKOGAWA FILE BACKup NUMBer Function Sets the number of the SL1400 memory to save or load the setup data or queries the current setting Syntax FILE BACKup NUMBer lt NRf gt FILE BACKup NUMBer lt NRf gt 1 3 Example FILE BACKUP NUMBER 1 FILE BACKUP NUMBER gt FILE BACKUP NUMBER 1 FILE BACKup COMMent Function Sets the comment for the setup data to be saved or queries the current setting Syntax FILE BACKup COMMent String FILE BACKup COMMent String Up to 160 characters FILE BACKUP COMMENT YOKOGAWA FILE BACKUP COMMENT gt FILE BACKUP COMMENT YOKOGAWA Example FILE BACKup SAVE EXECute Function Executes the saving of the setup data to the SL1400 This is an overlap command Syntax FILE BACKup SAVE EXECute Example FILE BACKUP SAVE EXECUTE FILE BACKup SAVE ABORt Function Aborts the saving of the setup data to the SL1400 Syntax FILE BACKup SAVE ABORt Example FILE BACKUP SAVE ABORT FILE LOAD EXECute Function Executes the loading of the setup data saved to the SL1400 This is an overlap command Syntax FILE BACKup LOAD EXECute Example FILE BACKUP LOAD EXECUTE FILE LOAD ABORt Function Aborts the loading of the setup data saved to the SL140
405. uest enable register to be set to 11101111 In this case bit 4 of the service request enable register is disabled which means that bit 4 MAV of the status byte register is not set to 1 even if the output queue is not empty Bit 6 MSS of the status byte register is the MSS bit itself and therefore is ignored The default value is 0 all bits disabled A query using SRE will not clear the contents of the service request enable register For details on the service request enable register see page 7 1 STB STatus Byte Function Queries the status byte register Syntax STB Example STB gt 4 Description sum of the bits is returned as a decimal value Since the register is read without executing serial polling bit 6 is a MSS bit not RQS For example if a value of 4 is returned this indicates that the status byte register is set to 00000100 In this case you can see that the error queue is not empty an error occurred Aquery using STB will not clear the contents of the status byte register For details on the status byte register see page 7 2 TST Function Performs a self test and queries the result The self test involves internal memory tests Syntax TST Example TST gt 0 Description 07 is returned if the self test is successful 1 if it is not WAI WAIt Function Holds the subsequent command until the
406. ule installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt STRain RANGe lt gt CHANnel lt x gt STRain RANGe lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 0 25 0 5 1 2 5 5 or 10 for mV V 500 1000 2000 5000 10000 20000 for uSTR CHANNEL7 STRAIN RANGE 5000 CHANNEL7 STRAIN RANGE gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN RANGE 5000 Description An error occurs if the strain module is not installed Syntax Example CHANnel lt x gt STRain SCALe lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Function Syntax Example Description Sets the upper and lower limits on the screen on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt STRain SCALe NRf NRf CHANnel lt x gt STRain SCALe lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt 15 0000 to 15 0000 for mV V 30000 to 30000 for uSTR 9 9999 30 to 9 9999E 30 for linear scaling CHANNEL7 STRAIN SCALE 8 8 CHANNEL7 STRAIN SCALE gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN SCALE 8 0000 8 0000 An error occurs if the strain module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt STRain UNIT MV USTR Function Syntax Example Description Sets the unit on the channel with the strain module installed or queries the current setting CHANnel lt x gt STRain UNIT MV USTR CHANnel lt x gt STRain UNIT lt x gt 1 to 16 CHANNEL7 STRAIN UNIT USTR CHANNEL7 STRAIN UNIT gt CHANNEL7 STRAIN UNIT USTR An error occurs if t
407. ultiple Response Messages Refer to Chapter 6 Command List c Queries which Generate Response Data during Analysis of the Syntax Every query generates a response data when analysis of the syntax is completed d Queries which Generate Response Data during Reception No query generates response data when the query is received by the controller e Commands Consisting of Parameters which Restrict One Other Some commands like the CHANnel lt x gt VOLTage PROBe and VDIV have parameters which restrict unilaterally but no commands have parameters which restrict bilaterally 6 Options Included in Command Function Elements and Composite Header Elements Refer to Chapters 5 and 6 7 Buffer Size which Affects Transmission of Block Data During transmission of block data the output queue is extended according to the size of the data blocks 8 List of Program Data Elements which can be Used in Equations and Nesting Limit No equations can be used 9 Syntax of Response to Queries Refer to the description of the commands given in Chapter 6 10 Communications between Devices which do not Follow the Response Syntax Not supported 11 of Data Block of Response Data 1 to 2004000 bytes 12List of Supported Common Commands Refer to section 6 33 Common Command Group 13 Condition of Device when Calibration is Successfully Completed Same as the one under which measurements are performed 14 Maximum Length of Block Data which can be Used for Defi
408. umeric monitor data ASCII format 6 106 MONitor ASENd CHANnel x PODA PODB Outputs the numeric monitor data ASCII format of the specified trace 6 106 MONitor BYTeorder Sets the transmission order when using word format of two bytes or more or queries the current setting 6 106 MONitor EXECute Executes screen display switching 6 106 MONitor FORMat Sets the format of the data to be transmitted or queries the current setting 6 106 MONitor OFFSet CHANnel lt x gt Queries the offset value used to convert the numeric monitor data of the specified trace into physical values 6 106 MONitor RANGe 1 lt gt Queries the range value used to convert the numeric monitor data of the specified trace into physical values 6 106 MONitor SEND ALL 1 lt gt PODA Outputs the numeric monitor data 6 106 MTRIGGER Group MTRigger Executes manual trigger 6 108 RECorder Group RECorder Queries all settings related to the recorder mode 6 112 RECorder ACQuire Queries all settings related to the waveform acquisition for Chart Recorder mode 6 112 RECorder ACQuire MODE Sets the waveform acquisition mode for Chart Recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 112 RECorder MODE Sets the recorder mode or queries the current setting 6 112 RECorder CHARt Queries all settings related to Chart Recorder mode 6 112 RECorder CHARt PSTYle Sets the print style for Chart Recorder mode or queries
409. unction End If sts ilrd Dev Len qry If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If Query 0 Peak To Left qry ibcntl 1 msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 AVERAGE VALUE term Get Average value sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts ilrd Dev Len qry If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If IM 701240 17E 8 15 ajdwes 8 6 Sets Queries Measure Value Query 1 Average Left qry ibcntl 1 msg MEASURE CHANNEL1 FREQUENCY VALUE term Freq value sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If sts ilrd Dev qry Len qry If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If Query 2 Frequency Left qry ibcntl 1 msg COMMUNICATE HEADER ON term Query Header On sts ilwrt Dev msg Len msg If sts lt 0 Then Call DisplayGPIBError sts msg GpibGetMeasure 1 Exit Function End If Call ibonl Dev 0 GpibGetMeasure 0 End Function Peak Peak 990 83333E 03 497 41504 03 1 0000000 03 Sample GPIB Set Get REC TIME Sample2 GPIB Get Word Data Sa
410. unicate OVERlap command is used to enable or disable overlap operation Example COMMunicate OVERlap HFFBF FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 CHANnell VDIV VALue PMT The COMMunicate OVERlap HFFBF command disables overlapped operation of the medium access command while enabling all other overlap type operations The oscilloscope will therefore handle FILE LOAD SETup EXECute CASE1 as sequential command ensuring that the CHANnell VIDV command in the above example will not execute until file loading is completed Using the OPC Command The oPC command causes the OPC bit bit 0 of the standard event register page 7 3 to be set to 1 when an overlap operation has been completed Example COMMunicate OPSE H0040 ESE 1 ESR SRE 32 FILE LOAD SETup EXECute 1 lt gt Response to ESR is decoded Service request is awaited 1 1 lt gt COMMunicate OPSE command is used to designate which commands are to be subject to the OPC command In above example only medium access commands are designated ESE 1and SRE 32 stipulate that a service request is generated only when the OPC bit is set to 1 ESR is used to clear the standard event register In the above example CHANnel11 VDIV will not be executed until a service request is generated Using the OPC Query The OPC query generates a response when an overlap operation has been complete
411. unt dialog box opens The User Account dialog box opens 5 Usethe jog shuttle to move the cursor to User Name then press Select to display the keyboard 50 00 div A Y Remote Cnti Device Netuork m User Account User Account 250 0 5000 250 0 Event Detar User Nane Password HI Time Out sec anonymous Inf inite l 3504 Sms 1504 5ns 250 y 5504 1504 5ns IM 701240 17E uondo d9ej19 U 410M9N B 4 4 Setting up this Instrument Network Description 6 Enter the user name If you do not wish to limit access use the anonymous setting If access is to be limited enter a user name of 15 characters or less 7 Use the jog shuttle to move the cursor to Password then press SELECT to display the keyboard 8 Entera password of 15 characters or less Reenter the password to confirm 9 Use the jog shuttle to move the cursor to Time Out then press SELECT to display the keyboard 10 Enter the Timeout time using the jog shuttle Note For soft keyboard operation see section 4 2 in user s manual IM701240 01E The user name and password are case sensitive TCP IP Settings The following TCP IP settings must be entered in order to use the network interface functions P Address Subnet Ma
412. up FILTer PAVerage MODE Turns ON OFF pulse average when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 34 IM 701240 17E 6 1 List of Commands Command Function Page 1 lt gt FREQ SETup FILTer PAVerage VALue Sets the number of times to perform pulse average when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 34 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup FUNCtion Sets the measurement mode when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 34 1 lt gt FREQ SETup LRESet Sets the over range reset when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 35 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup MPULse Sets the measurement pulse when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 35 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup PROTate Sets the number of pulses per rotation when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 35 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup RESet Executes pulse count reset when the frequency module is installed 6 35 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup STOPpredict Turns ON OFF the stop prediction when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 35 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup TUNit Sets the time unit when the frequency module is installed or queries the current setting 6 35 CHANnel lt x gt FREQ SETup UNIT Sets the unit of pulse integration when the freque
413. veform 6 150 ZOOM PLINkage Turns ON OFF the link when moving the zone box or queries the current setting 6 150 ZOOM POSition lt x gt Sets the target zoom box position or queries the current setting 6 150 ZOOM RATE lt x gt Sets the magnification of the zoom waveform in terms of time or queries the current setting 6 150 IM 701240 17E 6 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page Common Command Group CAL Performs calibration and queries the result 6 151 CLS Clears the standard event register extended event register and error queue 6 151 ESE Sets the standard event enable register or queries the current setting 6 151 ESR Queries the standard event register and clears the register 6 152 Queries the instrument model 6 152 LRN Queries collectively the current settings of the command group 6 152 OPC Sets the bit 0 OPC bit of the standard event register to 1 upon the completion of the specified overlap command 6 153 OPC Creates a response after the completion of the specified overlap command 6 153 OPT Queries the options 6 154 PSC Sets whether or not to clear the registers at power on or queries the current setting 6 154 RST Initializes the command group settings 6 154 SRE Sets the service request enable register or queries the current setting 6 154 STB Queries the status byte register 6 154 TST Performs a self test and queries the result 6 154 WAI Holds the subsequent comman
414. veform that is measured automatically 6 103 MEASure CDEStination 1 lt gt MATH lt x gt Sets the channel to which the ON OFF settings of all measurement items of a certain channel are to be copied or queries the current setting 6 104 MEASure CDEStination ALL Copies the ON OFF settings of all measurement items of all channels 6 104 MEASure CYCLe Queries all settings related to the cycle statistical processing of waveform parameters 6 104 MEASure CYCLe ABORt Aborts the execution of the cycle statistical processing of waveform parameters 6 104 MEASure CYCLe EXECute Executes the cycle statistical processing of waveform parameters 6 104 IM 701240 17E 6 11 6 1 A List of Commands Command Function Page MEASure CYCLe OWN NR MATH lt x gt Sets the target waveform of cycle statistical processing of waveform parameters or queries the current setting 6 104 MEASure MODE Sets the mode of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting 6 104 MEASure ONECycle Turns ON OFF the 1 cycle mode of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting 6 104 MEASure TRANge Sets the measurement range of the automated measurement of waveform parameters or queries the current setting 6 104 MEASure WAIT Waits for the completion of the automated measurement 6 104 MONITOR Group MONitor ASENd Outputs the n
415. via the serial RS 232 interface as can be made using the front panel keys Measured computed data setup data and error codes can be received Sending Function Measured computed data can be output Setup data and the status byte can be output Error codes which have occurred can be output Serial RS 232 Interface Specifications Electrical Characteristics Conforms to EIA 574 Standard EIA 232 RS 232 Standard for 9 pin Connection Point to point Communications Full duplex Synchronization Start stop system Baud Rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 Start Bit 1 bit fixed Data Length 7 or 8 bits Parity Even odd or no parity Stop Bit 1 or 2 bits Connector DELC J9PAF 13L6 JAE or equivalent Hardware Handshaking User can select whether or CB signals will always be True or will be used for control Software Handshaking User can control both transmission and reception using X on and X off signals X on ASCII 11H X off ASCII 13H Receive Buffer Size 256 bytes Switching between Remote and Local Mode When Switched from Local to Remote Mode Remote mode is activated when the CoMMunicate REMote ON command is received from a controller while local mode is active REMOTE is displayed on the upper right of the screen All front panel keys except CLEAR TRACE can no longer be operated any more Settings entered in local mode are retained When Switched from Remote to Local Mode Pressing
416. wes 8 3 Initialize Error Execute ElseIf ern EOIP Then ers operation started before previous operation completed ElseIf ern ECAP Then ers ECAP No capability for intended operation ElseIf ern EFSO Then ers EFSO File system operation error ElseIf ern EBUS Then ers EBUS GPIB bus error ElseIf ern ESTB Then ers ESTB Serial poll status byte queue overflow ElseIf ern ESRQ Then ers ESRQ SRQ remains asserted ElseIf ern ETAB Then ers ETAB The return buffer is full ElseIf ern ELCK Then ers ELCK Address or board is locked Else ers End If Else ers End If MsgBox Status No Str sts Chr 13 wrn Error No Str ern Chr 13 ers Chr 13 msg vbExclamation Error Call ibonl Dev 0 Dev 1 End Sub Private Sub DIsplayRS232Error ByVal erm As String Optional ByVal msg As String MsgBox erm Chr 13 msg vbExclamation End Sub Private Sub Commandl Click Dim sts As Integer If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear Dummy DoEvents sts GPIBRectime If sts 0 Then Listl AddItem Query 0 End If Textl Text END StartFlag 0 End Sub Private Sub Command2 Click Dim sts As Integer If StartFlag 1 Then Exit Sub End If StartFlag 1 Textl Text START Listl Clear Dummy DoEvents sts GpibGetWord If sts 0 Then Listl AddItem EN
417. y module is not installed CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale UNIT Function Sets the unit to be added to the result of linear scaling on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale UNIT lt String gt CHANnel lt x gt FREQ LSCale UNIT lt gt 1 to 16 lt String gt Up to 4 characters Example CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE UNIT AAA CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE UNIT gt CHANNEL15 FREQ LSCALE UNIT AAA Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed 6 32 IM 701240 17E 6 5 CHANnel Group CHANnel lt x gt FREQ OFFSet Function Sets the offset value on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANne1 lt x gt FREQ OFFSet lt gt lt gt lt Time gt lt gt lt gt 1 to 16 lt NRf gt Frequency lt gt selectable range varies depending on range setting For details see the User s Manual CHANNEL15 FREQ OFFSET 1 CHANNEL15 FREQ OFFSET gt CHANNEL15 FREQ OFFSET 1 000000E 00 Description error occurs if the frequency module is not installed Example CHANnel lt x gt FREQ POSition Function Sets the vertical position on the channel with the frequency module installed or queries the current setting Syntax CHANnel lt x gt FREQ POSition lt NRf

SL1400 ScopeCoder LITE Communication Interface User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents